* #27232: jni: added pjproject checkout as regular git content
We will remove it once the next release of pjsip (with Android support)
comes out and is merged into SFLphone.
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282c35d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,5363 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMFilter.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class hierarchy for streams
+// architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// The following classes are declared in this header:
+//
+//
+// CBaseMediaFilter Basic IMediaFilter support (abstract class)
+// CBaseFilter Support for IBaseFilter (incl. IMediaFilter)
+// CEnumPins Enumerate input and output pins
+// CEnumMediaTypes Enumerate the preferred pin formats
+// CBasePin Abstract base class for IPin interface
+// CBaseOutputPin Adds data provider member functions
+// CBaseInputPin Implements IMemInputPin interface
+// CMediaSample Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin
+// CBaseAllocator General list guff for most allocators
+// CMemAllocator Implements memory buffer allocation
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+#include "dxmperf.h"
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+// Helpers
+//=====================================================================
+STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator)
+{
+ return CoCreateInstance(CLSID_MemoryAllocator,
+ 0,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IMemAllocator,
+ (void **)ppAllocator);
+}
+
+// Put this one here rather than in ctlutil.cpp to avoid linking
+// anything brought in by ctlutil.cpp
+STDAPI CreatePosPassThru(
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg,
+ BOOL bRenderer,
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru
+)
+{
+ *ppPassThru = NULL;
+ IUnknown *pUnkSeek;
+ HRESULT hr = CoCreateInstance(CLSID_SeekingPassThru,
+ pAgg,
+ CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,
+ IID_IUnknown,
+ (void **)&pUnkSeek
+ );
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ ISeekingPassThru *pPassThru;
+ hr = pUnkSeek->QueryInterface(IID_ISeekingPassThru, (void**)&pPassThru);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pUnkSeek->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pPassThru->Init(bRenderer, pPin);
+ pPassThru->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pUnkSeek->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+ *ppPassThru = pUnkSeek;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#define CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL 3
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseMediaFilter
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseMediaFilter::CBaseMediaFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseMediaFilter::~CBaseMediaFilter()
+{
+ // must be stopped, but can't call Stop here since
+ // our critsec has been destroyed.
+
+ /* Release any clock we were using */
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ m_pClock = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the filter's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = m_clsid;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Override this if your state changes are not done synchronously */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwMSecs);
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(State,sizeof(FILTER_STATE));
+
+ *State = m_State;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the clock we will use for synchronisation */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // Ensure the new one does not go away - even if the same as the old
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // if we have a clock, release it
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+
+ // Set the new reference clock (might be NULL)
+ // Should we query it to ensure it is a clock? Consider for a debug build.
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the clock we are using for synchronisation */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClock,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClock,sizeof(IReferenceClock *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ // returning an interface... addref it...
+ m_pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+ *pClock = (IReferenceClock*)m_pClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Put the filter into a stopped state */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Put the filter into a paused state */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Put the filter into a running state.
+
+// The time parameter is the offset to be added to the samples'
+// stream time to get the reference time at which they should be presented.
+//
+// you can either add these two and compare it against the reference clock,
+// or you can call CBaseMediaFilter::StreamTime and compare that against
+// the sample timestamp.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseMediaFilter::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // remember the stream time offset
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped){
+ HRESULT hr = Pause();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// return the current stream time - samples with start timestamps of this
+// time or before should be rendered by now
+HRESULT
+CBaseMediaFilter::StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream)
+{
+ // Caller must lock for synchronization
+ // We can't grab the filter lock because we want to be able to call
+ // this from worker threads without deadlocking
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_CLOCK;
+ }
+
+ // get the current reference time
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&rtStream);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // subtract the stream offset to get stream time
+ rtStream -= m_tStart;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseFilter
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,
+ __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IBaseFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IBaseFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IMediaFilter) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaFilter *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IPersist) {
+ return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IAMovieSetup) {
+ return GetInterface((IAMovieSetup *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ if (m_cRef == 1) {
+ KASSERT(m_pGraph == NULL);
+ }
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingRelease();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+}
+
+/* Passes in a redundant HRESULT argument */
+
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+}
+CBaseFilter::CBaseFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) :
+ CUnknown( pName, pUnk ),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_clsid(clsid),
+ m_State(State_Stopped),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_pGraph(NULL),
+ m_pSink(NULL),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_PinVersion(1)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseFilter::~CBaseFilter()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // NOTE we do NOT hold references on the filtergraph for m_pGraph or m_pSink
+ // When we did we had the circular reference problem. Nothing would go away.
+
+ delete[] m_pName;
+
+ // must be stopped, but can't call Stop here since
+ // our critsec has been destroyed.
+
+ /* Release any clock we were using */
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ m_pClock = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the filter's clsid */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));
+ *pClsID = m_clsid;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Override this if your state changes are not done synchronously */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwMSecs);
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(State,sizeof(FILTER_STATE));
+
+ *State = m_State;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the clock we will use for synchronisation */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // Ensure the new one does not go away - even if the same as the old
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // if we have a clock, release it
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+
+ // Set the new reference clock (might be NULL)
+ // Should we query it to ensure it is a clock? Consider for a debug build.
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the clock we are using for synchronisation */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pClock,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pClock,sizeof(IReferenceClock *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ // returning an interface... addref it...
+ m_pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+ *pClock = (IReferenceClock*)m_pClock;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+// override CBaseMediaFilter Stop method, to deactivate any pins this
+// filter has.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // notify all pins of the state change
+ if (m_State != State_Stopped) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins worrying
+ // about this state themselves. We ignore the return code to make
+ // sure everyone is inactivated regardless. The base input pin
+ // class can return an error if it has no allocator but Stop can
+ // be used to resync the graph state after something has gone bad
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hrTmp = pPin->Inactive();
+ if (FAILED(hrTmp) && SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = hrTmp;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_STOP( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// override CBaseMediaFilter Pause method to activate any pins
+// this filter has (also called from Run)
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // notify all pins of the change to active state
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins
+ // worrying about this state themselves
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->Active();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_PAUSE( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Put the filter into a running state.
+
+// The time parameter is the offset to be added to the samples'
+// stream time to get the reference time at which they should be presented.
+//
+// you can either add these two and compare it against the reference clock,
+// or you can call CBaseFilter::StreamTime and compare that against
+// the sample timestamp.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // remember the stream time offset
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped){
+ HRESULT hr = Pause();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ // notify all pins of the change to active state
+ if (m_State != State_Running) {
+ int cPins = GetPinCount();
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Disconnected pins are not activated - this saves pins
+ // worrying about this state themselves
+
+ if (pPin->IsConnected()) {
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->Run(tStart);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RUN( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter", (IBaseFilter *) this, tStart, m_State );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+//
+// return the current stream time - samples with start timestamps of this
+// time or before should be rendered by now
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream)
+{
+ // Caller must lock for synchronization
+ // We can't grab the filter lock because we want to be able to call
+ // this from worker threads without deadlocking
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_CLOCK;
+ }
+
+ // get the current reference time
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&rtStream);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // subtract the stream offset to get stream time
+ rtStream -= m_tStart;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Create an enumerator for the pins attached to this filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::EnumPins(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumPins *));
+
+ /* Create a new ref counted enumerator */
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumPins(this,
+ NULL);
+
+ return *ppEnum == NULL ? E_OUTOFMEMORY : NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// default behaviour of FindPin is to assume pins are named
+// by their pin names
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ // We're going to search the pin list so maintain integrity
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+ int iCount = GetPinCount();
+ for (int i = 0; i < iCount; i++) {
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(i);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (0 == lstrcmpW(pPin->Name(), Id)) {
+ // Found one that matches
+ //
+ // AddRef() and return it
+ *ppPin = pPin;
+ pPin->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/* Return information about this filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::QueryFilterInfo(__out FILTER_INFO * pInfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pInfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pInfo,sizeof(FILTER_INFO));
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(pInfo->achName, NUMELMS(pInfo->achName), m_pName);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->achName[0] = L'\0';
+ }
+ pInfo->pGraph = m_pGraph;
+ if (m_pGraph)
+ m_pGraph->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Provide the filter with a filter graph */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph(
+ __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ // NOTE: we no longer hold references on the graph (m_pGraph, m_pSink)
+
+ m_pGraph = pGraph;
+ if (m_pGraph) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraph->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaEventSink,
+ (void**) &m_pSink);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(m_pSink == NULL);
+ }
+ else m_pSink->Release(); // we do NOT keep a reference on it.
+ } else {
+ // if graph pointer is null, then we should
+ // also release the IMediaEventSink on the same object - we don't
+ // refcount it, so just set it to null
+ m_pSink = NULL;
+ }
+
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ delete[] m_pName;
+ m_pName = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t namelen;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &namelen);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[namelen + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, namelen + 1, pName);
+ } else {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseFilter",(IBaseFilter *) this, pGraph );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL.
+// memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree
+// default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseFilter::QueryVendorInfo(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pVendorInfo);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+// send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it.
+// returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink
+// events, or an error otherwise.
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::NotifyEvent(
+ long EventCode,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam1,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam2)
+{
+ // Snapshot so we don't have to lock up
+ IMediaEventSink *pSink = m_pSink;
+ if (pSink) {
+ if (EC_COMPLETE == EventCode) {
+ EventParam2 = (LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter*)this;
+ }
+
+ return pSink->Notify(EventCode, EventParam1, EventParam2);
+ } else {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Request reconnect
+// pPin is the pin to reconnect
+// pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL
+// Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph
+HRESULT
+CBaseFilter::ReconnectPin(
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt
+)
+{
+ IFilterGraph2 *pGraph2;
+ if (m_pGraph != NULL) {
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraph->QueryInterface(IID_IFilterGraph2, (void **)&pGraph2);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pGraph2->ReconnectEx(pPin, pmt);
+ pGraph2->Release();
+ return hr;
+ } else {
+ return m_pGraph->Reconnect(pPin);
+ }
+ } else {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is the same idea as the media type version does for type enumeration
+ on pins but for the list of pins available. So if the list of pins you
+ provide changes dynamically then either override this virtual function
+ to provide the version number, or more simply call IncrementPinVersion */
+
+LONG CBaseFilter::GetPinVersion()
+{
+ return m_PinVersion;
+}
+
+
+/* Increment the current pin version cookie */
+
+void CBaseFilter::IncrementPinVersion()
+{
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_PinVersion);
+}
+
+/* register filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::Register()
+{
+ // get setup data, if it exists
+ //
+ LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER psetupdata = GetSetupData();
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+ // init is ref counted so call just in case
+ // we're being called cold.
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper
+ //
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper
+ , (void **)&pIFM );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( psetupdata, pIFM, TRUE );
+ pIFM->Release();
+ }
+
+ // and clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* unregister filter */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseFilter::Unregister()
+{
+ // get setup data, if it exists
+ //
+ LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER psetupdata = GetSetupData();
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+ // OLE init is ref counted so call
+ // just in case we're being called cold.
+ //
+ HRESULT hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );
+ ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );
+
+ // get hold of IFilterMapper
+ //
+ IFilterMapper *pIFM;
+ hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper
+ , NULL
+ , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER
+ , IID_IFilterMapper
+ , (void **)&pIFM );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( psetupdata, pIFM, FALSE );
+
+ // release interface
+ //
+ pIFM->Release();
+ }
+
+ // clear up
+ //
+ CoFreeUnusedLibraries();
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CEnumPins
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CEnumPins::CEnumPins(__in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins) :
+ m_Position(0),
+ m_PinCount(0),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_cRef(1), // Already ref counted
+ m_PinCache(NAME("Pin Cache"))
+{
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation("CEnumPins", 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* We must be owned by a filter derived from CBaseFilter */
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+
+ /* Hold a reference count on our filter */
+ m_pFilter->AddRef();
+
+ /* Are we creating a new enumerator */
+
+ if (pEnumPins == NULL) {
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(m_Position <= m_PinCount);
+ m_Position = pEnumPins->m_Position;
+ m_PinCount = pEnumPins->m_PinCount;
+ m_Version = pEnumPins->m_Version;
+ m_PinCache.AddTail(&(pEnumPins->m_PinCache));
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor releases the reference count on our filter NOTE since we hold
+ a reference count on the filter who created us we know it is safe to
+ release it, no access can be made to it afterwards though as we have just
+ caused the last reference count to go and the object to be deleted */
+
+CEnumPins::~CEnumPins()
+{
+ m_pFilter->Release();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IEnumPins || riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IEnumPins *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumPins::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumPins::Release()
+{
+ ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (cRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ }
+ return cRef;
+}
+
+/* One of an enumerator's basic member functions allows us to create a cloned
+ interface that initially has the same state. Since we are taking a snapshot
+ of an object (current position and all) we must lock access at the start */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumPins *));
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ *ppEnum = NULL;
+ hr = VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ } else {
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumPins(m_pFilter,
+ this);
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Return the next pin after the current position */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Next(ULONG cPins, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cPins) IPin **ppPins, // ...in this array
+ __out_opt ULONG *pcFetched) // actual count passed returned here
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPins,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPins,cPins * sizeof(IPin *));
+
+ ASSERT(ppPins);
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ ValidateWritePtr(pcFetched, sizeof(ULONG));
+ *pcFetched = 0; // default unless we succeed
+ }
+ // now check that the parameter is valid
+ else if (cPins>1) { // pcFetched == NULL
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ULONG cFetched = 0; // increment as we get each one.
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ // If we are out of sync, we should refresh the enumerator.
+ // This will reset the position and update the other members, but
+ // will not clear cache of pins we have already returned.
+ Refresh();
+ }
+
+ /* Return each pin interface NOTE GetPin returns CBasePin * not addrefed
+ so we must QI for the IPin (which increments its reference count)
+ If while we are retrieving a pin from the filter an error occurs we
+ assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the filter
+ (for example someone has deleted a pin) so we
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC */
+
+ while (cFetched < cPins && m_PinCount > m_Position) {
+
+ /* Get the next pin object from the filter */
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = m_pFilter->GetPin(m_Position++);
+ if (pPin == NULL) {
+ // If this happend, and it's not the first time through, then we've got a problem,
+ // since we should really go back and release the iPins, which we have previously
+ // AddRef'ed.
+ ASSERT( cFetched==0 );
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ /* We only want to return this pin, if it is not in our cache */
+ if (0 == m_PinCache.Find(pPin))
+ {
+ /* From the object get an IPin interface */
+
+ *ppPins = pPin;
+ pPin->AddRef();
+
+ cFetched++;
+ ppPins++;
+
+ m_PinCache.AddTail(pPin);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ *pcFetched = cFetched;
+ }
+
+ return (cPins==cFetched ? NOERROR : S_FALSE);
+}
+
+
+/* Skip over one or more entries in the enumerator */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Skip(ULONG cPins)
+{
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the filter */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ /* Work out how many pins are left to skip over */
+ /* We could position at the end if we are asked to skip too many... */
+ /* ..which would match the base implementation for CEnumMediaTypes::Skip */
+
+ ULONG PinsLeft = m_PinCount - m_Position;
+ if (cPins > PinsLeft) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ m_Position += cPins;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Reset has 4 simple steps:
+ *
+ * Set position to head of list
+ * Sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * Clear the cache of pins already returned
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Reset()
+{
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+
+ m_Position = 0;
+
+ // Clear the cache
+ m_PinCache.RemoveAll();
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Refresh has 3 simple steps:
+ *
+ * Set position to head of list
+ * Sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumPins::Refresh()
+{
+ m_Version = m_pFilter->GetPinVersion();
+ m_PinCount = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+
+ m_Position = 0;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CEnumMediaTypes
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CEnumMediaTypes::CEnumMediaTypes(__in CBasePin *pPin,
+ __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes) :
+ m_Position(0),
+ m_pPin(pPin),
+ m_cRef(1)
+{
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation("CEnumMediaTypes", 0);
+#endif
+
+ /* We must be owned by a pin derived from CBasePin */
+
+ ASSERT(pPin != NULL);
+
+ /* Hold a reference count on our pin */
+ m_pPin->AddRef();
+
+ /* Are we creating a new enumerator */
+
+ if (pEnumMediaTypes == NULL) {
+ m_Version = m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ m_Position = pEnumMediaTypes->m_Position;
+ m_Version = pEnumMediaTypes->m_Version;
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor releases the reference count on our base pin. NOTE since we hold
+ a reference count on the pin who created us we know it is safe to release
+ it, no access can be made to it afterwards though as we might have just
+ caused the last reference count to go and the object to be deleted */
+
+CEnumMediaTypes::~CEnumMediaTypes()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+ m_pPin->Release();
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IEnumMediaTypes || riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IEnumMediaTypes *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumMediaTypes::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CEnumMediaTypes::Release()
+{
+ ULONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ if (cRef == 0) {
+ delete this;
+ }
+ return cRef;
+}
+
+/* One of an enumerator's basic member functions allows us to create a cloned
+ interface that initially has the same state. Since we are taking a snapshot
+ of an object (current position and all) we must lock access at the start */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumMediaTypes *));
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ *ppEnum = NULL;
+ hr = VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ } else {
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumMediaTypes(m_pPin,
+ this);
+
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Enumerate the next pin(s) after the current position. The client using this
+ interface passes in a pointer to an array of pointers each of which will
+ be filled in with a pointer to a fully initialised media type format
+ Return NOERROR if it all works,
+ S_FALSE if fewer than cMediaTypes were enumerated.
+ VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC if the enumerator has been broken by
+ state changes in the filter
+ The actual count always correctly reflects the number of types in the array.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Next(ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many types...
+ __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array
+ __out ULONG *pcFetched) // actual count passed
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppMediaTypes,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppMediaTypes,cMediaTypes * sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE *));
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ ValidateWritePtr(pcFetched, sizeof(ULONG));
+ *pcFetched = 0; // default unless we succeed
+ }
+ // now check that the parameter is valid
+ else if (cMediaTypes>1) { // pcFetched == NULL
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ ULONG cFetched = 0; // increment as we get each one.
+
+ /* Return each media type by asking the filter for them in turn - If we
+ have an error code retured to us while we are retrieving a media type
+ we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the filter
+ (for example the window size changing) so we return
+ VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC */
+
+ while (cMediaTypes) {
+
+ CMediaType cmt;
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->GetMediaType(m_Position++, &cmt);
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* We now have a CMediaType object that contains the next media type
+ but when we assign it to the array position we CANNOT just assign
+ the AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure because as soon as the object goes out of
+ scope it will delete the memory we have just copied. The function
+ we use is CreateMediaType which allocates a task memory block */
+
+ /* Transfer across the format block manually to save an allocate
+ and free on the format block and generally go faster */
+
+ *ppMediaTypes = (AM_MEDIA_TYPE *)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ if (*ppMediaTypes == NULL) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Do a regular copy */
+ **ppMediaTypes = cmt;
+
+ /* Make sure the destructor doesn't free these */
+ cmt.pbFormat = NULL;
+ cmt.cbFormat = NULL;
+ cmt.pUnk = NULL;
+
+
+ ppMediaTypes++;
+ cFetched++;
+ cMediaTypes--;
+ }
+
+ if (pcFetched!=NULL) {
+ *pcFetched = cFetched;
+ }
+
+ return ( cMediaTypes==0 ? NOERROR : S_FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/* Skip over one or more entries in the enumerator */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes)
+{
+ // If we're skipping 0 elements we're guaranteed to skip the
+ // correct number of elements
+ if (cMediaTypes == 0) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we are still in sync with the pin */
+ if (AreWeOutOfSync() == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ENUM_OUT_OF_SYNC;
+ }
+
+ m_Position += cMediaTypes;
+
+ /* See if we're over the end */
+ CMediaType cmt;
+ return S_OK == m_pPin->GetMediaType(m_Position - 1, &cmt) ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Set the current position back to the start */
+/* Reset has 3 simple steps:
+ *
+ * set position to head of list
+ * sync enumerator with object being enumerated
+ * return S_OK
+ */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CEnumMediaTypes::Reset()
+
+{
+ m_Position = 0;
+
+ // Bring the enumerator back into step with the current state. This
+ // may be a noop but ensures that the enumerator will be valid on the
+ // next call.
+ m_Version = m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBasePin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* NOTE The implementation of this class calls the CUnknown constructor with
+ a NULL outer unknown pointer. This has the effect of making us a self
+ contained class, ie any QueryInterface, AddRef or Release calls will be
+ routed to the class's NonDelegatingUnknown methods. You will typically
+ find that the classes that do this then override one or more of these
+ virtual functions to provide more specialised behaviour. A good example
+ of this is where a class wants to keep the QueryInterface internal but
+ still wants its lifetime controlled by the external object */
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBasePin::CBasePin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName,
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir) :
+ CUnknown( pObjectName, NULL ),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_Connected(NULL),
+ m_dir(dir),
+ m_bRunTimeError(FALSE),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_TypeVersion(1),
+ m_tStart(),
+ m_tStop(MAX_TIME),
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive(false),
+ m_bTryMyTypesFirst(false),
+ m_dRate(1.0)
+{
+ /* WARNING - pFilter is often not a properly constituted object at
+ this state (in particular QueryInterface may not work) - this
+ is because its owner is often its containing object and we
+ have been called from the containing object's constructor so
+ the filter's owner has not yet had its CUnknown constructor
+ called
+ */
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t cchName;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &cchName);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[cchName + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, cchName + 1, pName);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_cRef = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBasePin::CBasePin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName,
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir) :
+ CUnknown( pObjectName, NULL ),
+ m_pFilter(pFilter),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_pName(NULL),
+ m_Connected(NULL),
+ m_dir(dir),
+ m_bRunTimeError(FALSE),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_TypeVersion(1),
+ m_tStart(),
+ m_tStop(MAX_TIME),
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive(false),
+ m_bTryMyTypesFirst(false),
+ m_dRate(1.0)
+{
+ /* WARNING - pFilter is often not a properly constituted object at
+ this state (in particular QueryInterface may not work) - this
+ is because its owner is often its containing object and we
+ have been called from the containing object's constructor so
+ the filter's owner has not yet had its CUnknown constructor
+ called
+ */
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(pFilter != NULL);
+ ASSERT(pLock != NULL);
+
+ if (pName) {
+ size_t cchName;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchLengthW(pName, STRSAFE_MAX_CCH, &cchName);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pName = new WCHAR[cchName + 1];
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(m_pName, cchName + 1, pName);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_cRef = 0;
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor since a connected pin holds a reference count on us there is
+ no way that we can be deleted unless we are not currently connected */
+
+CBasePin::~CBasePin()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBasePin", (IPin *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // We don't call disconnect because if the filter is going away
+ // all the pins must have a reference count of zero so they must
+ // have been disconnected anyway - (but check the assumption)
+ ASSERT(m_Connected == FALSE);
+
+ delete[] m_pName;
+
+ // check the internal reference count is consistent
+ ASSERT(m_cRef == 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to say what interfaces we support and where */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we have this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IPin) {
+ return GetInterface((IPin *) this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IQualityControl) {
+ return GetInterface((IQualityControl *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override to increment the owning filter's reference count */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ ASSERT(InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef) > 0);
+ return m_pFilter->AddRef();
+}
+
+
+/* Override to decrement the owning filter's reference count */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CBasePin::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ ASSERT(InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef) >= 0);
+ return m_pFilter->Release();
+}
+
+
+/* Displays pin connection information */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void
+CBasePin::DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL)) {
+ PIN_INFO ConnectPinInfo;
+ PIN_INFO ReceivePinInfo;
+
+ if (FAILED(QueryPinInfo(&ConnectPinInfo))) {
+ StringCchCopyW(ConnectPinInfo.achName, sizeof(ConnectPinInfo.achName)/sizeof(WCHAR), L"Bad Pin");
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(ConnectPinInfo);
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(pReceivePin->QueryPinInfo(&ReceivePinInfo))) {
+ StringCchCopyW(ReceivePinInfo.achName, sizeof(ReceivePinInfo.achName)/sizeof(WCHAR), L"Bad Pin");
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(ReceivePinInfo);
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Trying to connect Pins :")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" <%ls>"), ConnectPinInfo.achName));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" <%ls>"), ReceivePinInfo.achName));
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Displays general information on the pin media type */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CBasePin::DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pPin);
+ if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Trying media type:")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" major type: %hs"),
+ GuidNames[*pmt->Type()]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT(" sub type : %hs"),
+ GuidNames[*pmt->Subtype()]));
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Asked to connect to a pin. A pin is always attached to an owning filter
+ object so we always delegate our locking to that object. We first of all
+ retrieve a media type enumerator for the input pin and see if we accept
+ any of the formats that it would ideally like, failing that we retrieve
+ our enumerator and see if it will accept any of our preferred types */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Connect(
+ IPin * pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pReceivePin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pReceivePin,sizeof(IPin));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ DisplayPinInfo(pReceivePin);
+
+ /* See if we are already connected */
+
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Already connected")));
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped() && !m_bCanReconnectWhenActive) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+
+ // Find a mutually agreeable media type -
+ // Pass in the template media type. If this is partially specified,
+ // each of the enumerated media types will need to be checked against
+ // it. If it is non-null and fully specified, we will just try to connect
+ // with this.
+
+ const CMediaType * ptype = (CMediaType*)pmt;
+ HRESULT hr = AgreeMediaType(pReceivePin, ptype);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Failed to agree type")));
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( (IPin *) this, pReceivePin, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Connection succeeded")));
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CONNECT( (IPin *) this, pReceivePin, NOERROR, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes
+// checking that the type is acceptable to this pin)
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::AttemptConnection(
+ IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType* pmt // using this type
+)
+{
+ // The caller should hold the filter lock becasue this function
+ // uses m_Connected. The caller should also hold the filter lock
+ // because this function calls SetMediaType(), IsStopped() and
+ // CompleteConnect().
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(m_pLock));
+
+ // Check that the connection is valid -- need to do this for every
+ // connect attempt since BreakConnect will undo it.
+ HRESULT hr = CheckConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("CheckConnect failed")));
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ DisplayTypeInfo(pReceivePin, pmt);
+
+ /* Check we will accept this media type */
+
+ hr = CheckMediaType(pmt);
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+
+ /* Make ourselves look connected otherwise ReceiveConnection
+ may not be able to complete the connection
+ */
+ m_Connected = pReceivePin;
+ m_Connected->AddRef();
+ hr = SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ /* See if the other pin will accept this type */
+
+ hr = pReceivePin->ReceiveConnection((IPin *)this, pmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ /* Complete the connection */
+
+ hr = CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,
+ CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL,
+ TEXT("Failed to complete connection")));
+ pReceivePin->Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ // we cannot use this media type
+
+ // return a specific media type error if there is one
+ // or map a general failure code to something more helpful
+ // (in particular S_FALSE gets changed to an error code)
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr) ||
+ (hr == E_FAIL) ||
+ (hr == E_INVALIDARG)) {
+ hr = VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // BreakConnect and release any connection here in case CheckMediaType
+ // failed, or if we set anything up during a call back during
+ // ReceiveConnection.
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ /* If failed then undo our state */
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* Given an enumerator we cycle through all the media types it proposes and
+ firstly suggest them to our derived pin class and if that succeeds try
+ them with the pin in a ReceiveConnection call. This means that if our pin
+ proposes a media type we still check in here that we can support it. This
+ is deliberate so that in simple cases the enumerator can hold all of the
+ media types even if some of them are not really currently available */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::TryMediaTypes(
+ IPin *pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt,
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum)
+{
+ /* Reset the current enumerator position */
+
+ HRESULT hr = pEnum->Reset();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ CMediaType *pMediaType = NULL;
+ ULONG ulMediaCount = 0;
+
+ // attempt to remember a specific error code if there is one
+ HRESULT hrFailure = S_OK;
+
+ for (;;) {
+
+ /* Retrieve the next media type NOTE each time round the loop the
+ enumerator interface will allocate another AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure
+ If we are successful then we copy it into our output object, if
+ not then we must delete the memory allocated before returning */
+
+ hr = pEnum->Next(1, (AM_MEDIA_TYPE**)&pMediaType,&ulMediaCount);
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ if (S_OK == hrFailure) {
+ hrFailure = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+ }
+ return hrFailure;
+ }
+
+
+ ASSERT(ulMediaCount == 1);
+ ASSERT(pMediaType);
+
+ // check that this matches the partial type (if any)
+
+ if (pMediaType &&
+ ((pmt == NULL) ||
+ pMediaType->MatchesPartial(pmt))) {
+
+ hr = AttemptConnection(pReceivePin, pMediaType);
+
+ // attempt to remember a specific error code
+ if (FAILED(hr) &&
+ SUCCEEDED(hrFailure) &&
+ (hr != E_FAIL) &&
+ (hr != E_INVALIDARG) &&
+ (hr != VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED)) {
+ hrFailure = hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+ }
+
+ if(pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(pMediaType);
+ pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (S_OK == hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to make the connection, including the taask of finding
+ a media type for the pin connection. pmt is the proposed media type
+ from the Connect call: if this is fully specified, we will try that.
+ Otherwise we enumerate and try all the input pin's types first and
+ if that fails we then enumerate and try all our preferred media types.
+ For each media type we check it against pmt (if non-null and partially
+ specified) as well as checking that both pins will accept it.
+ */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::AgreeMediaType(
+ IPin *pReceivePin,
+ const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ ASSERT(pReceivePin);
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes = NULL;
+
+ // if the media type is fully specified then use that
+ if ( (pmt != NULL) && (!pmt->IsPartiallySpecified())) {
+
+ // if this media type fails, then we must fail the connection
+ // since if pmt is nonnull we are only allowed to connect
+ // using a type that matches it.
+
+ return AttemptConnection(pReceivePin, pmt);
+ }
+
+
+ /* Try the other pin's enumerator */
+
+ HRESULT hrFailure = VFW_E_NO_ACCEPTABLE_TYPES;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+ HRESULT hr;
+ if (i == (int)m_bTryMyTypesFirst) {
+ hr = pReceivePin->EnumMediaTypes(&pEnumMediaTypes);
+ } else {
+ hr = EnumMediaTypes(&pEnumMediaTypes);
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(pEnumMediaTypes);
+ hr = TryMediaTypes(pReceivePin,pmt,pEnumMediaTypes);
+ pEnumMediaTypes->Release();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ // try to remember specific error codes if there are any
+ if ((hr != E_FAIL) &&
+ (hr != E_INVALIDARG) &&
+ (hr != VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED)) {
+ hrFailure = hr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hrFailure;
+}
+
+
+/* Called when we want to complete a connection to another filter. Failing
+ this will also fail the connection and disconnect the other pin as well */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to set the format for a pin connection - CheckMediaType
+ will have been called to check the connection format and if it didn't
+ return an error code then this (virtual) function will be invoked */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_mt.Set(*pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called during Connect() to provide a virtual method that can do
+ any specific check needed for connection such as QueryInterface. This
+ base class method just checks that the pin directions don't match */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::CheckConnect(IPin * pPin)
+{
+ /* Check that pin directions DONT match */
+
+ PIN_DIRECTION pd;
+ pPin->QueryDirection(&pd);
+
+ ASSERT((pd == PINDIR_OUTPUT) || (pd == PINDIR_INPUT));
+ ASSERT((m_dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) || (m_dir == PINDIR_INPUT));
+
+ // we should allow for non-input and non-output connections?
+ if (pd == m_dir) {
+ return VFW_E_INVALID_DIRECTION;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called when we realise we can't make a connection to the pin and
+ must undo anything we did in CheckConnect - override to release QIs done */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Called normally by an output pin on an input pin to try and establish a
+ connection.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ReceiveConnection(
+ IPin * pConnector, // this is the pin who we will connect to
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pConnector,E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pConnector,sizeof(IPin));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* Are we already connected */
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped() && !m_bCanReconnectWhenActive) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckConnect(pConnector);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Ask derived class if this media type is ok */
+
+ CMediaType * pcmt = (CMediaType*) pmt;
+ hr = CheckMediaType(pcmt);
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ // no -we don't support this media type
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+ // return a specific media type error if there is one
+ // or map a general failure code to something more helpful
+ // (in particular S_FALSE gets changed to an error code)
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr) ||
+ (hr == E_FAIL) ||
+ (hr == E_INVALIDARG)) {
+ hr = VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* Complete the connection */
+
+ m_Connected = pConnector;
+ m_Connected->AddRef();
+ hr = SetMediaType(pcmt);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CompleteConnect(pConnector);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, NOERROR, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, CONNECT_TRACE_LEVEL, TEXT("Failed to set the media type or failed to complete the connection.")));
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+
+ // Since the procedure is already returning an error code, there
+ // is nothing else this function can do to report the error.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT( SUCCEEDED( BreakConnect() ) );
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( pConnector, (IPin *) this, hr, pmt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Called when we want to terminate a pin connection */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Disconnect()
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* See if the filter is active */
+ if (!IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ return DisconnectInternal();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::DisconnectInternal()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(m_pLock));
+
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ HRESULT hr = BreakConnect();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, hr );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ // There is usually a bug in the program if BreakConnect() fails.
+ DbgBreak( "WARNING: BreakConnect() failed in CBasePin::Disconnect()." );
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_Connected->Release();
+ m_Connected = NULL;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, S_OK );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ // no connection - not an error
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( (IPin *) this, m_Connected, S_FALSE );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return an AddRef()'d pointer to the connected pin if there is one */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ConnectedTo(
+ __deref_out IPin **ppPin
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));
+ //
+ // It's pointless to lock here.
+ // The caller should ensure integrity.
+ //
+
+ IPin *pPin = m_Connected;
+ *ppPin = pPin;
+ if (pPin != NULL) {
+ pPin->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(*ppPin == NULL);
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return the media type of the connection */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::ConnectionMediaType(
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ /* Copy constructor of m_mt allocates the memory */
+ if (IsConnected()) {
+ CopyMediaType( pmt, &m_mt );
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ ((CMediaType *)pmt)->InitMediaType();
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return information about the filter we are connect to */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryPinInfo(
+ __out PIN_INFO * pInfo
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pInfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pInfo,sizeof(PIN_INFO));
+
+ pInfo->pFilter = m_pFilter;
+ if (m_pFilter) {
+ m_pFilter->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ if (m_pName) {
+ (void)StringCchCopyW(pInfo->achName, NUMELMS(pInfo->achName), m_pName);
+ } else {
+ pInfo->achName[0] = L'\0';
+ }
+
+ pInfo->dir = m_dir;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryDirection(
+ __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPinDir,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pPinDir,sizeof(PIN_DIRECTION));
+
+ *pPinDir = m_dir;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Default QueryId to return the pin's name
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+)
+{
+ // We're not going away because someone's got a pointer to us
+ // so there's no need to lock
+
+ return AMGetWideString(Name(), Id);
+}
+
+/* Does this pin support this media type WARNING this interface function does
+ not lock the main object as it is meant to be asynchronous by nature - if
+ the media types you support depend on some internal state that is updated
+ dynamically then you will need to implement locking in a derived class */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::QueryAccept(
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pmt,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pmt,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ /* The CheckMediaType method is valid to return error codes if the media
+ type is horrible, an example might be E_INVALIDARG. What we do here
+ is map all the error codes into either S_OK or S_FALSE regardless */
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckMediaType((CMediaType*)pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ // note that the only defined success codes should be S_OK and S_FALSE...
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* This can be called to return an enumerator for the pin's list of preferred
+ media types. An input pin is not obliged to have any preferred formats
+ although it can do. For example, the window renderer has a preferred type
+ which describes a video image that matches the current window size. All
+ output pins should expose at least one preferred format otherwise it is
+ possible that neither pin has any types and so no connection is possible */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::EnumMediaTypes(
+ __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppEnum,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppEnum,sizeof(IEnumMediaTypes *));
+
+ /* Create a new ref counted enumerator */
+
+ *ppEnum = new CEnumMediaTypes(this,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (*ppEnum == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is a virtual function that returns a media type corresponding with
+ place iPosition in the list. This base class simply returns an error as
+ we support no media types by default but derived classes should override */
+
+HRESULT CBasePin::GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(iPosition);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMediaType);
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a virtual function that returns the current media type version.
+ The base class initialises the media type enumerators with the value 1
+ By default we always returns that same value. A Derived class may change
+ the list of media types available and after doing so it should increment
+ the version either in a method derived from this, or more simply by just
+ incrementing the m_TypeVersion base pin variable. The type enumerators
+ call this when they want to see if their enumerations are out of date */
+
+LONG CBasePin::GetMediaTypeVersion()
+{
+ return m_TypeVersion;
+}
+
+
+/* Increment the cookie representing the current media type version */
+
+void CBasePin::IncrementTypeVersion()
+{
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_TypeVersion);
+}
+
+
+/* Called by IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes from Stopped
+ to either paused or running and in derived classes could do things like
+ commit memory and grab hardware resource (the default is to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Active(void)
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Called by IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes from
+ to either paused to running and in derived classes could do things like
+ commit memory and grab hardware resource (the default is to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(tStart);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Also called by the IMediaFilter implementation when the state changes to
+ Stopped at which point you should decommit allocators and free hardware
+ resources you grabbed in the Active call (default is also to do nothing) */
+
+HRESULT
+CBasePin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when no more data will arrive
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ if (piqc) ValidateReadPtr(piqc,sizeof(IQualityControl));
+ m_pQSink = piqc;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // SetSink
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pSender);
+ DbgBreak("IQualityControl::Notify not over-ridden from CBasePin. (IGNORE is OK)");
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+} //Notify
+
+
+// NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data
+// about to be received. Default implementation records data and
+// returns S_OK.
+// Override this to pass downstream.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasePin::NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ m_tStart = tStart;
+ m_tStop = tStop;
+ m_dRate = dRate;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseOutputPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+CBaseOutputPin::CBaseOutputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName, PINDIR_OUTPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseOutputPin::CBaseOutputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName, PINDIR_OUTPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL)
+{
+ ASSERT(pFilter);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This is called after a media type has been proposed
+
+ Try to complete the connection by agreeing the allocator
+*/
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);
+ return DecideAllocator(m_pInputPin, &m_pAllocator);
+}
+
+
+/* This method is called when the output pin is about to try and connect to
+ an input pin. It is at this point that you should try and grab any extra
+ interfaces that you need, in this case IMemInputPin. Because this is
+ only called if we are not currently connected we do NOT need to call
+ BreakConnect. This also makes it easier to derive classes from us as
+ BreakConnect is only called when we actually have to break a connection
+ (or a partly made connection) and not when we are checking a connection */
+
+/* Overriden from CBasePin */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::CheckConnect(IPin * pPin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBasePin::CheckConnect(pPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // get an input pin and an allocator interface
+ hr = pPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMemInputPin, (void **) &m_pInputPin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Overriden from CBasePin */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ /* Release any allocator we hold */
+
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ // Always decommit the allocator because a downstream filter may or
+ // may not decommit the connection's allocator. A memory leak could
+ // occur if the allocator is not decommited when a connection is broken.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Release any input pin interface we hold */
+
+ if (m_pInputPin) {
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called when the input pin didn't give us a valid allocator */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc)
+{
+ return CreateMemoryAllocator(ppAlloc);
+}
+
+
+/* Decide on an allocator, override this if you want to use your own allocator
+ Override DecideBufferSize to call SetProperties. If the input pin fails
+ the GetAllocator call then this will construct a CMemAllocator and call
+ DecideBufferSize on that, and if that fails then we are completely hosed.
+ If the you succeed the DecideBufferSize call, we will notify the input
+ pin of the selected allocator. NOTE this is called during Connect() which
+ therefore looks after grabbing and locking the object's critical section */
+
+// We query the input pin for its requested properties and pass this to
+// DecideBufferSize to allow it to fulfill requests that it is happy
+// with (eg most people don't care about alignment and are thus happy to
+// use the downstream pin's alignment request).
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin *pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+
+ // get downstream prop request
+ // the derived class may modify this in DecideBufferSize, but
+ // we assume that he will consistently modify it the same way,
+ // so we only get it once
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES prop;
+ ZeroMemory(&prop, sizeof(prop));
+
+ // whatever he returns, we assume prop is either all zeros
+ // or he has filled it out.
+ pPin->GetAllocatorRequirements(&prop);
+
+ // if he doesn't care about alignment, then set it to 1
+ if (prop.cbAlign == 0) {
+ prop.cbAlign = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the allocator provided by the input pin */
+
+ hr = pPin->GetAllocator(ppAlloc);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(*ppAlloc, &prop);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pPin->NotifyAllocator(*ppAlloc, FALSE);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the GetAllocator failed we may not have an interface */
+
+ if (*ppAlloc) {
+ (*ppAlloc)->Release();
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Try the output pin's allocator by the same method */
+
+ hr = InitAllocator(ppAlloc);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+
+ // note - the properties passed here are in the same
+ // structure as above and may have been modified by
+ // the previous call to DecideBufferSize
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(*ppAlloc, &prop);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pPin->NotifyAllocator(*ppAlloc, FALSE);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Likewise we may not have an interface to release */
+
+ if (*ppAlloc) {
+ (*ppAlloc)->Release();
+ *ppAlloc = NULL;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* This returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator WARNING the same
+ dangers and restrictions apply here as described below for Deliver() */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator != NULL) {
+ return m_pAllocator->GetBuffer(ppSample,pStartTime,pEndTime,dwFlags);
+ } else {
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin. NOTE the object must
+ have locked itself before calling us otherwise we may get halfway through
+ executing this method only to find the filter graph has got in and
+ disconnected us from the input pin. If the filter has no worker threads
+ then the lock is best applied on Receive(), otherwise it should be done
+ when the worker thread is ready to deliver. There is a wee snag to worker
+ threads that this shows up. The worker thread must lock the object when
+ it is ready to deliver a sample, but it may have to wait until a state
+ change has completed, but that may never complete because the state change
+ is waiting for the worker thread to complete. The way to handle this is for
+ the state change code to grab the critical section, then set an abort event
+ for the worker thread, then release the critical section and wait for the
+ worker thread to see the event we set and then signal that it has finished
+ (with another event). At which point the state change code can complete */
+
+// note (if you've still got any breath left after reading that) that you
+// need to release the sample yourself after this call. if the connected
+// input pin needs to hold onto the sample beyond the call, it will addref
+// the sample itself.
+
+// of course you must release this one and call GetDeliveryBuffer for the
+// next. You cannot reuse it directly.
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DELIVER( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseOutputPin", (IPin *) this, (IPin *) m_pInputPin, pSample, &m_mt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return m_pInputPin->Receive(pSample);
+}
+
+
+// called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to
+// our connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->EndOfStream();
+}
+
+
+/* Commit the allocator's memory, this is called through IMediaFilter
+ which is responsible for locking the object before calling us */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Active(void)
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+ return m_pAllocator->Commit();
+}
+
+
+/* Free up or unprepare allocator's memory, this is called through
+ IMediaFilter which is responsible for locking the object first */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+ return m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+}
+
+// we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return
+// an error, since this should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::EndOfStream(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+
+// BeginFlush should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// EndFlush should be called on input pins only
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseOutputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+}
+
+// call BeginFlush on the connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->BeginFlush();
+}
+
+// call EndFlush on the connected input pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush(void)
+{
+ // remember this is on IPin not IMemInputPin
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->EndFlush();
+}
+// deliver NewSegment to connected pin
+HRESULT
+CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate)
+{
+ if (m_Connected == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+ return m_Connected->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseInputPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor creates a default allocator object */
+
+CBaseInputPin::CBaseInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pPinName, PINDIR_INPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_bReadOnly(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE)
+{
+ ZeroMemory(&m_SampleProps, sizeof(m_SampleProps));
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseInputPin::CBaseInputPin(__in LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBasePin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pPinName, PINDIR_INPUT),
+ m_pAllocator(NULL),
+ m_bReadOnly(FALSE),
+ m_bFlushing(FALSE)
+{
+ ZeroMemory(&m_SampleProps, sizeof(m_SampleProps));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor releases it's reference count on the default allocator */
+
+CBaseInputPin::~CBaseInputPin()
+{
+ if (m_pAllocator != NULL) {
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// override this to publicise our interfaces
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we know about this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMemInputPin) {
+ return GetInterface((IMemInputPin *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBasePin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return the allocator interface that this input pin would like the output
+ pin to use. NOTE subsequent calls to GetAllocator should all return an
+ interface onto the SAME object so we create one object at the start
+
+ Note:
+ The allocator is Release()'d on disconnect and replaced on
+ NotifyAllocator().
+
+ Override this to provide your own allocator.
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::GetAllocator(
+ __deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator *));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ HRESULT hr = CreateMemoryAllocator(&m_pAllocator);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_pAllocator != NULL);
+ *ppAllocator = m_pAllocator;
+ m_pAllocator->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually going to use
+ Override this if you care - NOTE the locking we do both here and also in
+ GetAllocator is unnecessary but derived classes that do something useful
+ will undoubtedly have to lock the object so this might help remind people */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pAllocator,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+
+ IMemAllocator *pOldAllocator = m_pAllocator;
+ pAllocator->AddRef();
+ m_pAllocator = pAllocator;
+
+ if (pOldAllocator != NULL) {
+ pOldAllocator->Release();
+ }
+
+ // the readonly flag indicates whether samples from this allocator should
+ // be regarded as readonly - if true, then inplace transforms will not be
+ // allowed.
+ m_bReadOnly = (BYTE)bReadOnly;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ /* We don't need our allocator any more */
+ if (m_pAllocator) {
+ // Always decommit the allocator because a downstream filter may or
+ // may not decommit the connection's allocator. A memory leak could
+ // occur if the allocator is not decommited when a pin is disconnected.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pAllocator->Release();
+ m_pAllocator = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* Do something with this media sample - this base class checks to see if the
+ format has changed with this media sample and if so checks that the filter
+ will accept it, generating a run time error if not. Once we have raised a
+ run time error we set a flag so that no more samples will be accepted
+
+ It is important that any filter should override this method and implement
+ synchronization so that samples are not processed when the pin is
+ disconnected etc
+*/
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSample,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSample,sizeof(IMediaSample));
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (S_OK != hr) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RECEIVE( m_pName ? m_pName : L"CBaseInputPin", (IPin *) m_Connected, (IPin *) this, pSample, &m_mt );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ /* Check for IMediaSample2 */
+ IMediaSample2 *pSample2;
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pSample->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2, (void **)&pSample2))) {
+ hr = pSample2->GetProperties(sizeof(m_SampleProps), (PBYTE)&m_SampleProps);
+ pSample2->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Get the properties the hard way */
+ m_SampleProps.cbData = sizeof(m_SampleProps);
+ m_SampleProps.dwTypeSpecificFlags = 0;
+ m_SampleProps.dwStreamId = AM_STREAM_MEDIA;
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags = 0;
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsDiscontinuity()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsPreroll()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_PREROLL;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->IsSyncPoint()) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT;
+ }
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pSample->GetTime(&m_SampleProps.tStart,
+ &m_SampleProps.tStop))) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID |
+ AM_SAMPLE_STOPVALID;
+ }
+ if (S_OK == pSample->GetMediaType(&m_SampleProps.pMediaType)) {
+ m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags |= AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED;
+ }
+ pSample->GetPointer(&m_SampleProps.pbBuffer);
+ m_SampleProps.lActual = pSample->GetActualDataLength();
+ m_SampleProps.cbBuffer = pSample->GetSize();
+ }
+
+ /* Has the format changed in this sample */
+
+ if (!(m_SampleProps.dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED)) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the derived class accepts this format */
+ /* This shouldn't fail as the source must call QueryAccept first */
+
+ hr = CheckMediaType((CMediaType *)m_SampleProps.pMediaType);
+
+ if (hr == NOERROR) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Raise a runtime error if we fail the media type */
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = TRUE;
+ EndOfStream();
+ m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT,VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED,0);
+ return VFW_E_INVALIDMEDIATYPE;
+}
+
+
+/* Receive multiple samples */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSamples,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSamples,nSamples * sizeof(IMediaSample *));
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ *nSamplesProcessed = 0;
+ while (nSamples-- > 0) {
+ hr = Receive(pSamples[*nSamplesProcessed]);
+
+ /* S_FALSE means don't send any more */
+ if (hr != S_OK) {
+ break;
+ }
+ (*nSamplesProcessed)++;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+/* See if Receive() might block */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::ReceiveCanBlock()
+{
+ /* Ask all the output pins if they block
+ If there are no output pin assume we do block
+ */
+ int cPins = m_pFilter->GetPinCount();
+ int cOutputPins = 0;
+ for (int c = 0; c < cPins; c++) {
+ CBasePin *pPin = m_pFilter->GetPin(c);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ break;
+ }
+ PIN_DIRECTION pd;
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->QueryDirection(&pd);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ if (pd == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ hr = pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ ASSERT(pConnected != NULL);
+ cOutputPins++;
+ IMemInputPin *pInputPin;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(
+ IID_IMemInputPin,
+ (void **)&pInputPin);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pInputPin->ReceiveCanBlock();
+ pInputPin->Release();
+ if (hr != S_FALSE) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* There's a transport we don't understand here */
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return cOutputPins == 0 ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+// Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning
+// of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls
+// fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data
+// and then call downstream.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // BeginFlush is NOT synchronized with streaming but is part of
+ // a control action - hence we synchronize with the filter
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // if we are already in mid-flush, this is probably a mistake
+ // though not harmful - try to pick it up for now so I can think about it
+ ASSERT(!m_bFlushing);
+
+ // first thing to do is ensure that no further Receive calls succeed
+ m_bFlushing = TRUE;
+
+ // now discard any data and call downstream - must do that
+ // in derived classes
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation
+// - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread
+// pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream,
+// then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable
+// receives
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::EndFlush(void)
+{
+ // Endlush is NOT synchronized with streaming but is part of
+ // a control action - hence we synchronize with the filter
+ CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);
+
+ // almost certainly a mistake if we are not in mid-flush
+ ASSERT(m_bFlushing);
+
+ // before calling, sync with pushing thread and ensure
+ // no more data is going downstream, then call EndFlush on
+ // downstream pins.
+
+ // now re-enable Receives
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+
+ // No more errors
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);
+ CheckPointer(pSender,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSender,sizeof(IBaseFilter));
+ DbgBreak("IQuality::Notify called on an input pin");
+ return NOERROR;
+} // Notify
+
+/* Free up or unprepare allocator's memory, this is called through
+ IMediaFilter which is responsible for locking the object first */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+ if (m_pAllocator == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_NO_ALLOCATOR;
+ }
+
+ m_bFlushing = FALSE;
+
+ return m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+}
+
+// what requirements do we have of the allocator - override if you want
+// to support other people's allocators but need a specific alignment
+// or prefix.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseInputPin::GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pProps);
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+// Check if it's OK to process data
+//
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::CheckStreaming()
+{
+ // Shouldn't be able to get any data if we're not connected!
+ ASSERT(IsConnected());
+
+ // Don't process stuff in Stopped state
+ if (IsStopped()) {
+ return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;
+ }
+ if (m_bFlushing) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+ if (m_bRunTimeError) {
+ return VFW_E_RUNTIME_ERROR;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Pass on the Quality notification q to
+// a. Our QualityControl sink (if we have one) or else
+// b. to our upstream filter
+// and if that doesn't work, throw it away with a bad return code
+HRESULT
+CBaseInputPin::PassNotify(Quality& q)
+{
+ // We pass the message on, which means that we find the quality sink
+ // for our input pin and send it there
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Passing Quality notification through transform")));
+ if (m_pQSink!=NULL) {
+ return m_pQSink->Notify(m_pFilter, q);
+ } else {
+ // no sink set, so pass it upstream
+ HRESULT hr;
+ IQualityControl * pIQC;
+
+ hr = VFW_E_NOT_FOUND; // default
+ if (m_Connected) {
+ m_Connected->QueryInterface(IID_IQualityControl, (void**)&pIQC);
+
+ if (pIQC!=NULL) {
+ hr = pIQC->Notify(m_pFilter, q);
+ pIQC->Release();
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+} // PassNotify
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Memory allocation class, implements CMediaSample
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* NOTE The implementation of this class calls the CUnknown constructor with
+ a NULL outer unknown pointer. This has the effect of making us a self
+ contained class, ie any QueryInterface, AddRef or Release calls will be
+ routed to the class's NonDelegatingUnknown methods. You will typically
+ find that the classes that do this then override one or more of these
+ virtual functions to provide more specialised behaviour. A good example
+ of this is where a class wants to keep the QueryInterface internal but
+ still wants it's lifetime controlled by the external object */
+
+/* The last two parameters have default values of NULL and zero */
+
+CMediaSample::CMediaSample(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ m_pBuffer(pBuffer), // Initialise the buffer
+ m_cbBuffer(length), // And it's length
+ m_lActual(length), // By default, actual = length
+ m_pMediaType(NULL), // No media type change
+ m_dwFlags(0), // Nothing set
+ m_cRef(0), // 0 ref count
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags(0), // Type specific flags
+ m_dwStreamId(AM_STREAM_MEDIA), // Stream id
+ m_pAllocator(pAllocator) // Allocator
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ /* We must have an owner and it must also be derived from class
+ CBaseAllocator BUT we do not hold a reference count on it */
+
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+
+ if (length < 0) {
+ *phr = VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ m_cbBuffer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CMediaSample::CMediaSample(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,
+ LONG length) :
+ m_pBuffer(pBuffer), // Initialise the buffer
+ m_cbBuffer(length), // And it's length
+ m_lActual(length), // By default, actual = length
+ m_pMediaType(NULL), // No media type change
+ m_dwFlags(0), // Nothing set
+ m_cRef(0), // 0 ref count
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags(0), // Type specific flags
+ m_dwStreamId(AM_STREAM_MEDIA), // Stream id
+ m_pAllocator(pAllocator) // Allocator
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ /* We must have an owner and it must also be derived from class
+ CBaseAllocator BUT we do not hold a reference count on it */
+
+ ASSERT(pAllocator);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor deletes the media type memory */
+
+CMediaSample::~CMediaSample()
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CMediaSample", (IMediaSample *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Override this to publicise our interfaces */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaSample ||
+ riid == IID_IMediaSample2 ||
+ riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ return GetInterface((IMediaSample *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CMediaSample::AddRef()
+{
+ return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
+}
+
+
+// -- CMediaSample lifetimes --
+//
+// On final release of this sample buffer it is not deleted but
+// returned to the freelist of the owning memory allocator
+//
+// The allocator may be waiting for the last buffer to be placed on the free
+// list in order to decommit all the memory, so the ReleaseBuffer() call may
+// result in this sample being deleted. We also need to hold a refcount on
+// the allocator to stop that going away until we have finished with this.
+// However, we cannot release the allocator before the ReleaseBuffer, as the
+// release may cause us to be deleted. Similarly we can't do it afterwards.
+//
+// Thus we must leave it to the allocator to hold an addref on our behalf.
+// When he issues us in GetBuffer, he addref's himself. When ReleaseBuffer
+// is called, he releases himself, possibly causing us and him to be deleted.
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
+CMediaSample::Release()
+{
+ /* Decrement our own private reference count */
+ LONG lRef;
+ if (m_cRef == 1) {
+ lRef = 0;
+ m_cRef = 0;
+ } else {
+ lRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
+ }
+ ASSERT(lRef >= 0);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Unknown %X ref-- = %d"),
+ this, m_cRef));
+
+ /* Did we release our final reference count */
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+ /* Free all resources */
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_TypeChanged) {
+ SetMediaType(NULL);
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags = 0;
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = 0;
+ m_dwStreamId = AM_STREAM_MEDIA;
+
+ /* This may cause us to be deleted */
+ // Our refcount is reliably 0 thus no-one will mess with us
+ m_pAllocator->ReleaseBuffer(this);
+ }
+ return (ULONG)lRef;
+}
+
+
+// set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that
+// want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data.
+// This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample*
+// and so cannot be changed by clients.
+HRESULT
+CMediaSample::SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes)
+{
+ if (cBytes < 0) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+ m_pBuffer = ptr; // new buffer area (could be null)
+ m_cbBuffer = cBytes; // length of buffer
+ m_lActual = cBytes; // length of data in buffer (assume full)
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory. I will actually
+// want to use sizeUsed bytes.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppBuffer,sizeof(BYTE *));
+
+ // creator must have set pointer either during
+ // constructor or by SetPointer
+ ASSERT(m_pBuffer);
+
+ *ppBuffer = m_pBuffer;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// return the size in bytes of this buffer
+STDMETHODIMP_(LONG)
+CMediaSample::GetSize(void)
+{
+ return m_cbBuffer;
+}
+
+
+// get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetTime(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_StopValid)) {
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_TimeValid)) {
+ return VFW_E_SAMPLE_TIME_NOT_SET;
+ } else {
+ *pTimeStart = m_Start;
+
+ // Make sure old stuff works
+ *pTimeEnd = m_Start + 1;
+ return VFW_S_NO_STOP_TIME;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pTimeStart = m_Start;
+ *pTimeEnd = m_End;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+// NULL pointers means the time is reset
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetTime(
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ if (pTimeStart == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(pTimeEnd == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags &= ~(Sample_TimeValid | Sample_StopValid);
+ } else {
+ if (pTimeEnd == NULL) {
+ m_Start = *pTimeStart;
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TimeValid;
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_StopValid;
+ } else {
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(REFERENCE_TIME));
+ ASSERT(*pTimeEnd >= *pTimeStart);
+
+ m_Start = *pTimeStart;
+ m_End = *pTimeEnd;
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TimeValid | Sample_StopValid;
+ }
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// get the media times (eg bytes) for this sample
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetMediaTime(
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_MediaTimeValid)) {
+ return VFW_E_MEDIA_TIME_NOT_SET;
+ }
+
+ *pTimeStart = m_MediaStart;
+ *pTimeEnd = (m_MediaStart + m_MediaEnd);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Set the media times for this sample
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetMediaTime(
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+)
+{
+ if (pTimeStart == NULL) {
+ ASSERT(pTimeEnd == NULL);
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ } else {
+ if (NULL == pTimeEnd) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeStart,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ValidateReadPtr(pTimeEnd,sizeof(LONGLONG));
+ ASSERT(*pTimeEnd >= *pTimeStart);
+
+ m_MediaStart = *pTimeStart;
+ m_MediaEnd = (LONG)(*pTimeEnd - *pTimeStart);
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsSyncPoint(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_SyncPoint) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint)
+{
+ if (bIsSyncPoint) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_SyncPoint;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_SyncPoint;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is
+// not a continuation of the previous stream of data
+// - there has been a seek).
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsDiscontinuity(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_Discontinuity) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+// set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a
+// continuation, but a new sample after a seek.
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscont)
+{
+ // should be TRUE or FALSE
+ if (bDiscont) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_Discontinuity;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_Discontinuity;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::IsPreroll(void)
+{
+ if (m_dwFlags & Sample_Preroll) {
+ return S_OK;
+ } else {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll)
+{
+ if (bIsPreroll) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_Preroll;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_Preroll;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(LONG)
+CMediaSample::GetActualDataLength(void)
+{
+ return m_lActual;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual)
+{
+ if (lActual > m_cbBuffer || lActual < 0) {
+ ASSERT(lActual <= GetSize());
+ return VFW_E_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+ m_lActual = lActual;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* These allow for limited format changes in band */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppMediaType,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE *));
+ ASSERT(ppMediaType);
+
+ /* Do we have a new media type for them */
+
+ if (!(m_dwFlags & Sample_TypeChanged)) {
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType == NULL);
+ *ppMediaType = NULL;
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaType);
+
+ /* Create a copy of our media type */
+
+ *ppMediaType = CreateMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ if (*ppMediaType == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Mark this sample as having a different format type */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaSample::SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType)
+{
+ /* Delete the current media type */
+
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ m_pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Mechanism for resetting the format type */
+
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(pMediaType);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pMediaType,sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ /* Take a copy of the media type */
+
+ m_pMediaType = CreateMediaType(pMediaType);
+ if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TypeChanged;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Set and get properties (IMediaSample2)
+STDMETHODIMP CMediaSample::GetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties
+)
+{
+ if (0 != cbProperties) {
+ CheckPointer(pbProperties, E_POINTER);
+ // Return generic stuff up to the length
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES Props;
+ Props.cbData = min(cbProperties, sizeof(Props));
+ Props.dwSampleFlags = m_dwFlags & ~Sample_MediaTimeValid;
+ Props.dwTypeSpecificFlags = m_dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ Props.pbBuffer = m_pBuffer;
+ Props.cbBuffer = m_cbBuffer;
+ Props.lActual = m_lActual;
+ Props.tStart = m_Start;
+ Props.tStop = m_End;
+ Props.dwStreamId = m_dwStreamId;
+ if (m_dwFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ Props.pMediaType = m_pMediaType;
+ } else {
+ Props.pMediaType = NULL;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(pbProperties, &Props, Props.cbData);
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+#define CONTAINS_FIELD(type, field, offset) \
+ ((FIELD_OFFSET(type, field) + sizeof(((type *)0)->field)) <= offset)
+
+HRESULT CMediaSample::SetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties
+)
+{
+
+ /* Generic properties */
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType = NULL;
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbData, cbProperties)) {
+ CheckPointer(pbProperties, E_POINTER);
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES *pProps =
+ (AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES *)pbProperties;
+
+ /* Don't use more data than is actually there */
+ if (pProps->cbData < cbProperties) {
+ cbProperties = pProps->cbData;
+ }
+ /* We only handle IMediaSample2 */
+ if (cbProperties > sizeof(*pProps) ||
+ pProps->cbData > sizeof(*pProps)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ /* Do checks first, the assignments (for backout) */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwSampleFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Check the flags */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags &
+ (~Sample_ValidFlags | Sample_MediaTimeValid)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ /* Check a flag isn't being set for a property
+ not being provided
+ */
+ if ((pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) &&
+ !(m_dwFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) &&
+ !CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStop, cbProperties)) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ /* NB - can't SET the pointer or size */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pbBuffer, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check pbBuffer */
+ if (pProps->pbBuffer != 0 && pProps->pbBuffer != m_pBuffer) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbBuffer, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check cbBuffer */
+ if (pProps->cbBuffer != 0 && pProps->cbBuffer != m_cbBuffer) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, cbBuffer, cbProperties) &&
+ CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, lActual, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check lActual */
+ if (pProps->cbBuffer < pProps->lActual) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pMediaType, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Check pMediaType */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ CheckPointer(pProps->pMediaType, E_POINTER);
+ pMediaType = CreateMediaType(pProps->pMediaType);
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now do the assignments */
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId, cbProperties)) {
+ m_dwStreamId = pProps->dwStreamId;
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwSampleFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set the flags */
+ m_dwFlags = pProps->dwSampleFlags |
+ (m_dwFlags & Sample_MediaTimeValid);
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ } else {
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwTypeSpecificFlags, cbProperties)) {
+ m_dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, lActual, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set lActual */
+ m_lActual = pProps->lActual;
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStop, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Set the times */
+ m_End = pProps->tStop;
+ }
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStart, cbProperties)) {
+
+ /* Set the times */
+ m_Start = pProps->tStart;
+ }
+
+ if (CONTAINS_FIELD(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pMediaType, cbProperties)) {
+ /* Set pMediaType */
+ if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) {
+ if (m_pMediaType != NULL) {
+ DeleteMediaType(m_pMediaType);
+ }
+ m_pMediaType = pMediaType;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fix up the type changed flag to correctly reflect the current state
+ If, for instance the input contained no type change but the
+ output does then if we don't do this we'd lose the
+ output media type.
+ */
+ if (m_pMediaType) {
+ m_dwFlags |= Sample_TypeChanged;
+ } else {
+ m_dwFlags &= ~Sample_TypeChanged;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+//
+// The streaming thread calls IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(),
+// IMemInputPin::Receive() and IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple() on the
+// connected input pin. The application thread calls Block(). The
+// following class members can only be called by the streaming thread.
+//
+// Deliver()
+// DeliverNewSegment()
+// StartUsingOutputPin()
+// StopUsingOutputPin()
+// ChangeOutputFormat()
+// ChangeMediaType()
+// DynamicReconnect()
+//
+// The following class members can only be called by the application thread.
+//
+// Block()
+// SynchronousBlockOutputPin()
+// AsynchronousBlockOutputPin()
+//
+
+CDynamicOutputPin::CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_hStopEvent(NULL),
+ m_pGraphConfig(NULL),
+ m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator(FALSE),
+ m_BlockState(NOT_BLOCKED),
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent(NULL),
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent(NULL),
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID(0),
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers(0)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = Initialize();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CDynamicOutputPin::CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :
+ CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),
+ m_hStopEvent(NULL),
+ m_pGraphConfig(NULL),
+ m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator(FALSE),
+ m_BlockState(NOT_BLOCKED),
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent(NULL),
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent(NULL),
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID(0),
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers(0)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = Initialize();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+CDynamicOutputPin::~CDynamicOutputPin()
+{
+ if(NULL != m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent
+ // and m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+ }
+
+ if(NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ }
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Initialize(void)
+{
+ m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent = ::CreateEvent( NULL, // The event will have the default security descriptor.
+ TRUE, // This is a manual reset event.
+ TRUE, // The event is initially signaled.
+ NULL ); // The event is not named.
+
+ // CreateEvent() returns NULL if an error occurs.
+ if(NULL == m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ // Set flag to say we can reconnect while streaming.
+ SetReconnectWhenActive(true);
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if(riid == IID_IPinFlowControl) {
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IPinFlowControl*>(this), ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::Disconnect(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return DisconnectInternal();
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP CDynamicOutputPin::Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ const DWORD VALID_FLAGS = AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK;
+
+ // Check for illegal flags.
+ if(dwBlockFlags & ~VALID_FLAGS) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure the event is unsignaled.
+ if((dwBlockFlags & AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK) && (NULL != hEvent)) {
+ if( !::ResetEvent( hEvent ) ) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // No flags are set if we are unblocking the output pin.
+ if(0 == dwBlockFlags) {
+
+ // This parameter should be NULL because unblock operations are always synchronous.
+ // There is no need to notify the caller when the event is done.
+ if(NULL != hEvent) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if(dwBlockFlags & AM_PIN_FLOW_CONTROL_BLOCK) {
+ // IPinFlowControl::Block()'s hEvent parameter is NULL if the block is synchronous.
+ // If hEvent is not NULL, the block is asynchronous.
+ if(NULL == hEvent) {
+ hr = SynchronousBlockOutputPin();
+ } else {
+ hr = AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(hEvent);
+ }
+ } else {
+ hr = UnblockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = :: CreateEvent( NULL, // The event will have the default security attributes.
+ FALSE, // This is an automatic reset event.
+ FALSE, // The event is initially unsignaled.
+ NULL ); // The event is not named.
+
+ // CreateEvent() returns NULL if an error occurs.
+ if(NULL == hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = WaitEvent(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+
+ // This call should not fail because we have access to hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent
+ // and hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is a valid event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent)
+{
+ // This function holds the m_BlockStateLock because it uses
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID, m_BlockState and
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ if(NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState) {
+ if(m_dwBlockCallerThreadID == ::GetCurrentThreadId()) {
+ return VFW_E_PIN_ALREADY_BLOCKED_ON_THIS_THREAD;
+ } else {
+ return VFW_E_PIN_ALREADY_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ BOOL fSuccess = ::DuplicateHandle( ::GetCurrentProcess(),
+ hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent,
+ ::GetCurrentProcess(),
+ &m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent,
+ EVENT_MODIFY_STATE,
+ FALSE,
+ 0 );
+ if( !fSuccess ) {
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+ }
+
+ m_BlockState = PENDING;
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID = ::GetCurrentThreadId();
+
+ // The output pin cannot be blocked if the streaming thread is
+ // calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(), IMemInputPin::Receive()
+ // or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple() on the connected input pin. Also, it
+ // cannot be blocked if the streaming thread is calling DynamicReconnect(),
+ // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat().
+ if(!StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin()) {
+
+ // The output pin can be immediately blocked.
+ BlockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::BlockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // The caller should always hold the m_BlockStateLock because this function
+ // uses m_BlockState and m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_BlockStateLock));
+
+ // This function should not be called if the streaming thread is modifying
+ // the connection state or it's passing data downstream.
+ ASSERT(!StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // This should not fail because we successfully created the event
+ // and we have the security permissions to change it's state.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::ResetEvent(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+
+ // This event should not fail because AsynchronousBlockOutputPin() successfully
+ // duplicated this handle and we have the appropriate security permissions.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+
+ m_BlockState = BLOCKED;
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = NULL;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::UnblockOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // UnblockOutputPin() holds the m_BlockStateLock because it
+ // uses m_BlockState, m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent.
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ if(NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // This should not fail because we successfully created the event
+ // and we have the security permissions to change it's state.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent));
+
+ // Cancel the block operation if it's still pending.
+ if(NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) {
+ // This event should not fail because AsynchronousBlockOutputPin() successfully
+ // duplicated this handle and we have the appropriate security permissions.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::SetEvent(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(::CloseHandle(m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent));
+ }
+
+ m_BlockState = NOT_BLOCKED;
+ m_dwBlockCallerThreadID = 0;
+ m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent = NULL;
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::StartUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ // The caller should not hold m_BlockStateLock. If the caller does,
+ // a deadlock could occur.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_BlockStateLock));
+
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ // Are we in the middle of a block operation?
+ while(BLOCKED == m_BlockState) {
+ m_BlockStateLock.Unlock();
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, a deadlock could occur. The caller should make sure
+ // that this thread never acquires the Block State lock more than once.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut( &m_BlockStateLock ));
+
+ // WaitForMultipleObjects() returns WAIT_OBJECT_0 if the unblock event
+ // is fired. It returns WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1 if the stop event if fired.
+ // See the Windows SDK documentation for more information on
+ // WaitForMultipleObjects().
+ const DWORD UNBLOCK = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+ const DWORD STOP = WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1;
+
+ HANDLE ahWaitEvents[] = { m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent, m_hStopEvent };
+ DWORD dwNumWaitEvents = sizeof(ahWaitEvents)/sizeof(HANDLE);
+
+ DWORD dwReturnValue = ::WaitForMultipleObjects( dwNumWaitEvents, ahWaitEvents, FALSE, INFINITE );
+
+ m_BlockStateLock.Lock();
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ switch( dwReturnValue ) {
+ case UNBLOCK:
+ break;
+
+ case STOP:
+ return VFW_E_STATE_CHANGED;
+
+ case WAIT_FAILED:
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+
+ default:
+ DbgBreak( "An Unexpected case occured in CDynamicOutputPin::StartUsingOutputPin()." );
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers++;
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::StopUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers--;
+
+ if((m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers == 0) && (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) {
+ BlockOutputPin();
+ }
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ AssertValid();
+ #endif // DEBUG
+}
+
+bool CDynamicOutputPin::StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ return (m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers > 0);
+}
+
+void CDynamicOutputPin::SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent)
+{
+ // This pointer is not addrefed because filters are not allowed to
+ // hold references to the filter graph manager. See the documentation for
+ // IBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph() in the Direct Show SDK for more information.
+ m_pGraphConfig = pGraphConfig;
+
+ m_hStopEvent = hStopEvent;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Active(void)
+{
+ // Make sure the user initialized the object by calling SetConfigInfo().
+ if((NULL == m_hStopEvent) || (NULL == m_pGraphConfig)) {
+ DbgBreak( ERROR: CDynamicOutputPin::Active() failed because m_pGraphConfig and m_hStopEvent were not initialized. Call SetConfigInfo() to initialize them. );
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then Active() is called. An event
+ // handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ResetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Active();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Inactive(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then Active() is called. An event
+ // handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Inactive();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then DeliverBeginFlush() is called.
+ // An event handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverBeginFlush();
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush(void)
+{
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the user may have passed an invalid event handle to SetConfigInfo().
+ // The ASSERT can also fire if the event if destroyed and then DeliverBeginFlush() is called.
+ // An event handle is invalid if 1) the event does not exist or the user does not have the security
+ // permissions to use the event.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(ResetEvent(m_hStopEvent));
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndFlush();
+}
+
+
+// ChangeOutputFormat() either dynamicly changes the connection's format type or it dynamicly
+// reconnects the output pin.
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeOutputFormat
+ (
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop,
+ double dSegmentRate
+ )
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // Callers should always pass a valid media type to ChangeOutputFormat() .
+ ASSERT(NULL != pmt);
+
+ CMediaType cmt(*pmt);
+ HRESULT hr = ChangeMediaType(&cmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = DeliverNewSegment(tSegmentStart, tSegmentStop, dSegmentRate);
+ if( FAILED( hr ) ) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ // This function assumes the filter graph is running.
+ ASSERT(!IsStopped());
+
+ if(!IsConnected()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;
+ }
+
+ /* First check if the downstream pin will accept a dynamic
+ format change
+ */
+ QzCComPtr<IPinConnection> pConnection;
+
+ m_Connected->QueryInterface(IID_IPinConnection, (void **)&pConnection);
+ if(pConnection != NULL) {
+
+ if(S_OK == pConnection->DynamicQueryAccept(pmt)) {
+
+ HRESULT hr = ChangeMediaTypeHelper(pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do the dynamic connection */
+ return DynamicReconnect(pmt);
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_Connected->ReceiveConnection(this, pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Does this pin use the local memory transport?
+ if(NULL != m_pInputPin) {
+ // This function assumes that m_pInputPin and m_Connected are
+ // two different interfaces to the same object.
+ ASSERT(::IsEqualObject(m_Connected, m_pInputPin));
+
+ ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES apInputPinRequirements;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbBuffer = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbPrefix = 0;
+ apInputPinRequirements.cBuffers = 0;
+
+ m_pInputPin->GetAllocatorRequirements(&apInputPinRequirements);
+
+ // A zero allignment does not make any sense.
+ if(0 == apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign) {
+ apInputPinRequirements.cbAlign = 1;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Decommit();
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = DecideBufferSize(m_pAllocator, &apInputPinRequirements);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Commit();
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = m_pInputPin->NotifyAllocator(m_pAllocator, m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator);
+ if(FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// this method has to be called from the thread that is pushing data,
+// and it's the caller's responsibility to make sure that the thread
+// has no outstand samples because they cannot be delivered after a
+// reconnect
+//
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DynamicReconnect( const CMediaType* pmt )
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ if((m_pGraphConfig == NULL) || (NULL == m_hStopEvent)) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pGraphConfig->Reconnect(
+ this,
+ NULL,
+ pmt,
+ NULL,
+ m_hStopEvent,
+ AM_GRAPH_CONFIG_RECONNECT_CACHE_REMOVED_FILTERS );
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ if(!IsStopped() && m_pAllocator) {
+ hr = m_pAllocator->Commit();
+ ASSERT(hr != VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void CDynamicOutputPin::AssertValid(void)
+{
+ // Make sure the object was correctly initialized.
+
+ // This ASSERT only fires if the object failed to initialize
+ // and the user ignored the constructor's return code (phr).
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent);
+
+ // If either of these ASSERTs fire, the user did not correctly call
+ // SetConfigInfo().
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_hStopEvent);
+ ASSERT(NULL != m_pGraphConfig);
+
+ // Make sure the block state is consistent.
+
+ CAutoLock alBlockStateLock(&m_BlockStateLock);
+
+ // BLOCK_STATE variables only have three legal values: PENDING, BLOCKED and NOT_BLOCKED.
+ ASSERT((NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState) || (PENDING == m_BlockState) || (BLOCKED == m_BlockState));
+
+ // m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent is only needed when a block operation cannot complete
+ // immediately.
+ ASSERT(((NULL == m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) && (PENDING != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((NULL != m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent) && (PENDING == m_BlockState)) );
+
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID should always be 0 if the pin is not blocked and
+ // the user is not trying to block the pin.
+ ASSERT((0 == m_dwBlockCallerThreadID) || (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState));
+
+ // If this ASSERT fires, the streaming thread is using the output pin and the
+ // output pin is blocked.
+ ASSERT(((0 != m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((0 == m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (NOT_BLOCKED != m_BlockState)) ||
+ ((0 == m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers) && (NOT_BLOCKED == m_BlockState)) );
+}
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ const DWORD EVENT_SIGNALED = WAIT_OBJECT_0;
+
+ DWORD dwReturnValue = ::WaitForSingleObject(hEvent, INFINITE);
+
+ switch( dwReturnValue ) {
+ case EVENT_SIGNALED:
+ return S_OK;
+
+ case WAIT_FAILED:
+ return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();
+
+ default:
+ DbgBreak( "An Unexpected case occured in CDynamicOutputPin::WaitEvent()." );
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+}
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CBaseAllocator
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* Constructor overrides the default settings for the free list to request
+ that it be alertable (ie the list can be cast to a handle which can be
+ passed to WaitForSingleObject). Both of the allocator lists also ask for
+ object locking, the all list matches the object default settings but I
+ have included them here just so it is obvious what kind of list it is */
+
+CBaseAllocator::CBaseAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ BOOL bEvent,
+ BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback
+ ) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_lAllocated(0),
+ m_bChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bCommitted(FALSE),
+ m_bDecommitInProgress(FALSE),
+ m_lSize(0),
+ m_lCount(0),
+ m_lAlignment(0),
+ m_lPrefix(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_fEnableReleaseCallback(fEnableReleaseCallback),
+ m_pNotify(NULL)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (bEvent) {
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseAllocator::CBaseAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ BOOL bEvent,
+ BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_lAllocated(0),
+ m_bChanged(FALSE),
+ m_bCommitted(FALSE),
+ m_bDecommitInProgress(FALSE),
+ m_lSize(0),
+ m_lCount(0),
+ m_lAlignment(0),
+ m_lPrefix(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_fEnableReleaseCallback(fEnableReleaseCallback),
+ m_pNotify(NULL)
+{
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ if (bEvent) {
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseAllocator::~CBaseAllocator()
+{
+ // we can't call Decommit here since that would mean a call to a
+ // pure virtual in destructor.
+ // We must assume that the derived class has gone into decommit state in
+ // its destructor.
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseAllocator", (IMemAllocator *) this );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ ASSERT(!m_bCommitted);
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+ m_pNotify->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Override this to publicise our interfaces */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ /* Do we know about this interface */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMemAllocator ||
+ riid == IID_IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp && m_fEnableReleaseCallback) {
+ return GetInterface((IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* This sets the size and count of the required samples. The memory isn't
+ actually allocated until Commit() is called, if memory has already been
+ allocated then assuming no samples are outstanding the user may call us
+ to change the buffering, the memory will be released in Commit() */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pRequest, E_POINTER);
+ CheckPointer(pActual, E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ ZeroMemory(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ ASSERT(pRequest->cbBuffer > 0);
+
+ /* Check the alignment requested */
+ if (pRequest->cbAlign != 1) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("Alignment requested was 0x%x, not 1"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign));
+ return VFW_E_BADALIGN;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do this if already committed, there is an argument that says we
+ should not reject the SetProperties call if there are buffers still
+ active. However this is called by the source filter, which is the same
+ person who is holding the samples. Therefore it is not unreasonable
+ for them to free all their samples before changing the requirements */
+
+ if (m_bCommitted) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Must be no outstanding buffers */
+
+ if (m_lAllocated != m_lFree.GetCount()) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFERS_OUTSTANDING;
+ }
+
+ /* There isn't any real need to check the parameters as they
+ will just be rejected when the user finally calls Commit */
+
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize = pRequest->cbBuffer;
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount = pRequest->cBuffers;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment = pRequest->cbAlign;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix = pRequest->cbPrefix;
+
+ m_bChanged = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::GetProperties(
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pActual,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual,sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize;
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the
+// next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface).
+// on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer
+// pointer and size will be correct.
+
+HRESULT CBaseAllocator::GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags
+ )
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pStartTime);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pEndTime);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwFlags);
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ *ppBuffer = NULL;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ { // scope for lock
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ /* Check we are committed */
+ if (!m_bCommitted) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_COMMITTED;
+ }
+ pSample = (CMediaSample *) m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ SetWaiting();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't get a sample then wait for the list to signal */
+
+ if (pSample) {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (dwFlags & AM_GBF_NOWAIT) {
+ return VFW_E_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ ASSERT(m_hSem != NULL);
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE);
+ }
+
+ /* Addref the buffer up to one. On release
+ back to zero instead of being deleted, it will requeue itself by
+ calling the ReleaseBuffer member function. NOTE the owner of a
+ media sample must always be derived from CBaseAllocator */
+
+
+ ASSERT(pSample->m_cRef == 0);
+ pSample->m_cRef = 1;
+ *ppBuffer = pSample;
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( (IMemAllocator *) this, pSample );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Final release of a CMediaSample will call this */
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pSample,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadPtr(pSample,sizeof(IMediaSample));
+
+#ifdef DXMPERF
+ PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( (IMemAllocator *) this, pSample );
+#endif // DXMPERF
+
+
+ BOOL bRelease = FALSE;
+ {
+ CAutoLock cal(this);
+
+ /* Put back on the free list */
+
+ m_lFree.Add((CMediaSample *)pSample);
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ NotifySample();
+ }
+
+ // if there is a pending Decommit, then we need to complete it by
+ // calling Free() when the last buffer is placed on the free list
+
+ LONG l1 = m_lFree.GetCount();
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress && (l1 == m_lAllocated)) {
+ Free();
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+ bRelease = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+
+ //
+ // Note that this is not synchronized with setting up a notification
+ // method.
+ //
+ m_pNotify->NotifyRelease();
+ }
+
+ /* For each buffer there is one AddRef, made in GetBuffer and released
+ here. This may cause the allocator and all samples to be deleted */
+
+ if (bRelease) {
+ Release();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::SetNotify(
+ IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp* pNotify
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+ if (pNotify) {
+ pNotify->AddRef();
+ }
+ if (m_pNotify) {
+ m_pNotify->Release();
+ }
+ m_pNotify = pNotify;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::GetFreeCount(
+ __out LONG* plBuffersFree
+ )
+{
+ ASSERT(m_fEnableReleaseCallback);
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ *plBuffersFree = m_lCount - m_lAllocated + m_lFree.GetCount();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+void
+CBaseAllocator::NotifySample()
+{
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ ASSERT(m_hSem != NULL);
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::Commit()
+{
+ /* Check we are not decommitted */
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ // cannot need to alloc or re-alloc if we are committed
+ if (m_bCommitted) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Allow GetBuffer calls */
+
+ m_bCommitted = TRUE;
+
+ // is there a pending decommit ? if so, just cancel it
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress) {
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+
+ // don't call Alloc at this point. He cannot allow SetProperties
+ // between Decommit and the last free, so the buffer size cannot have
+ // changed. And because some of the buffers are not free yet, he
+ // cannot re-alloc anyway.
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY, 1, TEXT("Allocating: %ldx%ld"), m_lCount, m_lSize));
+
+ // actually need to allocate the samples
+ HRESULT hr = Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bCommitted = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+ }
+ AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseAllocator::Decommit()
+{
+ BOOL bRelease = FALSE;
+ {
+ /* Check we are not already decommitted */
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+ if (m_bCommitted == FALSE) {
+ if (m_bDecommitInProgress == FALSE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No more GetBuffer calls will succeed */
+ m_bCommitted = FALSE;
+
+ // are any buffers outstanding?
+ if (m_lFree.GetCount() < m_lAllocated) {
+ // please complete the decommit when last buffer is freed
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = TRUE;
+ } else {
+ m_bDecommitInProgress = FALSE;
+
+ // need to complete the decommit here as there are no
+ // outstanding buffers
+
+ Free();
+ bRelease = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // Tell anyone waiting that they can go now so we can
+ // reject their call
+#pragma warning(push)
+#ifndef _PREFAST_
+#pragma warning(disable:4068)
+#endif
+#pragma prefast(suppress:__WARNING_DEREF_NULL_PTR, "Suppress warning related to Free() invalidating 'this' which is no applicable to CBaseAllocator::Free()")
+ NotifySample();
+
+#pragma warning(pop)
+ }
+
+ if (bRelease) {
+ Release();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Base definition of allocation which checks we are ok to go ahead and do
+ the full allocation. We return S_FALSE if the requirements are the same */
+
+HRESULT
+CBaseAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ /* Error if he hasn't set the size yet */
+ if (m_lCount <= 0 || m_lSize <= 0 || m_lAlignment <= 0) {
+ return VFW_E_SIZENOTSET;
+ }
+
+ /* should never get here while buffers outstanding */
+ ASSERT(m_lFree.GetCount() == m_lAllocated);
+
+ /* If the requirements haven't changed then don't reallocate */
+ if (m_bChanged == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Implement CBaseAllocator::CSampleList::Remove(pSample)
+ Removes pSample from the list
+*/
+void
+CBaseAllocator::CSampleList::Remove(__inout CMediaSample * pSample)
+{
+ CMediaSample **pSearch;
+ for (pSearch = &m_List;
+ *pSearch != NULL;
+ pSearch = &(CBaseAllocator::NextSample(*pSearch))) {
+ if (*pSearch == pSample) {
+ *pSearch = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample);
+ CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = NULL;
+ m_nOnList--;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ DbgBreak("Couldn't find sample in list");
+}
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Implements CMemAllocator
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+/* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+CUnknown *CMemAllocator::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ CUnknown *pUnkRet = new CMemAllocator(NAME("CMemAllocator"), pUnk, phr);
+ return pUnkRet;
+}
+
+CMemAllocator::CMemAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseAllocator(pName, pUnk, phr, TRUE, TRUE),
+ m_pBuffer(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CMemAllocator::CMemAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr)
+ : CBaseAllocator(pName, pUnk, phr, TRUE, TRUE),
+ m_pBuffer(NULL)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This sets the size and count of the required samples. The memory isn't
+ actually allocated until Commit() is called, if memory has already been
+ allocated then assuming no samples are outstanding the user may call us
+ to change the buffering, the memory will be released in Commit() */
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMemAllocator::SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pActual,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pActual,sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);
+
+ ZeroMemory(pActual, sizeof(ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES));
+
+ ASSERT(pRequest->cbBuffer > 0);
+
+ SYSTEM_INFO SysInfo;
+ GetSystemInfo(&SysInfo);
+
+ /* Check the alignment request is a power of 2 */
+ if ((-pRequest->cbAlign & pRequest->cbAlign) != pRequest->cbAlign) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Alignment requested 0x%x not a power of 2!"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign));
+ }
+ /* Check the alignment requested */
+ if (pRequest->cbAlign == 0 ||
+ (SysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity & (pRequest->cbAlign - 1)) != 0) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Invalid alignment 0x%x requested - granularity = 0x%x"),
+ pRequest->cbAlign, SysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity));
+ return VFW_E_BADALIGN;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do this if already committed, there is an argument that says we
+ should not reject the SetProperties call if there are buffers still
+ active. However this is called by the source filter, which is the same
+ person who is holding the samples. Therefore it is not unreasonable
+ for them to free all their samples before changing the requirements */
+
+ if (m_bCommitted == TRUE) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_COMMITTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Must be no outstanding buffers */
+
+ if (m_lFree.GetCount() < m_lAllocated) {
+ return VFW_E_BUFFERS_OUTSTANDING;
+ }
+
+ /* There isn't any real need to check the parameters as they
+ will just be rejected when the user finally calls Commit */
+
+ // round length up to alignment - remember that prefix is included in
+ // the alignment
+ LONG lSize = pRequest->cbBuffer + pRequest->cbPrefix;
+ LONG lRemainder = lSize % pRequest->cbAlign;
+ if (lRemainder != 0) {
+ lSize = lSize - lRemainder + pRequest->cbAlign;
+ }
+ pActual->cbBuffer = m_lSize = (lSize - pRequest->cbPrefix);
+
+ pActual->cBuffers = m_lCount = pRequest->cBuffers;
+ pActual->cbAlign = m_lAlignment = pRequest->cbAlign;
+ pActual->cbPrefix = m_lPrefix = pRequest->cbPrefix;
+
+ m_bChanged = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// override this to allocate our resources when Commit is called.
+//
+// note that our resources may be already allocated when this is called,
+// since we don't free them on Decommit. We will only be called when in
+// decommit state with all buffers free.
+//
+// object locked by caller
+HRESULT
+CMemAllocator::Alloc(void)
+{
+ CAutoLock lck(this);
+
+ /* Check he has called SetProperties */
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseAllocator::Alloc();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ /* If the requirements haven't changed then don't reallocate */
+ if (hr == S_FALSE) {
+ ASSERT(m_pBuffer);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ ASSERT(hr == S_OK); // we use this fact in the loop below
+
+ /* Free the old resources */
+ if (m_pBuffer) {
+ ReallyFree();
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure we've got reasonable values */
+ if ( m_lSize < 0 || m_lPrefix < 0 || m_lCount < 0 ) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the aligned size */
+ LONG lAlignedSize = m_lSize + m_lPrefix;
+
+ /* Check overflow */
+ if (lAlignedSize < m_lSize) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ if (m_lAlignment > 1) {
+ LONG lRemainder = lAlignedSize % m_lAlignment;
+ if (lRemainder != 0) {
+ LONG lNewSize = lAlignedSize + m_lAlignment - lRemainder;
+ if (lNewSize < lAlignedSize) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ lAlignedSize = lNewSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create the contiguous memory block for the samples
+ making sure it's properly aligned (64K should be enough!)
+ */
+ ASSERT(lAlignedSize % m_lAlignment == 0);
+
+ LONGLONG lToAllocate = m_lCount * (LONGLONG)lAlignedSize;
+
+ /* Check overflow */
+ if (lToAllocate > MAXLONG) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ m_pBuffer = (PBYTE)VirtualAlloc(NULL,
+ (LONG)lToAllocate,
+ MEM_COMMIT,
+ PAGE_READWRITE);
+
+ if (m_pBuffer == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ LPBYTE pNext = m_pBuffer;
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == 0);
+
+ // Create the new samples - we have allocated m_lSize bytes for each sample
+ // plus m_lPrefix bytes per sample as a prefix. We set the pointer to
+ // the memory after the prefix - so that GetPointer() will return a pointer
+ // to m_lSize bytes.
+ for (; m_lAllocated < m_lCount; m_lAllocated++, pNext += lAlignedSize) {
+
+
+ pSample = new CMediaSample(
+ NAME("Default memory media sample"),
+ this,
+ &hr,
+ pNext + m_lPrefix, // GetPointer() value
+ m_lSize); // not including prefix
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (pSample == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ // This CANNOT fail
+ m_lFree.Add(pSample);
+ }
+
+ m_bChanged = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// override this to free up any resources we have allocated.
+// called from the base class on Decommit when all buffers have been
+// returned to the free list.
+//
+// caller has already locked the object.
+
+// in our case, we keep the memory until we are deleted, so
+// we do nothing here. The memory is deleted in the destructor by
+// calling ReallyFree()
+void
+CMemAllocator::Free(void)
+{
+ return;
+}
+
+
+// called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to
+// actually free up the memory
+void
+CMemAllocator::ReallyFree(void)
+{
+ /* Should never be deleting this unless all buffers are freed */
+
+ ASSERT(m_lAllocated == m_lFree.GetCount());
+
+ /* Free up all the CMediaSamples */
+
+ CMediaSample *pSample;
+ for (;;) {
+ pSample = m_lFree.RemoveHead();
+ if (pSample != NULL) {
+ delete pSample;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_lAllocated = 0;
+
+ // free the block of buffer memory
+ if (m_pBuffer) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(VirtualFree(m_pBuffer, 0, MEM_RELEASE));
+ m_pBuffer = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Destructor frees our memory resources */
+
+CMemAllocator::~CMemAllocator()
+{
+ Decommit();
+ ReallyFree();
+}
+
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// filter registration through IFilterMapper. used if IFilterMapper is
+// not found (Quartz 1.0 install)
+
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper * pIFM
+ , BOOL bRegister )
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= AMovieSetupRegisterFilter")));
+
+ // check we've got data
+ //
+ if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;
+
+
+ // unregister filter
+ // (as pins are subkeys of filter's CLSID key
+ // they do not need to be removed separately).
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = unregister filter")));
+ HRESULT hr = pIFM->UnregisterFilter( *(psetupdata->clsID) );
+
+
+ if( bRegister )
+ {
+ // register filter
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter")));
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterFilter( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->strName
+ , psetupdata->dwMerit );
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // all its pins
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter pins")));
+ for( UINT m1=0; m1 < psetupdata->nPins; m1++ )
+ {
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterPin( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strName
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bRendered
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bOutput
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bZero
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].bMany
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].clsConnectsToFilter)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strConnectsToPin );
+
+ if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+ {
+ // and each pin's media types
+ //
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter pin types")));
+ for( UINT m2=0; m2 < psetupdata->lpPin[m1].nMediaTypes; m2++ )
+ {
+ hr = pIFM->RegisterPinType( *(psetupdata->clsID)
+ , psetupdata->lpPin[m1].strName
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].lpMediaType[m2].clsMajorType)
+ , *(psetupdata->lpPin[m1].lpMediaType[m2].clsMinorType) );
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle one acceptable "error" - that
+ // of filter not being registered!
+ // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd
+ // name for the error!)
+ //
+ if( 0x80070002 == hr)
+ return NOERROR;
+ else
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// Remove warnings about unreferenced inline functions
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14f17cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amfilter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1587 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMFilter.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines class hierarchy for streams
+// architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __FILTER__
+#define __FILTER__
+
+/* The following classes are declared in this header: */
+
+class CBaseMediaFilter; // IMediaFilter support
+class CBaseFilter; // IBaseFilter,IMediaFilter support
+class CBasePin; // Abstract base class for IPin interface
+class CEnumPins; // Enumerate input and output pins
+class CEnumMediaTypes; // Enumerate the pin's preferred formats
+class CBaseOutputPin; // Adds data provider member functions
+class CBaseInputPin; // Implements IMemInputPin interface
+class CMediaSample; // Basic transport unit for IMemInputPin
+class CBaseAllocator; // General list guff for most allocators
+class CMemAllocator; // Implements memory buffer allocation
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+//
+// QueryFilterInfo and QueryPinInfo AddRef the interface pointers
+// they return. You can use the macro below to release the interface.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+#define QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi) if ((fi).pGraph) (fi).pGraph->Release();
+
+#define QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi) if ((pi).pFilter) (pi).pFilter->Release();
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseMediaFilter
+//
+// Abstract base class implementing IMediaFilter.
+//
+// Typically you will derive your filter from CBaseFilter rather than
+// this, unless you are implementing an object such as a plug-in
+// distributor that needs to support IMediaFilter but not IBaseFilter.
+//
+// Note that IMediaFilter is derived from IPersist to allow query of
+// class id.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseMediaFilter : public CUnknown,
+ public IMediaFilter
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused
+ IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this filter's reference clock
+ // note: all filters in a filter graph use the same clock
+
+ // offset from stream time to reference time
+ CRefTime m_tStart;
+
+ CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid
+ // used for serialization
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseMediaFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ REFCLSID clsid);
+
+ virtual ~CBaseMediaFilter();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to say what interfaces we support where
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ //
+ // --- IPersist method ---
+ //
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // --- IMediaFilter methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__inout_opt IReferenceClock *pClock);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock);
+
+ // default implementation of Stop and Pause just record the
+ // state. Override to activate or de-activate your filter.
+ // Note that Run when called from Stopped state will call Pause
+ // to ensure activation, so if you are a source or transform
+ // you will probably not need to override Run.
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+
+ // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the
+ // sample's stream time to get the reference time for
+ // its presentation
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // return the current stream time - ie find out what
+ // stream time should be appearing now
+ virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream);
+
+ // Is the filter currently active? (running or paused)
+ BOOL IsActive() {
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running));
+ };
+};
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseFilter
+//
+// An abstract class providing basic IBaseFilter support for pin
+// enumeration and filter information reading.
+//
+// We cannot derive from CBaseMediaFilter since methods in IMediaFilter
+// are also in IBaseFilter and would be ambiguous. Since much of the code
+// assumes that they derive from a class that has m_State and other state
+// directly available, we duplicate code from CBaseMediaFilter rather than
+// having a member variable.
+//
+// Derive your filter from this, or from a derived object such as
+// CTransformFilter.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseFilter : public CUnknown, // Handles an IUnknown
+ public IBaseFilter, // The Filter Interface
+ public IAMovieSetup // For un/registration
+{
+
+friend class CBasePin;
+
+protected:
+ FILTER_STATE m_State; // current state: running, paused
+ IReferenceClock *m_pClock; // this graph's ref clock
+ CRefTime m_tStart; // offset from stream time to reference time
+ CLSID m_clsid; // This filters clsid
+ // used for serialization
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+
+ WCHAR *m_pName; // Full filter name
+ IFilterGraph *m_pGraph; // Graph we belong to
+ IMediaEventSink *m_pSink; // Called with notify events
+ LONG m_PinVersion; // Current pin version
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid); // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+
+ CBaseFilter(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Object description
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // IUnknown of delegating object
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who maintains lock
+ REFCLSID clsid, // The clsid to be used to serialize this filter
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+#endif
+ ~CBaseFilter();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to say what interfaces we support where
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+#endif
+
+ //
+ // --- IPersist method ---
+ //
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);
+
+ // --- IMediaFilter methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock *pClock);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetSyncSource(__deref_out_opt IReferenceClock **pClock);
+
+
+ // override Stop and Pause so we can activate the pins.
+ // Note that Run will call Pause first if activation needed.
+ // Override these if you want to activate your filter rather than
+ // your pins.
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+
+ // the start parameter is the difference to be added to the
+ // sample's stream time to get the reference time for
+ // its presentation
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // return the current stream time - ie find out what
+ // stream time should be appearing now
+ virtual HRESULT StreamTime(CRefTime& rtStream);
+
+ // Is the filter currently active?
+ BOOL IsActive() {
+ CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);
+ return ((m_State == State_Paused) || (m_State == State_Running));
+ };
+
+ // Is this filter stopped (without locking)
+ BOOL IsStopped() {
+ return (m_State == State_Stopped);
+ };
+
+ //
+ // --- IBaseFilter methods ---
+ //
+
+ // pin enumerator
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumPins(
+ __deref_out IEnumPins ** ppEnum);
+
+
+ // default behaviour of FindPin assumes pin ids are their names
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(
+ LPCWSTR Id,
+ __deref_out IPin ** ppPin
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryFilterInfo(
+ __out FILTER_INFO * pInfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(
+ __inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ // return a Vendor information string. Optional - may return E_NOTIMPL.
+ // memory returned should be freed using CoTaskMemFree
+ // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryVendorInfo(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR* pVendorInfo
+ );
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // send an event notification to the filter graph if we know about it.
+ // returns S_OK if delivered, S_FALSE if the filter graph does not sink
+ // events, or an error otherwise.
+ HRESULT NotifyEvent(
+ long EventCode,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam1,
+ LONG_PTR EventParam2);
+
+ // return the filter graph we belong to
+ __out_opt IFilterGraph *GetFilterGraph() {
+ return m_pGraph;
+ }
+
+ // Request reconnect
+ // pPin is the pin to reconnect
+ // pmt is the type to reconnect with - can be NULL
+ // Calls ReconnectEx on the filter graph
+ HRESULT ReconnectPin(IPin *pPin, __in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pmt);
+
+ // find out the current pin version (used by enumerators)
+ virtual LONG GetPinVersion();
+ void IncrementPinVersion();
+
+ // you need to supply these to access the pins from the enumerator
+ // and for default Stop and Pause/Run activation.
+ virtual int GetPinCount() PURE;
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n) PURE;
+
+ // --- IAMovieSetup methods ---
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Register(); // ask filter to register itself
+ STDMETHODIMP Unregister(); // and unregister itself
+
+ // --- setup helper methods ---
+ // (override to return filters setup data)
+
+ virtual __out_opt LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER GetSetupData(){ return NULL; }
+
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBasePin
+//
+// Abstract class that supports the basics of IPin
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePin : public CUnknown, public IPin, public IQualityControl
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ WCHAR * m_pName; // This pin's name
+ IPin *m_Connected; // Pin we have connected to
+ PIN_DIRECTION m_dir; // Direction of this pin
+ CCritSec *m_pLock; // Object we use for locking
+ bool m_bRunTimeError; // Run time error generated
+ bool m_bCanReconnectWhenActive; // OK to reconnect when active
+ bool m_bTryMyTypesFirst; // When connecting enumerate
+ // this pin's types first
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // Filter we were created by
+ IQualityControl *m_pQSink; // Target for Quality messages
+ LONG m_TypeVersion; // Holds current type version
+ CMediaType m_mt; // Media type of connection
+
+ CRefTime m_tStart; // time from NewSegment call
+ CRefTime m_tStop; // time from NewSegment
+ double m_dRate; // rate from NewSegment
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ LONG m_cRef; // Ref count tracing
+#endif
+
+ // displays pin connection information
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin);
+ void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt);
+#else
+ void DisplayPinInfo(IPin *pReceivePin) {};
+ void DisplayTypeInfo(IPin *pPin, const CMediaType *pmt) {};
+#endif
+
+ // used to agree a media type for a pin connection
+
+ // given a specific media type, attempt a connection (includes
+ // checking that the type is acceptable to this pin)
+ HRESULT
+ AttemptConnection(
+ IPin* pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType* pmt // using this type
+ );
+
+ // try all the media types in this enumerator - for each that
+ // we accept, try to connect using ReceiveConnection.
+ HRESULT TryMediaTypes(
+ IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ __in_opt const CMediaType *pmt, // proposed type from Connect
+ IEnumMediaTypes *pEnum); // try this enumerator
+
+ // establish a connection with a suitable mediatype. Needs to
+ // propose a media type if the pmt pointer is null or partially
+ // specified - use TryMediaTypes on both our and then the other pin's
+ // enumerator until we find one that works.
+ HRESULT AgreeMediaType(
+ IPin *pReceivePin, // connect to this pin
+ const CMediaType *pmt); // proposed type from Connect
+
+public:
+
+ CBasePin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName, // Object description
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBasePin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName, // Object description
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter, // Owning filter who knows about pins
+ __in CCritSec *pLock, // Object who implements the lock
+ __inout HRESULT *phr, // General OLE return code
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName, // Pin name for us
+ PIN_DIRECTION dir); // Either PINDIR_INPUT or PINDIR_OUTPUT
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBasePin();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+
+ // --- IPin methods ---
+
+ // take lead role in establishing a connection. Media type pointer
+ // may be null, or may point to partially-specified mediatype
+ // (subtype or format type may be GUID_NULL).
+ STDMETHODIMP Connect(
+ IPin * pReceivePin,
+ __in_opt const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // optional media type
+ );
+
+ // (passive) accept a connection from another pin
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveConnection(
+ IPin * pConnector, // this is the initiating connecting pin
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt // this is the media type we will exchange
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Disconnect();
+
+ STDMETHODIMP ConnectedTo(__deref_out IPin **pPin);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP ConnectionMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPinInfo(
+ __out PIN_INFO * pInfo
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryDirection(
+ __out PIN_DIRECTION * pPinDir
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(
+ __deref_out LPWSTR * Id
+ );
+
+ // does the pin support this media type
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryAccept(
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt
+ );
+
+ // return an enumerator for this pins preferred media types
+ STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes(
+ __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum
+ );
+
+ // return an array of IPin* - the pins that this pin internally connects to
+ // All pins put in the array must be AddReffed (but no others)
+ // Errors: "Can't say" - FAIL, not enough slots - return S_FALSE
+ // Default: return E_NOTIMPL
+ // The filter graph will interpret NOT_IMPL as any input pin connects to
+ // all visible output pins and vice versa.
+ // apPin can be NULL if nPin==0 (not otherwise).
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInternalConnections(
+ __out_ecount_part(*nPin,*nPin) IPin* *apPin, // array of IPin*
+ __inout ULONG *nPin // on input, the number of slots
+ // on output the number of pins
+ ) { return E_NOTIMPL; }
+
+ // Called when no more data will be sent
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // Begin/EndFlush still PURE
+
+ // NewSegment notifies of the start/stop/rate applying to the data
+ // about to be received. Default implementation records data and
+ // returns S_OK.
+ // Override this to pass downstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP NewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods
+ //================================================================================
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+
+ // --- helper methods ---
+
+ // Returns true if the pin is connected. false otherwise.
+ BOOL IsConnected(void) {return (m_Connected != NULL); };
+ // Return the pin this is connected to (if any)
+ IPin * GetConnected() { return m_Connected; };
+
+ // Check if our filter is currently stopped
+ BOOL IsStopped() {
+ return (m_pFilter->m_State == State_Stopped);
+ };
+
+ // find out the current type version (used by enumerators)
+ virtual LONG GetMediaTypeVersion();
+ void IncrementTypeVersion();
+
+ // switch the pin to active (paused or running) mode
+ // not an error to call this if already active
+ virtual HRESULT Active(void);
+
+ // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // Notify of Run() from filter
+ virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);
+
+ // check if the pin can support this specific proposed type and format
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE;
+
+ // set the connection to use this format (previously agreed)
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *);
+
+ // check that the connection is ok before verifying it
+ // can be overridden eg to check what interfaces will be supported.
+ virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *);
+
+ // Set and release resources required for a connection
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // returns the preferred formats for a pin
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);
+
+ // access to NewSegment values
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStopTime() {
+ return m_tStop;
+ }
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentStartTime() {
+ return m_tStart;
+ }
+ double CurrentRate() {
+ return m_dRate;
+ }
+
+ // Access name
+ LPWSTR Name() { return m_pName; };
+
+ // Can reconnectwhen active?
+ void SetReconnectWhenActive(bool bCanReconnect)
+ {
+ m_bCanReconnectWhenActive = bCanReconnect;
+ }
+
+ bool CanReconnectWhenActive()
+ {
+ return m_bCanReconnectWhenActive;
+ }
+
+protected:
+ STDMETHODIMP DisconnectInternal();
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CEnumPins
+//
+// Pin enumerator class that works by calling CBaseFilter. This interface
+// is provided by CBaseFilter::EnumPins and calls GetPinCount() and
+// GetPin() to enumerate existing pins. Needs to be a separate object so
+// that it can be cloned (creating an existing object at the same
+// position in the enumeration)
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CEnumPins : public IEnumPins // The interface we support
+{
+ int m_Position; // Current ordinal position
+ int m_PinCount; // Number of pins available
+ CBaseFilter *m_pFilter; // The filter who owns us
+ LONG m_Version; // Pin version information
+ LONG m_cRef;
+
+ typedef CGenericList<CBasePin> CPinList;
+
+ CPinList m_PinCache; // These pointers have not been AddRef'ed and
+ // so they should not be dereferenced. They are
+ // merely kept to ID which pins have been enumerated.
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+#endif
+
+ /* If while we are retrieving a pin for example from the filter an error
+ occurs we assume that our internal state is stale with respect to the
+ filter (someone may have deleted all the pins). We can check before
+ starting whether or not the operation is likely to fail by asking the
+ filter what it's current version number is. If the filter has not
+ overriden the GetPinVersion method then this will always match */
+
+ BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() {
+ return (m_pFilter->GetPinVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE);
+ };
+
+ /* This method performs the same operations as Reset, except is does not clear
+ the cache of pins already enumerated. */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Refresh();
+
+public:
+
+ CEnumPins(
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in_opt CEnumPins *pEnumPins);
+
+ virtual ~CEnumPins();
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // IEnumPins
+ STDMETHODIMP Next(
+ ULONG cPins, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cPins) IPin ** ppPins, // ...in this array of IPin*
+ __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed returned here
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cPins);
+ STDMETHODIMP Reset();
+ STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumPins **ppEnum);
+
+
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CEnumMediaTypes
+//
+// Enumerates the preferred formats for input and output pins
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CEnumMediaTypes : public IEnumMediaTypes // The interface we support
+{
+ int m_Position; // Current ordinal position
+ CBasePin *m_pPin; // The pin who owns us
+ LONG m_Version; // Media type version value
+ LONG m_cRef;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+#endif
+
+ /* The media types a filter supports can be quite dynamic so we add to
+ the general IEnumXXXX interface the ability to be signaled when they
+ change via an event handle the connected filter supplies. Until the
+ Reset method is called after the state changes all further calls to
+ the enumerator (except Reset) will return E_UNEXPECTED error code */
+
+ BOOL AreWeOutOfSync() {
+ return (m_pPin->GetMediaTypeVersion() == m_Version ? FALSE : TRUE);
+ };
+
+public:
+
+ CEnumMediaTypes(
+ __in CBasePin *pPin,
+ __in_opt CEnumMediaTypes *pEnumMediaTypes);
+
+ virtual ~CEnumMediaTypes();
+
+ // IUnknown
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // IEnumMediaTypes
+ STDMETHODIMP Next(
+ ULONG cMediaTypes, // place this many pins...
+ __out_ecount(cMediaTypes) AM_MEDIA_TYPE ** ppMediaTypes, // ...in this array
+ __out_opt ULONG * pcFetched // actual count passed
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Skip(ULONG cMediaTypes);
+ STDMETHODIMP Reset();
+ STDMETHODIMP Clone(__deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum);
+};
+
+
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseOutputPin
+//
+// class derived from CBasePin that can pass buffers to a connected pin
+// that supports IMemInputPin. Supports IPin.
+//
+// Derive your output pin from this.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseOutputPin : public CBasePin
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator;
+ IMemInputPin *m_pInputPin; // interface on the downstreaminput pin
+ // set up in CheckConnect when we connect.
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ // override CompleteConnect() so we can negotiate an allocator
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count and other properties
+ // Calls DecideBufferSize to set properties
+ virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, __deref_out IMemAllocator ** pAlloc);
+
+ // override this to set the buffer size and count. Return an error
+ // if the size/count is not to your liking.
+ // The allocator properties passed in are those requested by the
+ // input pin - use eg the alignment and prefix members if you have
+ // no preference on these.
+ virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize(
+ IMemAllocator * pAlloc,
+ __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * ppropInputRequest
+ ) PURE;
+
+ // returns an empty sample buffer from the allocator
+ virtual HRESULT GetDeliveryBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample ** ppSample,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags);
+
+ // deliver a filled-in sample to the connected input pin
+ // note - you need to release it after calling this. The receiving
+ // pin will addref the sample if it needs to hold it beyond the
+ // call.
+ virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *);
+
+ // override this to control the connection
+ virtual HRESULT InitAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAlloc);
+ HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+
+ // override to call Commit and Decommit
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // we have a default handling of EndOfStream which is to return
+ // an error, since this should be called on input pins only
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);
+
+ // called from elsewhere in our filter to pass EOS downstream to
+ // our connected input pin
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void);
+
+ // same for Begin/EndFlush - we handle Begin/EndFlush since it
+ // is an error on an output pin, and we have Deliver methods to
+ // call the methods on the connected pin
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void);
+
+ // deliver NewSegment to connected pin - you will need to
+ // override this if you queue any data in your output pin.
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tStop,
+ double dRate);
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods
+ //================================================================================
+
+ // All inherited from CBasePin and not overridden here.
+ // STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+ // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseInputPin
+//
+// derive your standard input pin from this.
+// you need to supply GetMediaType and CheckConnect etc (see CBasePin),
+// and you need to supply Receive to do something more useful.
+//
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseInputPin : public CBasePin,
+ public IMemInputPin
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ IMemAllocator *m_pAllocator; // Default memory allocator
+
+ // allocator is read-only, so received samples
+ // cannot be modified (probably only relevant to in-place
+ // transforms
+ BYTE m_bReadOnly;
+
+ // in flushing state (between BeginFlush and EndFlush)
+ // if TRUE, all Receives are returned with S_FALSE
+ BYTE m_bFlushing;
+
+ // Sample properties - initalized in Receive
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES m_SampleProps;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseInputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBaseInputPin();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // return the allocator interface that this input pin
+ // would like the output pin to use
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator);
+
+ // tell the input pin which allocator the output pin is actually
+ // going to use.
+ STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(
+ IMemAllocator * pAllocator,
+ BOOL bReadOnly);
+
+ // do something with this media sample
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ // do something with these media samples
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveMultiple (
+ __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,
+ long nSamples,
+ __out long *nSamplesProcessed);
+
+ // See if Receive() blocks
+ STDMETHODIMP ReceiveCanBlock();
+
+ // Default handling for BeginFlush - call at the beginning
+ // of your implementation (makes sure that all Receive calls
+ // fail). After calling this, you need to free any queued data
+ // and then call downstream.
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);
+
+ // default handling for EndFlush - call at end of your implementation
+ // - before calling this, ensure that there is no queued data and no thread
+ // pushing any more without a further receive, then call downstream,
+ // then call this method to clear the m_bFlushing flag and re-enable
+ // receives
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);
+
+ // this method is optional (can return E_NOTIMPL).
+ // default implementation returns E_NOTIMPL. Override if you have
+ // specific alignment or prefix needs, but could use an upstream
+ // allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES*pProps);
+
+ // Release the pin's allocator.
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+
+ // helper method to check the read-only flag
+ BOOL IsReadOnly() {
+ return m_bReadOnly;
+ };
+
+ // helper method to see if we are flushing
+ BOOL IsFlushing() {
+ return m_bFlushing;
+ };
+
+ // Override this for checking whether it's OK to process samples
+ // Also call this from EndOfStream.
+ virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming();
+
+ // Pass a Quality notification on to the appropriate sink
+ HRESULT PassNotify(Quality& q);
+
+
+ //================================================================================
+ // IQualityControl methods (from CBasePin)
+ //================================================================================
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);
+
+ // no need to override:
+ // STDMETHODIMP SetSink(IQualityControl * piqc);
+
+
+ // switch the pin to inactive state - may already be inactive
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive(void);
+
+ // Return sample properties pointer
+ AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * SampleProps() {
+ ASSERT(m_SampleProps.cbData != 0);
+ return &m_SampleProps;
+ }
+
+};
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// CDynamicOutputPin
+//
+
+class CDynamicOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin,
+ public IPinFlowControl
+{
+public:
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+#endif
+
+ CDynamicOutputPin(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,
+ __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,
+ __in CCritSec *pLock,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ ~CDynamicOutputPin();
+
+ // IUnknown Methods
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IPin Methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Disconnect(void);
+
+ // IPinFlowControl Methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Block(DWORD dwBlockFlags, HANDLE hEvent);
+
+ // Set graph config info
+ void SetConfigInfo(IGraphConfig *pGraphConfig, HANDLE hStopEvent);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ virtual HRESULT Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverEndOfStream(void);
+ virtual HRESULT DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate);
+ #endif // DEBUG
+
+ HRESULT DeliverBeginFlush(void);
+ HRESULT DeliverEndFlush(void);
+
+ HRESULT Inactive(void);
+ HRESULT Active(void);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ virtual HRESULT StartUsingOutputPin(void);
+ virtual void StopUsingOutputPin(void);
+ virtual bool StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin(void);
+
+ HRESULT ChangeOutputFormat
+ (
+ const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStart,
+ REFERENCE_TIME tSegmentStop,
+ double dSegmentRate
+ );
+ HRESULT ChangeMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT DynamicReconnect(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+protected:
+ HRESULT SynchronousBlockOutputPin(void);
+ HRESULT AsynchronousBlockOutputPin(HANDLE hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent);
+ HRESULT UnblockOutputPin(void);
+
+ void BlockOutputPin(void);
+ void ResetBlockState(void);
+
+ static HRESULT WaitEvent(HANDLE hEvent);
+
+ enum BLOCK_STATE
+ {
+ NOT_BLOCKED,
+ PENDING,
+ BLOCKED
+ };
+
+ // This lock should be held when the following class members are
+ // being used: m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent, m_BlockState,
+ // m_dwBlockCallerThreadID and m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers.
+ CCritSec m_BlockStateLock;
+
+ // This event should be signaled when the output pin is
+ // not blocked. This is a manual reset event. For more
+ // information on events, see the documentation for
+ // CreateEvent() in the Windows SDK.
+ HANDLE m_hUnblockOutputPinEvent;
+
+ // This event will be signaled when block operation succeedes or
+ // when the user cancels the block operation. The block operation
+ // can be canceled by calling IPinFlowControl2::Block( 0, NULL )
+ // while the block operation is pending.
+ HANDLE m_hNotifyCallerPinBlockedEvent;
+
+ // The state of the current block operation.
+ BLOCK_STATE m_BlockState;
+
+ // The ID of the thread which last called IPinFlowControl::Block().
+ // For more information on thread IDs, see the documentation for
+ // GetCurrentThreadID() in the Windows SDK.
+ DWORD m_dwBlockCallerThreadID;
+
+ // The number of times StartUsingOutputPin() has been sucessfully
+ // called and a corresponding call to StopUsingOutputPin() has not
+ // been made. When this variable is greater than 0, the streaming
+ // thread is calling IPin::NewSegment(), IPin::EndOfStream(),
+ // IMemInputPin::Receive() or IMemInputPin::ReceiveMultiple(). The
+ // streaming thread could also be calling: DynamicReconnect(),
+ // ChangeMediaType() or ChangeOutputFormat(). The output pin cannot
+ // be blocked while the output pin is being used.
+ DWORD m_dwNumOutstandingOutputPinUsers;
+
+ // This event should be set when the IMediaFilter::Stop() is called.
+ // This is a manual reset event. It is also set when the output pin
+ // delivers a flush to the connected input pin.
+ HANDLE m_hStopEvent;
+ IGraphConfig* m_pGraphConfig;
+
+ // TRUE if the output pin's allocator's samples are read only.
+ // Otherwise FALSE. For more information, see the documentation
+ // for IMemInputPin::NotifyAllocator().
+ BOOL m_bPinUsesReadOnlyAllocator;
+
+private:
+ HRESULT Initialize(void);
+ HRESULT ChangeMediaTypeHelper(const CMediaType *pmt);
+
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ void AssertValid(void);
+ #endif // DEBUG
+};
+
+class CAutoUsingOutputPin
+{
+public:
+ CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr );
+ ~CAutoUsingOutputPin();
+
+private:
+ CDynamicOutputPin* m_pOutputPin;
+};
+
+inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::CAutoUsingOutputPin( __in CDynamicOutputPin* pOutputPin, __inout HRESULT* phr ) :
+ m_pOutputPin(NULL)
+{
+ // The caller should always pass in valid pointers.
+ ASSERT( NULL != pOutputPin );
+ ASSERT( NULL != phr );
+
+ // Make sure the user initialized phr.
+ ASSERT( S_OK == *phr );
+
+ HRESULT hr = pOutputPin->StartUsingOutputPin();
+ if( FAILED( hr ) )
+ {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ m_pOutputPin = pOutputPin;
+}
+
+inline CAutoUsingOutputPin::~CAutoUsingOutputPin()
+{
+ if( NULL != m_pOutputPin )
+ {
+ m_pOutputPin->StopUsingOutputPin();
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::Deliver(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::Deliver(pSample);
+}
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream(void)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT( StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin() );
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverEndOfStream();
+}
+
+inline HRESULT CDynamicOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop, double dRate)
+{
+ // The caller should call StartUsingOutputPin() before calling this
+ // method.
+ ASSERT(StreamingThreadUsingOutputPin());
+
+ return CBaseOutputPin::DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);
+}
+
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Memory allocators
+//
+// the shared memory transport between pins requires the input pin
+// to provide a memory allocator that can provide sample objects. A
+// sample object supports the IMediaSample interface.
+//
+// CBaseAllocator handles the management of free and busy samples. It
+// allocates CMediaSample objects. CBaseAllocator is an abstract class:
+// in particular it has no method of initializing the list of free
+// samples. CMemAllocator is derived from CBaseAllocator and initializes
+// the list of samples using memory from the standard IMalloc interface.
+//
+// If you want your buffers to live in some special area of memory,
+// derive your allocator object from CBaseAllocator. If you derive your
+// IMemInputPin interface object from CBaseMemInputPin, you will get
+// CMemAllocator-based allocation etc for free and will just need to
+// supply the Receive handling, and media type / format negotiation.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CMediaSample
+//
+// an object of this class supports IMediaSample and represents a buffer
+// for media data with some associated properties. Releasing it returns
+// it to a freelist managed by a CBaseAllocator derived object.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class CMediaSample : public IMediaSample2 // The interface we support
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ friend class CBaseAllocator;
+
+ /* Values for dwFlags - these are used for backward compatiblity
+ only now - use AM_SAMPLE_xxx
+ */
+ enum { Sample_SyncPoint = 0x01, /* Is this a sync point */
+ Sample_Preroll = 0x02, /* Is this a preroll sample */
+ Sample_Discontinuity = 0x04, /* Set if start of new segment */
+ Sample_TypeChanged = 0x08, /* Has the type changed */
+ Sample_TimeValid = 0x10, /* Set if time is valid */
+ Sample_MediaTimeValid = 0x20, /* Is the media time valid */
+ Sample_TimeDiscontinuity = 0x40, /* Time discontinuity */
+ Sample_StopValid = 0x100, /* Stop time valid */
+ Sample_ValidFlags = 0x1FF
+ };
+
+ /* Properties, the media sample class can be a container for a format
+ change in which case we take a copy of a type through the SetMediaType
+ interface function and then return it when GetMediaType is called. As
+ we do no internal processing on it we leave it as a pointer */
+
+ DWORD m_dwFlags; /* Flags for this sample */
+ /* Type specific flags are packed
+ into the top word
+ */
+ DWORD m_dwTypeSpecificFlags; /* Media type specific flags */
+ __field_ecount_opt(m_cbBuffer) LPBYTE m_pBuffer; /* Pointer to the complete buffer */
+ LONG m_lActual; /* Length of data in this sample */
+ LONG m_cbBuffer; /* Size of the buffer */
+ CBaseAllocator *m_pAllocator; /* The allocator who owns us */
+ CMediaSample *m_pNext; /* Chaining in free list */
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_Start; /* Start sample time */
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_End; /* End sample time */
+ LONGLONG m_MediaStart; /* Real media start position */
+ LONG m_MediaEnd; /* A difference to get the end */
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *m_pMediaType; /* Media type change data */
+ DWORD m_dwStreamId; /* Stream id */
+public:
+ LONG m_cRef; /* Reference count */
+
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaSample(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL,
+ LONG length = 0);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CMediaSample(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ __in_opt CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,
+ __inout_opt HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_bcount_opt(length) LPBYTE pBuffer = NULL,
+ LONG length = 0);
+#endif
+
+ virtual ~CMediaSample();
+
+ /* Note the media sample does not delegate to its owner */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
+
+ // set the buffer pointer and length. Used by allocators that
+ // want variable sized pointers or pointers into already-read data.
+ // This is only available through a CMediaSample* not an IMediaSample*
+ // and so cannot be changed by clients.
+ HRESULT SetPointer(__in_bcount(cBytes) BYTE * ptr, LONG cBytes);
+
+ // Get me a read/write pointer to this buffer's memory.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPointer(__deref_out BYTE ** ppBuffer);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetSize(void);
+
+ // get the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTime(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set the stream time at which this sample should start and finish.
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTime(
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeStart, // put time here
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pTimeEnd
+ );
+ STDMETHODIMP IsSyncPoint(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSyncPoint(BOOL bIsSyncPoint);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsPreroll(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPreroll(BOOL bIsPreroll);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP_(LONG) GetActualDataLength(void);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetActualDataLength(LONG lActual);
+
+ // these allow for limited format changes in band
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMediaType(__deref_out AM_MEDIA_TYPE **ppMediaType);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetMediaType(__in_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType);
+
+ // returns S_OK if there is a discontinuity in the data (this same is
+ // not a continuation of the previous stream of data
+ // - there has been a seek).
+ STDMETHODIMP IsDiscontinuity(void);
+ // set the discontinuity property - TRUE if this sample is not a
+ // continuation, but a new sample after a seek.
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDiscontinuity(BOOL bDiscontinuity);
+
+ // get the media times for this sample
+ STDMETHODIMP GetMediaTime(
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __out LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set the media times for this sample
+ STDMETHODIMP SetMediaTime(
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeStart,
+ __in_opt LONGLONG * pTimeEnd
+ );
+
+ // Set and get properties (IMediaSample2)
+ STDMETHODIMP GetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __out_bcount(cbProperties) BYTE * pbProperties
+ );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ DWORD cbProperties,
+ __in_bcount(cbProperties) const BYTE * pbProperties
+ );
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CBaseAllocator
+//
+// Abstract base class that manages a list of media samples
+//
+// This class provides support for getting buffers from the free list,
+// including handling of commit and (asynchronous) decommit.
+//
+// Derive from this class and override the Alloc and Free functions to
+// allocate your CMediaSample (or derived) objects and add them to the
+// free list, preparing them as necessary.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseAllocator : public CUnknown,// A non delegating IUnknown
+ public IMemAllocatorCallbackTemp, // The interface we support
+ public CCritSec // Provides object locking
+{
+ class CSampleList;
+ friend class CSampleList;
+
+ /* Trick to get at protected member in CMediaSample */
+ static CMediaSample * &NextSample(__in CMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ return pSample->m_pNext;
+ };
+
+ /* Mini list class for the free list */
+ class CSampleList
+ {
+ public:
+ CSampleList() : m_List(NULL), m_nOnList(0) {};
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ ~CSampleList()
+ {
+ ASSERT(m_nOnList == 0);
+ };
+#endif
+ CMediaSample *Head() const { return m_List; };
+ CMediaSample *Next(__in CMediaSample *pSample) const { return CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample); };
+ int GetCount() const { return m_nOnList; };
+ void Add(__inout CMediaSample *pSample)
+ {
+ ASSERT(pSample != NULL);
+ CBaseAllocator::NextSample(pSample) = m_List;
+ m_List = pSample;
+ m_nOnList++;
+ };
+ CMediaSample *RemoveHead()
+ {
+ CMediaSample *pSample = m_List;
+ if (pSample != NULL) {
+ m_List = CBaseAllocator::NextSample(m_List);
+ m_nOnList--;
+ }
+ return pSample;
+ };
+ void Remove(__inout CMediaSample *pSample);
+
+ public:
+ CMediaSample *m_List;
+ int m_nOnList;
+ };
+protected:
+
+ CSampleList m_lFree; // Free list
+
+ /* Note to overriders of CBaseAllocator.
+
+ We use a lazy signalling mechanism for waiting for samples.
+ This means we don't call the OS if no waits occur.
+
+ In order to implement this:
+
+ 1. When a new sample is added to m_lFree call NotifySample() which
+ calls ReleaseSemaphore on m_hSem with a count of m_lWaiting and
+ sets m_lWaiting to 0.
+ This must all be done holding the allocator's critical section.
+
+ 2. When waiting for a sample call SetWaiting() which increments
+ m_lWaiting BEFORE leaving the allocator's critical section.
+
+ 3. Actually wait by calling WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE)
+ having left the allocator's critical section. The effect of
+ this is to remove 1 from the semaphore's count. You MUST call
+ this once having incremented m_lWaiting.
+
+ The following are then true when the critical section is not held :
+ (let nWaiting = number about to wait or waiting)
+
+ (1) if (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) then (m_lWaiting == 0)
+ (2) m_lWaiting + Semaphore count == nWaiting
+
+ We would deadlock if
+ nWaiting != 0 &&
+ m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 &&
+ Semaphore count == 0
+
+ But from (1) if m_lFree.GetCount() != 0 then m_lWaiting == 0 so
+ from (2) Semaphore count == nWaiting (which is non-0) so the
+ deadlock can't happen.
+ */
+
+ HANDLE m_hSem; // For signalling
+ long m_lWaiting; // Waiting for a free element
+ long m_lCount; // how many buffers we have agreed to provide
+ long m_lAllocated; // how many buffers are currently allocated
+ long m_lSize; // agreed size of each buffer
+ long m_lAlignment; // agreed alignment
+ long m_lPrefix; // agreed prefix (preceeds GetPointer() value)
+ BOOL m_bChanged; // Have the buffer requirements changed
+
+ // if true, we are decommitted and can't allocate memory
+ BOOL m_bCommitted;
+ // if true, the decommit has happened, but we haven't called Free yet
+ // as there are still outstanding buffers
+ BOOL m_bDecommitInProgress;
+
+ // Notification interface
+ IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *m_pNotify;
+
+ BOOL m_fEnableReleaseCallback;
+
+ // called to decommit the memory when the last buffer is freed
+ // pure virtual - need to override this
+ virtual void Free(void) PURE;
+
+ // override to allocate the memory when commit called
+ virtual HRESULT Alloc(void);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *,
+ BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseAllocator(
+ __in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *,
+ BOOL bEvent = TRUE, BOOL fEnableReleaseCallback = FALSE);
+#endif
+ virtual ~CBaseAllocator();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual);
+
+ // return the properties actually being used on this allocator
+ STDMETHODIMP GetProperties(
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProps);
+
+ // override Commit to allocate memory. We handle the GetBuffer
+ //state changes
+ STDMETHODIMP Commit();
+
+ // override this to handle the memory freeing. We handle any outstanding
+ // GetBuffer calls
+ STDMETHODIMP Decommit();
+
+ // get container for a sample. Blocking, synchronous call to get the
+ // next free buffer (as represented by an IMediaSample interface).
+ // on return, the time etc properties will be invalid, but the buffer
+ // pointer and size will be correct. The two time parameters are
+ // optional and either may be NULL, they may alternatively be set to
+ // the start and end times the sample will have attached to it
+ // bPrevFramesSkipped is not used (used only by the video renderer's
+ // allocator where it affects quality management in direct draw).
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetBuffer(__deref_out IMediaSample **ppBuffer,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pStartTime,
+ __in_opt REFERENCE_TIME * pEndTime,
+ DWORD dwFlags);
+
+ // final release of a CMediaSample will call this
+ STDMETHODIMP ReleaseBuffer(IMediaSample *pBuffer);
+ // obsolete:: virtual void PutOnFreeList(CMediaSample * pSample);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetNotify(IMemAllocatorNotifyCallbackTemp *pNotify);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetFreeCount(__out LONG *plBuffersFree);
+
+ // Notify that a sample is available
+ void NotifySample();
+
+ // Notify that we're waiting for a sample
+ void SetWaiting() { m_lWaiting++; };
+};
+
+
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+// Defines CMemAllocator
+//
+// this is an allocator based on CBaseAllocator that allocates sample
+// buffers in main memory (from 'new'). You must call SetProperties
+// before calling Commit.
+//
+// we don't free the memory when going into Decommit state. The simplest
+// way to implement this without complicating CBaseAllocator is to
+// have a Free() function, called to go into decommit state, that does
+// nothing and a ReallyFree function called from our destructor that
+// actually frees the memory.
+//=====================================================================
+//=====================================================================
+
+// Make me one from quartz.dll
+STDAPI CreateMemoryAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator **ppAllocator);
+
+class CMemAllocator : public CBaseAllocator
+{
+
+protected:
+
+ LPBYTE m_pBuffer; // combined memory for all buffers
+
+ // override to free the memory when decommit completes
+ // - we actually do nothing, and save the memory until deletion.
+ void Free(void);
+
+ // called from the destructor (and from Alloc if changing size/count) to
+ // actually free up the memory
+ void ReallyFree(void);
+
+ // overriden to allocate the memory when commit called
+ HRESULT Alloc(void);
+
+public:
+ /* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */
+ static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(
+ __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pRequest,
+ __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pActual);
+
+ CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CMemAllocator(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *);
+#endif
+ ~CMemAllocator();
+};
+
+// helper used by IAMovieSetup implementation
+STDAPI
+AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata
+ , IFilterMapper * pIFM
+ , BOOL bRegister );
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif /* __FILTER__ */
+
+
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amvideo.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amvideo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad1436f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/amvideo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: AMVideo.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper functions for
+// bitmap formats.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+// These are bit field masks for true colour devices
+
+const DWORD bits555[] = {0x007C00,0x0003E0,0x00001F};
+const DWORD bits565[] = {0x00F800,0x0007E0,0x00001F};
+const DWORD bits888[] = {0xFF0000,0x00FF00,0x0000FF};
+
+// This maps bitmap subtypes into a bits per pixel value and also a
+// name. unicode and ansi versions are stored because we have to
+// return a pointer to a static string.
+const struct {
+ const GUID *pSubtype;
+ WORD BitCount;
+ CHAR *pName;
+ WCHAR *wszName;
+} BitCountMap[] = { &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB1, 1, "RGB Monochrome", L"RGB Monochrome",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB4, 4, "RGB VGA", L"RGB VGA",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8, 8, "RGB 8", L"RGB 8",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565, 16, "RGB 565 (16 bit)", L"RGB 565 (16 bit)",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555, 16, "RGB 555 (16 bit)", L"RGB 555 (16 bit)",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB24, 24, "RGB 24", L"RGB 24",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB32, 32, "RGB 32", L"RGB 32",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_ARGB32, 32, "ARGB 32", L"ARGB 32",
+ &MEDIASUBTYPE_Overlay, 0, "Overlay", L"Overlay",
+ &GUID_NULL, 0, "UNKNOWN", L"UNKNOWN"
+};
+
+// Return the size of the bitmap as defined by this header
+
+STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader)
+{
+ return DIBSIZE(*pHeader);
+}
+
+
+// This is called if the header has a 16 bit colour depth and needs to work
+// out the detailed type from the bit fields (either RGB 565 or RGB 555)
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader)
+{
+ BITMAPINFO *pbmInfo = (BITMAPINFO *) pbmiHeader;
+ ASSERT(pbmiHeader->biBitCount == 16);
+
+ // If its BI_RGB then it's RGB 555 by default
+
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression == BI_RGB) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555;
+ }
+
+ // Compare the bit fields with RGB 555
+
+ DWORD *pMask = (DWORD *) pbmInfo->bmiColors;
+ if (pMask[0] == bits555[0]) {
+ if (pMask[1] == bits555[1]) {
+ if (pMask[2] == bits555[2]) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB555;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Compare the bit fields with RGB 565
+
+ pMask = (DWORD *) pbmInfo->bmiColors;
+ if (pMask[0] == bits565[0]) {
+ if (pMask[1] == bits565[1]) {
+ if (pMask[2] == bits565[2]) {
+ return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return GUID_NULL;
+}
+
+
+// Given a BITMAPINFOHEADER structure this returns the GUID sub type that is
+// used to describe it in format negotiations. For example a video codec fills
+// in the format block with a VIDEOINFO structure, it also fills in the major
+// type with MEDIATYPE_VIDEO and the subtype with a GUID that matches the bit
+// count, for example if it is an eight bit image then MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader)
+{
+ ASSERT(pbmiHeader);
+
+ // If it's not RGB then create a GUID from the compression type
+
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression != BI_RGB) {
+ if (pbmiHeader->biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ FOURCCMap FourCCMap(pbmiHeader->biCompression);
+ return (const GUID) FourCCMap;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Map the RGB DIB bit depth to a image GUID
+
+ switch(pbmiHeader->biBitCount) {
+ case 1 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB1;
+ case 4 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB4;
+ case 8 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB8;
+ case 16 : return GetTrueColorType(pbmiHeader);
+ case 24 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB24;
+ case 32 : return MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB32;
+ }
+ return GUID_NULL;
+}
+
+
+// Given a video bitmap subtype we return the number of bits per pixel it uses
+// We return a WORD bit count as thats what the BITMAPINFOHEADER uses. If the
+// GUID subtype is not found in the table we return an invalid USHRT_MAX
+
+STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSubtype);
+ const GUID *pMediaSubtype;
+ INT iPosition = 0;
+
+ // Scan the mapping list seeing if the source GUID matches any known
+ // bitmap subtypes, the list is terminated by a GUID_NULL entry
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ pMediaSubtype = BitCountMap[iPosition].pSubtype;
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,GUID_NULL)) {
+ return USHRT_MAX;
+ }
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,*pSubtype)) {
+ return BitCountMap[iPosition].BitCount;
+ }
+ iPosition++;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Given a bitmap subtype we return a description name that can be used for
+// debug purposes. In a retail build this function still returns the names
+// If the subtype isn't found in the lookup table we return string UNKNOWN
+
+int LocateSubtype(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSubtype);
+ const GUID *pMediaSubtype;
+ INT iPosition = 0;
+
+ // Scan the mapping list seeing if the source GUID matches any known
+ // bitmap subtypes, the list is terminated by a GUID_NULL entry
+
+ while (TRUE) {
+ pMediaSubtype = BitCountMap[iPosition].pSubtype;
+ if (IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,*pSubtype) ||
+ IsEqualGUID(*pMediaSubtype,GUID_NULL)
+ )
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ iPosition++;
+ }
+
+ return iPosition;
+}
+
+
+
+STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return BitCountMap[LocateSubtype(pSubtype)].wszName;
+}
+
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return BitCountMap[LocateSubtype(pSubtype)].pName;
+}
+
+#ifndef GetSubtypeName
+#error wxutil.h should have defined GetSubtypeName
+#endif
+#undef GetSubtypeName
+
+// this is here for people that linked to it directly; most people
+// would use the header file that picks the A or W version.
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype)
+{
+ return GetSubtypeNameA(pSubtype);
+}
+
+
+// The mechanism for describing a bitmap format is with the BITMAPINFOHEADER
+// This is really messy to deal with because it invariably has fields that
+// follow it holding bit fields, palettes and the rest. This function gives
+// the number of bytes required to hold a VIDEOINFO that represents it. This
+// count includes the prefix information (like the rcSource rectangle) the
+// BITMAPINFOHEADER field, and any other colour information on the end.
+//
+// WARNING If you want to copy a BITMAPINFOHEADER into a VIDEOINFO always make
+// sure that you use the HEADER macro because the BITMAPINFOHEADER field isn't
+// right at the start of the VIDEOINFO (there are a number of other fields),
+//
+// CopyMemory(HEADER(pVideoInfo),pbmi,sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+//
+
+STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader)
+{
+ // Everyone has this to start with this
+ LONG Size = SIZE_PREHEADER + pHeader->biSize;
+
+ ASSERT(pHeader->biSize >= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+ // Does this format use a palette, if the number of colours actually used
+ // is zero then it is set to the maximum that are allowed for that colour
+ // depth (an example is 256 for eight bits). Truecolour formats may also
+ // pass a palette with them in which case the used count is non zero
+
+ // This would scare me.
+ ASSERT(pHeader->biBitCount <= iPALETTE || pHeader->biClrUsed == 0);
+
+ if (pHeader->biBitCount <= iPALETTE || pHeader->biClrUsed) {
+ LONG Entries = (DWORD) 1 << pHeader->biBitCount;
+ if (pHeader->biClrUsed) {
+ Entries = pHeader->biClrUsed;
+ }
+ Size += Entries * sizeof(RGBQUAD);
+ }
+
+ // Truecolour formats may have a BI_BITFIELDS specifier for compression
+ // type which means that room for three DWORDs should be allocated that
+ // specify where in each pixel the RGB colour components may be found
+
+ if (pHeader->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ Size += SIZE_MASKS;
+ }
+
+ // A BITMAPINFO for a palettised image may also contain a palette map that
+ // provides the information to map from a source palette to a destination
+ // palette during a BitBlt for example, because this information is only
+ // ever processed during drawing you don't normally store the palette map
+ // nor have any way of knowing if it is present in the data structure
+
+ return Size;
+}
+
+
+// Returns TRUE if the VIDEOINFO contains a palette
+
+STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo) == FALSE) {
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Return a pointer to the first entry in a palette
+
+STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo)
+{
+ if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {
+ return TRUECOLOR(pVideoInfo)->bmiColors;
+ }
+ return COLORS(pVideoInfo);
+}
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/arithutil.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/arithutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9600e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/arithutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ArithUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper classes for building
+// multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2004 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+//
+// Declare function from largeint.h we need so that PPC can build
+//
+
+//
+// Enlarged integer divide - 64-bits / 32-bits > 32-bits
+//
+
+#ifndef _X86_
+
+#define LLtoU64(x) (*(unsigned __int64*)(void*)(&(x)))
+
+__inline
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+EnlargedUnsignedDivide (
+ IN ULARGE_INTEGER Dividend,
+ IN ULONG Divisor,
+ IN PULONG Remainder
+ )
+{
+ // return remainder if necessary
+ if (Remainder != NULL)
+ *Remainder = (ULONG)(LLtoU64(Dividend) % Divisor);
+ return (ULONG)(LLtoU64(Dividend) / Divisor);
+}
+
+#else
+__inline
+ULONG
+WINAPI
+EnlargedUnsignedDivide (
+ IN ULARGE_INTEGER Dividend,
+ IN ULONG Divisor,
+ IN PULONG Remainder
+ )
+{
+ ULONG ulResult;
+ _asm {
+ mov eax,Dividend.LowPart
+ mov edx,Dividend.HighPart
+ mov ecx,Remainder
+ div Divisor
+ or ecx,ecx
+ jz short label
+ mov [ecx],edx
+label:
+ mov ulResult,eax
+ }
+ return ulResult;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Arithmetic functions to help with time format conversions
+*/
+
+#ifdef _M_ALPHA
+// work around bug in version 12.00.8385 of the alpha compiler where
+// UInt32x32To64 sign-extends its arguments (?)
+#undef UInt32x32To64
+#define UInt32x32To64(a, b) (((ULONGLONG)((ULONG)(a)) & 0xffffffff) * ((ULONGLONG)((ULONG)(b)) & 0xffffffff))
+#endif
+
+/* Compute (a * b + d) / c */
+LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG d)
+{
+ /* Compute the absolute values to avoid signed arithmetic problems */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ua, ub;
+ DWORDLONG uc;
+
+ ua.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(a >= 0 ? a : -a);
+ ub.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(b >= 0 ? b : -b);
+ uc = (DWORDLONG)(c >= 0 ? c : -c);
+ BOOL bSign = (a < 0) ^ (b < 0);
+
+ /* Do long multiplication */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER p[2];
+ p[0].QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub.LowPart);
+
+ /* This next computation cannot overflow into p[1].HighPart because
+ the max number we can compute here is:
+
+ (2 ** 32 - 1) * (2 ** 32 - 1) + // ua.LowPart * ub.LowPart
+ (2 ** 32) * (2 ** 31) * (2 ** 32 - 1) * 2 // x.LowPart * y.HighPart * 2
+
+ == 2 ** 96 - 2 ** 64 + (2 ** 64 - 2 ** 33 + 1)
+ == 2 ** 96 - 2 ** 33 + 1
+ < 2 ** 96
+ */
+
+ ULARGE_INTEGER x;
+ x.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub.HighPart) +
+ UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub.LowPart) +
+ p[0].HighPart;
+ p[0].HighPart = x.LowPart;
+ p[1].QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub.HighPart) + x.HighPart;
+
+ if (d != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ud[2];
+ if (bSign) {
+ ud[0].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(-d);
+ if (d > 0) {
+ /* -d < 0 */
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(LONGLONG)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ud[0].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)d;
+ if (d < 0) {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(LONGLONG)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud[1].QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now do extended addition */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliTotal;
+
+ /* Add ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)ud[0].LowPart + p[0].LowPart;
+ p[0].LowPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add 2nd most ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart += (DWORDLONG)ud[0].HighPart + p[0].HighPart;
+ p[0].HighPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add MS DWORDLONGs - no carry expected */
+ p[1].QuadPart += ud[1].QuadPart + uliTotal.QuadPart;
+
+ /* Now see if we got a sign change from the addition */
+ if ((LONG)p[1].HighPart < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+
+ /* Negate the current value (ugh!) */
+ p[0].QuadPart = ~p[0].QuadPart;
+ p[1].QuadPart = ~p[1].QuadPart;
+ p[0].QuadPart += 1;
+ p[1].QuadPart += (p[0].QuadPart == 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now for the division */
+ if (c < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+ }
+
+
+ /* This will catch c == 0 and overflow */
+ if (uc <= p[1].QuadPart) {
+ return bSign ? (LONGLONG)0x8000000000000000 :
+ (LONGLONG)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ DWORDLONG ullResult;
+
+ /* Do the division */
+ /* If the dividend is a DWORD_LONG use the compiler */
+ if (p[1].QuadPart == 0) {
+ ullResult = p[0].QuadPart / uc;
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)ullResult : (LONGLONG)ullResult;
+ }
+
+ /* If the divisor is a DWORD then its simpler */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ulic;
+ ulic.QuadPart = uc;
+ if (ulic.HighPart == 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliDividend;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliResult;
+ DWORD dwDivisor = (DWORD)uc;
+ // ASSERT(p[1].HighPart == 0 && p[1].LowPart < dwDivisor);
+ uliDividend.HighPart = p[1].LowPart;
+ uliDividend.LowPart = p[0].HighPart;
+#ifndef USE_LARGEINT
+ uliResult.HighPart = (DWORD)(uliDividend.QuadPart / dwDivisor);
+ p[0].HighPart = (DWORD)(uliDividend.QuadPart % dwDivisor);
+ uliResult.LowPart = 0;
+ uliResult.QuadPart = p[0].QuadPart / dwDivisor + uliResult.QuadPart;
+#else
+ /* NOTE - this routine will take exceptions if
+ the result does not fit in a DWORD
+ */
+ if (uliDividend.QuadPart >= (DWORDLONG)dwDivisor) {
+ uliResult.HighPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ uliDividend,
+ dwDivisor,
+ &p[0].HighPart);
+ } else {
+ uliResult.HighPart = 0;
+ }
+ uliResult.LowPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ p[0],
+ dwDivisor,
+ NULL);
+#endif
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart :
+ (LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart;
+ }
+
+
+ ullResult = 0;
+
+ /* OK - do long division */
+ for (int i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+ ullResult <<= 1;
+
+ /* Shift 128 bit p left 1 */
+ p[1].QuadPart <<= 1;
+ if ((p[0].HighPart & 0x80000000) != 0) {
+ p[1].LowPart++;
+ }
+ p[0].QuadPart <<= 1;
+
+ /* Compare */
+ if (uc <= p[1].QuadPart) {
+ p[1].QuadPart -= uc;
+ ullResult += 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return bSign ? - (LONGLONG)ullResult : (LONGLONG)ullResult;
+}
+
+LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG d)
+{
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ua;
+ DWORD ub;
+ DWORD uc;
+
+ /* Compute the absolute values to avoid signed arithmetic problems */
+ ua.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(a >= 0 ? a : -a);
+ ub = (DWORD)(b >= 0 ? b : -b);
+ uc = (DWORD)(c >= 0 ? c : -c);
+ BOOL bSign = (a < 0) ^ (b < 0);
+
+ /* Do long multiplication */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER p0;
+ DWORD p1;
+ p0.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.LowPart, ub);
+
+ if (ua.HighPart != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER x;
+ x.QuadPart = UInt32x32To64(ua.HighPart, ub) + p0.HighPart;
+ p0.HighPart = x.LowPart;
+ p1 = x.HighPart;
+ } else {
+ p1 = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (d != 0) {
+ ULARGE_INTEGER ud0;
+ DWORD ud1;
+
+ if (bSign) {
+ //
+ // Cast d to LONGLONG first otherwise -0x80000000 sign extends
+ // incorrectly
+ //
+ ud0.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)(-(LONGLONG)d);
+ if (d > 0) {
+ /* -d < 0 */
+ ud1 = (DWORD)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ ud0.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)d;
+ if (d < 0) {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)-1;
+ } else {
+ ud1 = (DWORD)0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now do extended addition */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliTotal;
+
+ /* Add ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart = (DWORDLONG)ud0.LowPart + p0.LowPart;
+ p0.LowPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Propagate carry */
+ uliTotal.LowPart = uliTotal.HighPart;
+ uliTotal.HighPart = 0;
+
+ /* Add 2nd most ls DWORDs */
+ uliTotal.QuadPart += (DWORDLONG)ud0.HighPart + p0.HighPart;
+ p0.HighPart = uliTotal.LowPart;
+
+ /* Add MS DWORDLONGs - no carry expected */
+ p1 += ud1 + uliTotal.HighPart;
+
+ /* Now see if we got a sign change from the addition */
+ if ((LONG)p1 < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+
+ /* Negate the current value (ugh!) */
+ p0.QuadPart = ~p0.QuadPart;
+ p1 = ~p1;
+ p0.QuadPart += 1;
+ p1 += (p0.QuadPart == 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Now for the division */
+ if (c < 0) {
+ bSign = !bSign;
+ }
+
+
+ /* This will catch c == 0 and overflow */
+ if (uc <= p1) {
+ return bSign ? (LONGLONG)0x8000000000000000 :
+ (LONGLONG)0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Do the division */
+
+ /* If the divisor is a DWORD then its simpler */
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliDividend;
+ ULARGE_INTEGER uliResult;
+ DWORD dwDivisor = uc;
+ uliDividend.HighPart = p1;
+ uliDividend.LowPart = p0.HighPart;
+ /* NOTE - this routine will take exceptions if
+ the result does not fit in a DWORD
+ */
+ if (uliDividend.QuadPart >= (DWORDLONG)dwDivisor) {
+ uliResult.HighPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ uliDividend,
+ dwDivisor,
+ &p0.HighPart);
+ } else {
+ uliResult.HighPart = 0;
+ }
+ uliResult.LowPart = EnlargedUnsignedDivide(
+ p0,
+ dwDivisor,
+ NULL);
+ return bSign ? -(LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart :
+ (LONGLONG)uliResult.QuadPart;
+}
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf7e351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ComBase.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class hierarchy for creating
+// COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#pragma warning( disable : 4514 ) // Disable warnings re unused inline functions
+
+
+/* Define the static member variable */
+
+LONG CBaseObject::m_cObjects = 0;
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+CBaseObject::CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName)
+{
+ /* Increment the number of active objects */
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_cObjects);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(0, pName);
+#else
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pName, 0);
+#endif
+
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseObject::CBaseObject(const char *pName)
+{
+ /* Increment the number of active objects */
+ InterlockedIncrement(&m_cObjects);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ m_dwCookie = DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pName, 0);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+HINSTANCE hlibOLEAut32;
+
+/* Destructor */
+
+CBaseObject::~CBaseObject()
+{
+ /* Decrement the number of objects active */
+ if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_cObjects) == 0) {
+ if (hlibOLEAut32) {
+ FreeLibrary(hlibOLEAut32);
+
+ hlibOLEAut32 = 0;
+ }
+ };
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(m_dwCookie);
+#endif
+}
+
+static const TCHAR szOle32Aut[] = TEXT("OleAut32.dll");
+
+HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32()
+{
+ if (hlibOLEAut32 == 0) {
+
+ hlibOLEAut32 = LoadLibrary(szOle32Aut);
+ }
+
+ return hlibOLEAut32;
+}
+
+
+/* Constructor */
+
+// We know we use "this" in the initialization list, we also know we don't modify *phr.
+#pragma warning( disable : 4355 4100 )
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk)
+: CBaseObject(pName)
+/* Start the object with a reference count of zero - when the */
+/* object is queried for it's first interface this may be */
+/* incremented depending on whether or not this object is */
+/* currently being aggregated upon */
+, m_cRef(0)
+/* Set our pointer to our IUnknown interface. */
+/* If we have an outer, use its, otherwise use ours. */
+/* This pointer effectivly points to the owner of */
+/* this object and can be accessed by the GetOwner() method. */
+, m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+ /* Why the double cast? Well, the inner cast is a type-safe cast */
+ /* to pointer to a type from which we inherit. The second is */
+ /* type-unsafe but works because INonDelegatingUnknown "behaves */
+ /* like" IUnknown. (Only the names on the methods change.) */
+{
+ // Everything we need to do has been done in the initializer list
+}
+
+// This does the same as above except it has a useless HRESULT argument
+// use the previous constructor, this is just left for compatibility...
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+ m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk)
+: CBaseObject(pName), m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{ }
+
+CUnknown::CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ CBaseObject(pName), m_cRef(0),
+ m_pUnknown( pUnk != 0 ? pUnk : reinterpret_cast<LPUNKNOWN>( static_cast<PNDUNKNOWN>(this) ) )
+{ }
+
+#endif
+
+#pragma warning( default : 4355 4100 )
+
+
+/* QueryInterface */
+
+STDMETHODIMP CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+
+ /* We know only about IUnknown */
+
+ if (riid == IID_IUnknown) {
+ GetInterface((LPUNKNOWN) (PNDUNKNOWN) this, ppv);
+ return NOERROR;
+ } else {
+ *ppv = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+}
+
+/* We have to ensure that we DON'T use a max macro, since these will typically */
+/* lead to one of the parameters being evaluated twice. Since we are worried */
+/* about concurrency, we can't afford to access the m_cRef twice since we can't */
+/* afford to run the risk that its value having changed between accesses. */
+
+template<class T> inline static T ourmax( const T & a, const T & b )
+{
+ return a > b ? a : b;
+}
+
+/* AddRef */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CUnknown::NonDelegatingAddRef()
+{
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedIncrement( &m_cRef );
+ ASSERT(lRef > 0);
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Obj %d ref++ = %d"),
+ m_dwCookie, m_cRef));
+ return ourmax(ULONG(m_cRef), 1ul);
+}
+
+
+/* Release */
+
+STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CUnknown::NonDelegatingRelease()
+{
+ /* If the reference count drops to zero delete ourselves */
+
+ LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement( &m_cRef );
+ ASSERT(lRef >= 0);
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,3,TEXT(" Object %d ref-- = %d"),
+ m_dwCookie, m_cRef));
+ if (lRef == 0) {
+
+ // COM rules say we must protect against re-entrancy.
+ // If we are an aggregator and we hold our own interfaces
+ // on the aggregatee, the QI for these interfaces will
+ // addref ourselves. So after doing the QI we must release
+ // a ref count on ourselves. Then, before releasing the
+ // private interface, we must addref ourselves. When we do
+ // this from the destructor here it will result in the ref
+ // count going to 1 and then back to 0 causing us to
+ // re-enter the destructor. Hence we add an extra refcount here
+ // once we know we will delete the object.
+ // for an example aggregator see filgraph\distrib.cpp.
+
+ m_cRef++;
+
+ delete this;
+ return ULONG(0);
+ } else {
+ // Don't touch m_cRef again even in this leg as the object
+ // may have just been released on another thread too
+ return ourmax(ULONG(lRef), 1ul);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client
+ performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */
+
+STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+ *ppv = pUnk;
+ pUnk->AddRef();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object */
+
+BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond)
+{
+ /* Different objects can't have the same interface pointer for
+ any interface
+ */
+ if (pFirst == pSecond) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ /* OK - do it the hard way - check if they have the same
+ IUnknown pointers - a single object can only have one of these
+ */
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnknown1; // Retrieve the IUnknown interface
+ LPUNKNOWN pUnknown2; // Retrieve the other IUnknown interface
+ HRESULT hr; // General OLE return code
+
+ ASSERT(pFirst);
+ ASSERT(pSecond);
+
+ /* See if the IUnknown pointers match */
+
+ hr = pFirst->QueryInterface(IID_IUnknown,(void **) &pUnknown1);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pUnknown1);
+
+ /* Release the extra interface we hold */
+
+ pUnknown1->Release();
+
+ hr = pSecond->QueryInterface(IID_IUnknown,(void **) &pUnknown2);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ASSERT(pUnknown2);
+
+ /* Release the extra interface we hold */
+
+ pUnknown2->Release();
+ return (pUnknown1 == pUnknown2);
+}
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f735ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/combase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: ComBase.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class hierarchy for creating
+// COM objects.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/*
+
+a. Derive your COM object from CUnknown
+
+b. Make a static CreateInstance function that takes an LPUNKNOWN, an HRESULT *
+ and a TCHAR *. The LPUNKNOWN defines the object to delegate IUnknown calls
+ to. The HRESULT * allows error codes to be passed around constructors and
+ the TCHAR * is a descriptive name that can be printed on the debugger.
+
+ It is important that constructors only change the HRESULT * if they have
+ to set an ERROR code, if it was successful then leave it alone or you may
+ overwrite an error code from an object previously created.
+
+ When you call a constructor the descriptive name should be in static store
+ as we do not copy the string. To stop large amounts of memory being used
+ in retail builds by all these static strings use the NAME macro,
+
+ CMyFilter = new CImplFilter(NAME("My filter"),pUnknown,phr);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ In retail builds NAME(_x_) compiles to NULL, the base CBaseObject class
+ knows not to do anything with objects that don't have a name.
+
+c. Have a constructor for your object that passes the LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT * and
+ TCHAR * to the CUnknown constructor. You can set the HRESULT if you have an
+ error, or just simply pass it through to the constructor.
+
+ The object creation will fail in the class factory if the HRESULT indicates
+ an error (ie FAILED(HRESULT) == TRUE)
+
+d. Create a FactoryTemplate with your object's class id and CreateInstance
+ function.
+
+Then (for each interface) either
+
+Multiple inheritance
+
+1. Also derive it from ISomeInterface
+2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition to declare
+ implementations of QueryInterface, AddRef and Release that
+ call the outer unknown
+3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by
+ code something like
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+4. Declare and implement the member functions of ISomeInterface.
+
+or: Nested interfaces
+
+1. Declare a class derived from CUnknown
+2. Include DECLARE_IUNKNOWN in your class definition
+3. Override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose ISomeInterface by
+ code something like
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return GetInterface((ISomeInterface *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+4. Implement the member functions of ISomeInterface. Use GetOwner() to
+ access the COM object class.
+
+And in your COM object class:
+
+5. Make the nested class a friend of the COM object class, and declare
+ an instance of the nested class as a member of the COM object class.
+
+ NOTE that because you must always pass the outer unknown and an hResult
+ to the CUnknown constructor you cannot use a default constructor, in
+ other words you will have to make the member variable a pointer to the
+ class and make a NEW call in your constructor to actually create it.
+
+6. override the NonDelegatingQueryInterface with code like this:
+
+ if (riid == IID_ISomeInterface) {
+ return m_pImplFilter->
+ NonDelegatingQueryInterface(IID_ISomeInterface, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+
+You can have mixed classes which support some interfaces via multiple
+inheritance and some via nested classes
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __COMBASE__
+#define __COMBASE__
+
+// Filter Setup data structures no defined in axextend.idl
+
+typedef REGPINTYPES
+AMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * PAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_MEDIATYPE;
+
+typedef REGFILTERPINS
+AMOVIESETUP_PIN, * PAMOVIESETUP_PIN, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_PIN;
+
+typedef struct _AMOVIESETUP_FILTER
+{
+ const CLSID * clsID;
+ const WCHAR * strName;
+ DWORD dwMerit;
+ UINT nPins;
+ const AMOVIESETUP_PIN * lpPin;
+}
+AMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * PAMOVIESETUP_FILTER, * FAR LPAMOVIESETUP_FILTER;
+
+/* The DLLENTRY module initialises the module handle on loading */
+
+extern HINSTANCE g_hInst;
+
+/* On DLL load remember which platform we are running on */
+
+extern DWORD g_amPlatform;
+extern OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo; // Filled in by GetVersionEx
+
+/* Version of IUnknown that is renamed to allow a class to support both
+ non delegating and delegating IUnknowns in the same COM object */
+
+#ifndef INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED
+DECLARE_INTERFACE(INonDelegatingUnknown)
+{
+ STDMETHOD(NonDelegatingQueryInterface) (THIS_ REFIID, LPVOID *) PURE;
+ STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingAddRef)(THIS) PURE;
+ STDMETHOD_(ULONG, NonDelegatingRelease)(THIS) PURE;
+};
+#define INONDELEGATINGUNKNOWN_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+typedef INonDelegatingUnknown *PNDUNKNOWN;
+
+
+/* This is the base object class that supports active object counting. As
+ part of the debug facilities we trace every time a C++ object is created
+ or destroyed. The name of the object has to be passed up through the class
+ derivation list during construction as you cannot call virtual functions
+ in the constructor. The downside of all this is that every single object
+ constructor has to take an object name parameter that describes it */
+
+class CBaseObject
+{
+
+private:
+
+ // Disable the copy constructor and assignment by default so you will get
+ // compiler errors instead of unexpected behaviour if you pass objects
+ // by value or assign objects.
+ CBaseObject(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation
+ void operator=(const CBaseObject& objectSrc); // no implementation
+
+private:
+ static LONG m_cObjects; /* Total number of objects active */
+
+protected:
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ DWORD m_dwCookie; /* Cookie identifying this object */
+#endif
+
+
+public:
+
+ /* These increment and decrement the number of active objects */
+
+ CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseObject(__in_opt LPCSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CBaseObject();
+
+ /* Call this to find if there are any CUnknown derived objects active */
+
+ static LONG ObjectsActive() {
+ return m_cObjects;
+ };
+};
+
+
+/* An object that supports one or more COM interfaces will be based on
+ this class. It supports counting of total objects for DLLCanUnloadNow
+ support, and an implementation of the core non delegating IUnknown */
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CUnknown : public INonDelegatingUnknown,
+ public CBaseObject
+{
+private:
+ const LPUNKNOWN m_pUnknown; /* Owner of this object */
+
+protected: /* So we can override NonDelegatingRelease() */
+ volatile LONG m_cRef; /* Number of reference counts */
+
+public:
+
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk);
+ virtual ~CUnknown() {};
+
+ // This is redundant, just use the other constructor
+ // as we never touch the HRESULT in this anyway
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCTSTR Name, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk);
+ CUnknown(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,__inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+#endif
+
+ /* Return the owner of this object */
+
+ LPUNKNOWN GetOwner() const {
+ return m_pUnknown;
+ };
+
+ /* Called from the class factory to create a new instance, it is
+ pure virtual so it must be overriden in your derived class */
+
+ /* static CUnknown *CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *) */
+
+ /* Non delegating unknown implementation */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **);
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();
+};
+
+/* Return an interface pointer to a requesting client
+ performing a thread safe AddRef as necessary */
+
+STDAPI GetInterface(LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __out void **ppv);
+
+/* A function that can create a new COM object */
+
+typedef CUnknown *(CALLBACK *LPFNNewCOMObject)(__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+
+/* A function (can be NULL) which is called from the DLL entrypoint
+ routine for each factory template:
+
+ bLoading - TRUE on DLL load, FALSE on DLL unload
+ rclsid - the m_ClsID of the entry
+*/
+typedef void (CALLBACK *LPFNInitRoutine)(BOOL bLoading, const CLSID *rclsid);
+
+/* Create one of these per object class in an array so that
+ the default class factory code can create new instances */
+
+class CFactoryTemplate {
+
+public:
+
+ const WCHAR * m_Name;
+ const CLSID * m_ClsID;
+ LPFNNewCOMObject m_lpfnNew;
+ LPFNInitRoutine m_lpfnInit;
+ const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * m_pAMovieSetup_Filter;
+
+ BOOL IsClassID(REFCLSID rclsid) const {
+ return (IsEqualCLSID(*m_ClsID,rclsid));
+ };
+
+ CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr) const {
+ CheckPointer(phr,NULL);
+ return m_lpfnNew(pUnk, phr);
+ };
+};
+
+
+/* You must override the (pure virtual) NonDelegatingQueryInterface to return
+ interface pointers (using GetInterface) to the interfaces your derived
+ class supports (the default implementation only supports IUnknown) */
+
+#define DECLARE_IUNKNOWN \
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv) { \
+ return GetOwner()->QueryInterface(riid,ppv); \
+ }; \
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef() { \
+ return GetOwner()->AddRef(); \
+ }; \
+ STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release() { \
+ return GetOwner()->Release(); \
+ };
+
+
+
+HINSTANCE LoadOLEAut32();
+
+
+#endif /* __COMBASE__ */
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2902df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2545 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CtlUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual
+// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and
+// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by
+// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "seekpt.h"
+
+// 'bool' non standard reserved word
+#pragma warning(disable:4237)
+
+
+// --- CBaseDispatch implementation ----------
+CBaseDispatch::~CBaseDispatch()
+{
+ if (m_pti) {
+ m_pti->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pctinfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pctinfo,sizeof(UINT *));
+ *pctinfo = 1;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *LPLOADTYPELIB)(
+ const OLECHAR FAR *szFile,
+ __deref_out ITypeLib FAR* FAR* pptlib);
+
+typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *LPLOADREGTYPELIB)(REFGUID rguid,
+ WORD wVerMajor,
+ WORD wVerMinor,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeLib FAR* FAR* pptlib);
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetTypeInfo(
+ REFIID riid,
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pptinfo,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pptinfo,sizeof(ITypeInfo *));
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ *pptinfo = NULL;
+
+ // we only support one type element
+ if (0 != itinfo) {
+ return TYPE_E_ELEMENTNOTFOUND;
+ }
+
+ if (NULL == pptinfo) {
+ return E_POINTER;
+ }
+
+ // always look for neutral
+ if (NULL == m_pti) {
+
+ LPLOADTYPELIB lpfnLoadTypeLib;
+ LPLOADREGTYPELIB lpfnLoadRegTypeLib;
+ ITypeLib *ptlib;
+ HINSTANCE hInst;
+
+ static const char szTypeLib[] = "LoadTypeLib";
+ static const char szRegTypeLib[] = "LoadRegTypeLib";
+ static const WCHAR szControl[] = L"control.tlb";
+
+ //
+ // Try to get the Ole32Aut.dll module handle.
+ //
+
+ hInst = LoadOLEAut32();
+ if (hInst == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+ lpfnLoadRegTypeLib = (LPLOADREGTYPELIB)GetProcAddress(hInst,
+ szRegTypeLib);
+ if (lpfnLoadRegTypeLib == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+
+ hr = (*lpfnLoadRegTypeLib)(LIBID_QuartzTypeLib, 1, 0, // version 1.0
+ lcid, &ptlib);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+ // attempt to load directly - this will fill the
+ // registry in if it finds it
+
+ lpfnLoadTypeLib = (LPLOADTYPELIB)GetProcAddress(hInst, szTypeLib);
+ if (lpfnLoadTypeLib == NULL) {
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ return AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);
+ }
+
+ hr = (*lpfnLoadTypeLib)(szControl, &ptlib);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hr = ptlib->GetTypeInfoOfGuid(
+ riid,
+ &m_pti);
+
+ ptlib->Release();
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pptinfo = m_pti;
+ m_pti->AddRef();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseDispatch::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ // although the IDispatch riid is dead, we use this to pass from
+ // the interface implementation class to us the iid we are talking about.
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(riid, 0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = pti->GetIDsOfNames(rgszNames, cNames, rgdispid);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaControl implementation ---------
+
+CMediaControl::CMediaControl(const TCHAR * name,LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaControl and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaControl) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaControl *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaControl,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaControl,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaControl::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaControl *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaEvent implementation ----------
+
+
+CMediaEvent::CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaEvent and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaEvent || riid == IID_IMediaEventEx) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaEventEx *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaEvent,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaEvent,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaEvent::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaEvent *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- CMediaPosition implementation ----------
+
+
+CMediaPosition::CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+}
+
+CMediaPosition::CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR name,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr) :
+ CUnknown(name, pUnk)
+{
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);
+}
+
+
+// expose our interfaces IMediaPosition and IUnknown
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition) {
+ return GetInterface( (IMediaPosition *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return 1 if we support GetTypeInfo
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+// attempt to find our type library
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IMediaPosition,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IMediaPosition,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CMediaPosition::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IMediaPosition *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking pass through class ----------
+
+
+CPosPassThru::CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ IPin *pPin) :
+ CMediaPosition(pName,pUnk),
+ m_pPin(pPin)
+{
+ if (pPin == NULL) {
+ *phr = E_POINTER;
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Expose our IMediaSeeking and IMediaPosition interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);
+ *ppv = NULL;
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ return GetInterface( static_cast<IMediaSeeking *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ return CMediaPosition::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Return the IMediaPosition interface from our peer
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetPeer(IMediaPosition ** ppMP)
+{
+ *ppMP = NULL;
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+ IMediaPosition * pMP;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaPosition, (void **) &pMP);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+
+ *ppMP = pMP;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// Return the IMediaSeeking interface from our peer
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking ** ppMS)
+{
+ *ppMS = NULL;
+
+ IPin *pConnected;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pPin->ConnectedTo(&pConnected);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+ IMediaSeeking * pMS;
+ hr = pConnected->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSeeking, (void **) &pMS);
+ pConnected->Release();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+
+ *ppMS = pMS;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// --- IMediaSeeking methods ----------
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetCapabilities(__out DWORD * pCaps)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetCapabilities(pCaps);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CheckCapabilities(__inout DWORD * pCaps)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->CheckCapabilities(pCaps);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->IsFormatSupported(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->QueryPreferredFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->SetTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->IsUsingTimeFormat(pFormat);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->ConvertTimeFormat(pTarget, pTargetFormat, Source, pSourceFormat );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent,
+ DWORD CurrentFlags,
+ __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop,
+ DWORD StopFlags )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->SetPositions(pCurrent, CurrentFlags, pStop, StopFlags );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetPositions(__out_opt LONGLONG *pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetPositions(pCurrent,pStop);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+HRESULT
+CPosPassThru::GetSeekingLongLong
+( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( __out LONGLONG * )
+, LONGLONG * pll
+)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ hr = (pMS->*pMethod)(pll);
+ pMS->Release();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// If we don't have a current position then ask upstream
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent)
+{
+ // Can we report the current position
+ HRESULT hr = GetMediaTime(pCurrent,NULL);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) hr = NOERROR;
+ else hr = GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetCurrentPosition, pCurrent );
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetStopPosition, pStop );;
+}
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetDuration, pDuration );;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pllPreroll)
+{
+ return GetSeekingLongLong( &IMediaSeeking::GetPreroll, pllPreroll );;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest )
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMS->GetAvailable( pEarliest, pLatest );
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::GetRate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMS->GetRate(pdRate);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::SetRate(double dRate)
+{
+ if (0.0 == dRate) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ IMediaSeeking* pMS;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeerSeeking(&pMS);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMS->SetRate(dRate);
+ pMS->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// --- IMediaPosition methods ----------
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pMP->get_Duration(plength);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_CurrentPosition(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_CurrentPosition(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_StopTime(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_StopTime(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_PrerollTime(pllTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_PrerollTime(llTime);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::get_Rate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->get_Rate(pdRate);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::put_Rate(double dRate)
+{
+ if (0.0 == dRate) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->put_Rate(dRate);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->CanSeekForward(pCanSeekForward);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CPosPassThru::CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward)
+{
+ IMediaPosition* pMP;
+ HRESULT hr = GetPeer(&pMP);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ hr = pMP->CanSeekBackward(pCanSeekBackward);
+ pMP->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implements the CRendererPosPassThru class ----------
+
+
+// Media times (eg current frame, field, sample etc) are passed through the
+// filtergraph in media samples. When a renderer gets a sample with media
+// times in it, it will call one of the RegisterMediaTime methods we expose
+// (one takes an IMediaSample, the other takes the media times direct). We
+// store the media times internally and return them in GetCurrentPosition.
+
+CRendererPosPassThru::CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ IPin *pPin) :
+ CPosPassThru(pName,pUnk,phr,pPin),
+ m_StartMedia(0),
+ m_EndMedia(0),
+ m_bReset(TRUE)
+{
+}
+
+
+// Sets the media times the object should report
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(pMediaSample);
+ LONGLONG StartMedia;
+ LONGLONG EndMedia;
+
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+
+ // Get the media times from the sample
+
+ HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetTime(&StartMedia,&EndMedia);
+ if (FAILED(hr))
+ {
+ ASSERT(hr == VFW_E_SAMPLE_TIME_NOT_SET);
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_StartMedia = StartMedia;
+ m_EndMedia = EndMedia;
+ m_bReset = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Sets the media times the object should report
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime)
+{
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia = StartTime;
+ m_EndMedia = EndTime;
+ m_bReset = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return the current media times registered in the object
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime)
+{
+ ASSERT(pStartTime);
+
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ if (m_bReset == TRUE) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // We don't have to return the end time
+
+ HRESULT hr = ConvertTimeFormat( pStartTime, 0, m_StartMedia, &TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME );
+ if (pEndTime && SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = ConvertTimeFormat( pEndTime, 0, m_EndMedia, &TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME );
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Resets the media times we hold
+
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::ResetMediaTime()
+{
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia = 0;
+ m_EndMedia = 0;
+ m_bReset = TRUE;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Intended to be called by the owing filter during EOS processing so
+// that the media times can be adjusted to the stop time. This ensures
+// that the GetCurrentPosition will actully get to the stop position.
+HRESULT
+CRendererPosPassThru::EOS()
+{
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ if ( m_bReset == TRUE ) hr = E_FAIL;
+ else
+ {
+ LONGLONG llStop;
+ if SUCCEEDED(hr=GetStopPosition(&llStop))
+ {
+ CAutoLock cAutoLock(&m_PositionLock);
+ m_StartMedia =
+ m_EndMedia = llStop;
+ }
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+// -- CSourceSeeking implementation ------------
+
+CSourceSeeking::CSourceSeeking(
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT* phr,
+ __in CCritSec * pLock) :
+ CUnknown(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_rtStart((long)0)
+{
+ m_rtStop = _I64_MAX / 2;
+ m_rtDuration = m_rtStop;
+ m_dRateSeeking = 1.0;
+
+ m_dwSeekingCaps = AM_SEEKING_CanSeekForwards
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanSeekBackwards
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanSeekAbsolute
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanGetStopPos
+ | AM_SEEKING_CanGetDuration;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ if(riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ CheckPointer(ppv, E_POINTER);
+ return GetInterface(static_cast<IMediaSeeking *>(this), ppv);
+ }
+ else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ // only seeking in time (REFERENCE_TIME units) is supported
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ *pFormat = TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+
+ // nothing to set; just check that it's TIME_FORMAT_TIME
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : E_INVALIDARG;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ return *pFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pFormat, E_POINTER);
+ *pFormat = TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pDuration, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pDuration = m_rtDuration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pStop, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pStop = m_rtStop;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent)
+{
+ // GetCurrentPosition is typically supported only in renderers and
+ // not in source filters.
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCapabilities, E_POINTER);
+ *pCapabilities = m_dwSeekingCaps;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCapabilities, E_POINTER);
+
+ // make sure all requested capabilities are in our mask
+ return (~m_dwSeekingCaps & *pCapabilities) ? S_FALSE : S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat )
+{
+ CheckPointer(pTarget, E_POINTER);
+ // format guids can be null to indicate current format
+
+ // since we only support TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME, we don't really
+ // offer any conversions.
+ if(pTargetFormat == 0 || *pTargetFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME)
+ {
+ if(pSourceFormat == 0 || *pSourceFormat == TIME_FORMAT_MEDIA_TIME)
+ {
+ *pTarget = Source;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent,
+ DWORD CurrentFlags,
+ __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop,
+ DWORD StopFlags )
+{
+ DWORD StopPosBits = StopFlags & AM_SEEKING_PositioningBitsMask;
+ DWORD StartPosBits = CurrentFlags & AM_SEEKING_PositioningBitsMask;
+
+ if(StopFlags) {
+ CheckPointer(pStop, E_POINTER);
+
+ // accept only relative, incremental, or absolute positioning
+ if(StopPosBits != StopFlags) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(CurrentFlags) {
+ CheckPointer(pCurrent, E_POINTER);
+ if(StartPosBits != AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning &&
+ StartPosBits != AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning) {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ // scope for autolock
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ // set start position
+ if(StartPosBits == AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStart = *pCurrent;
+ }
+ else if(StartPosBits == AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStart += *pCurrent;
+ }
+
+ // set stop position
+ if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_AbsolutePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = *pStop;
+ }
+ else if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_IncrementalPositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = m_rtStart + *pStop;
+ }
+ else if(StopPosBits == AM_SEEKING_RelativePositioning)
+ {
+ m_rtStop = m_rtStop + *pStop;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr) && StopPosBits) {
+ hr = ChangeStop();
+ }
+ if(StartPosBits) {
+ hr = ChangeStart();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop )
+{
+ if(pCurrent) {
+ *pCurrent = m_rtStart;
+ }
+ if(pStop) {
+ *pStop = m_rtStop;
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest )
+{
+ if(pEarliest) {
+ *pEarliest = 0;
+ }
+ if(pLatest) {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pLatest = m_rtDuration;
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::SetRate( double dRate)
+{
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ m_dRateSeeking = dRate;
+ }
+ return ChangeRate();
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetRate( __out double * pdRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdRate, E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+ *pdRate = m_dRateSeeking;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+HRESULT CSourceSeeking::GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pPreroll, E_POINTER);
+ *pPreroll = 0;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// --- CSourcePosition implementation ----------
+
+
+CSourcePosition::CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT* phr,
+ __in CCritSec * pLock) :
+ CMediaPosition(pName, pUnk),
+ m_pLock(pLock),
+ m_Start(CRefTime((LONGLONG)0))
+{
+ m_Stop = _I64_MAX;
+ m_Rate = 1.0;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength)
+{
+ CheckPointer(plength,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(plength,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *plength = m_Duration;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Start = llTime;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeStart();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pllTime,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pllTime,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *pllTime = m_Stop;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Stop = llTime;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeStop();
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pllTime,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pllTime,sizeof(REFTIME));
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::get_Rate(__out double * pdRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pdRate,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(pdRate,sizeof(double));
+ CAutoLock lock(m_pLock);
+
+ *pdRate = m_Rate;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::put_Rate(double dRate)
+{
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ m_Rate = dRate;
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+
+ return ChangeRate();
+}
+
+
+// By default we can seek forwards
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCanSeekForward,E_POINTER);
+ *pCanSeekForward = OATRUE;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// By default we can seek backwards
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CSourcePosition::CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pCanSeekBackward,E_POINTER);
+ *pCanSeekBackward = OATRUE;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implementation of CBasicAudio class ----------
+
+
+CBasicAudio::CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IBasicAudio) {
+ return GetInterface( (IBasicAudio *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IBasicAudio,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IBasicAudio,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBasicAudio::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IBasicAudio *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IVideoWindow implementation ----------
+
+CBaseVideoWindow::CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IVideoWindow) {
+ return GetInterface( (IVideoWindow *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IVideoWindow,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IVideoWindow,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoWindow::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IVideoWindow *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- IBasicVideo implementation ----------
+
+
+CBaseBasicVideo::CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__in_opt LPUNKNOWN punk) :
+ CUnknown(pName, punk)
+{
+}
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IBasicVideo || riid == IID_IBasicVideo2) {
+ return GetInterface( static_cast<IBasicVideo2 *>(this), ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfoCount(pctinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetTypeInfo(
+ IID_IBasicVideo,
+ itinfo,
+ lcid,
+ pptinfo);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid)
+{
+ return m_basedisp.GetIDsOfNames(
+ IID_IBasicVideo,
+ rgszNames,
+ cNames,
+ lcid,
+ rgdispid);
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseBasicVideo::Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr)
+{
+ // this parameter is a dead leftover from an earlier interface
+ if (IID_NULL != riid) {
+ return DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE;
+ }
+
+ ITypeInfo * pti;
+ HRESULT hr = GetTypeInfo(0, lcid, &pti);
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ hr = pti->Invoke(
+ (IBasicVideo *)this,
+ dispidMember,
+ wFlags,
+ pdispparams,
+ pvarResult,
+ pexcepinfo,
+ puArgErr);
+
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// --- Implementation of Deferred Commands ----------
+
+
+CDispParams::CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ cNamedArgs = 0;
+ rgdispidNamedArgs = NULL;
+ cArgs = nArgs;
+
+ if (cArgs) {
+ rgvarg = new VARIANT[cArgs];
+ if (NULL == rgvarg) {
+ cArgs = 0;
+ if (phr) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (UINT i = 0; i < cArgs; i++) {
+
+ // Why aren't we using VariantCopy?
+
+ VARIANT * pDest = &rgvarg[i];
+ VARIANT * pSrc = &pArgs[i];
+
+ pDest->vt = pSrc->vt;
+ switch(pDest->vt) {
+
+ case VT_I4:
+ pDest->lVal = pSrc->lVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UI1:
+ pDest->bVal = pSrc->bVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_I2:
+ pDest->iVal = pSrc->iVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_R4:
+ pDest->fltVal = pSrc->fltVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_R8:
+ pDest->dblVal = pSrc->dblVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_BOOL:
+ pDest->boolVal = pSrc->boolVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_ERROR:
+ pDest->scode = pSrc->scode;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_CY:
+ pDest->cyVal = pSrc->cyVal;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DATE:
+ pDest->date = pSrc->date;
+ break;
+
+ case VT_BSTR:
+ if ((PVOID)pSrc->bstrVal == NULL) {
+ pDest->bstrVal = NULL;
+ } else {
+
+ // a BSTR is a WORD followed by a UNICODE string.
+ // the pointer points just after the WORD
+
+ WORD len = * (WORD*) (pSrc->bstrVal - (sizeof(WORD) / sizeof(OLECHAR)));
+ OLECHAR* pch = new OLECHAR[len + (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR))];
+ if (pch) {
+ WORD *pui = (WORD*)pch;
+ *pui = len;
+ pDest->bstrVal = pch + (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ CopyMemory(pDest->bstrVal, pSrc->bstrVal, len*sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ } else {
+ cArgs = i;
+ if (phr) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UNKNOWN:
+ pDest->punkVal = pSrc->punkVal;
+ pDest->punkVal->AddRef();
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DISPATCH:
+ pDest->pdispVal = pSrc->pdispVal;
+ pDest->pdispVal->AddRef();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // a type we haven't got round to adding yet!
+ ASSERT(0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ rgvarg = NULL;
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+CDispParams::~CDispParams()
+{
+ for (UINT i = 0; i < cArgs; i++) {
+ switch(rgvarg[i].vt) {
+ case VT_BSTR:
+ // Explicitly cast BSTR to PVOID to tell code scanning tools we really mean to test the pointer
+ if ((PVOID)rgvarg[i].bstrVal != NULL) {
+ OLECHAR * pch = rgvarg[i].bstrVal - (sizeof(WORD)/sizeof(OLECHAR));
+ delete pch;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case VT_UNKNOWN:
+ rgvarg[i].punkVal->Release();
+ break;
+
+ case VT_DISPATCH:
+ rgvarg[i].pdispVal->Release();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ delete[] rgvarg;
+}
+
+
+// lifetime is controlled by refcounts (see defer.h)
+
+CDeferredCommand::CDeferredCommand(
+ __inout CCmdQueue * pQ,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor,
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long nArgs,
+ __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ ) :
+ CUnknown(NAME("DeferredCommand"), pUnk),
+ m_pQueue(pQ),
+ m_pUnk(pUnkExecutor),
+ m_iid(iid),
+ m_dispidMethod(dispidMethod),
+ m_wFlags(wFlags),
+ m_DispParams(nArgs, pDispParams, phr),
+ m_pvarResult(pvarResult),
+ m_bStream(bStream),
+ m_hrResult(E_ABORT)
+
+{
+ // convert REFTIME to REFERENCE_TIME
+ COARefTime convertor(time);
+ m_time = convertor;
+
+ // no check of time validity - it's ok to queue a command that's
+ // already late
+
+ // check iid is supportable on pUnk by QueryInterface for it
+ IUnknown * pInterface;
+ HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(GetIID(), (void**) &pInterface);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+ pInterface->Release();
+
+
+ // !!! check dispidMethod and param/return types using typelib
+ ITypeInfo *pti;
+ hr = m_Dispatch.GetTypeInfo(*iid, 0, 0, &pti);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ return;
+ }
+ // !!! some sort of ITypeInfo validity check here
+ pti->Release();
+
+
+ // Fix up the dispid for put and get
+ if (wFlags == DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT) {
+ m_DispParams.cNamedArgs = 1;
+ m_DispId = DISPID_PROPERTYPUT;
+ m_DispParams.rgdispidNamedArgs = &m_DispId;
+ }
+
+ // all checks ok - add to queue
+ hr = pQ->Insert(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// refcounts are held by caller of InvokeAt... and by list. So if
+// we get here, we can't be on the list
+
+#if 0
+CDeferredCommand::~CDeferredCommand()
+{
+ // this assert is invalid since if the queue is deleted while we are
+ // still on the queue, we will have been removed by the queue and this
+ // m_pQueue will not have been modified.
+ // ASSERT(m_pQueue == NULL);
+
+ // we don't hold a ref count on pUnk, which is the object that should
+ // execute the command.
+ // This is because there would otherwise be a circular refcount problem
+ // since pUnk probably owns the CmdQueue object that has a refcount
+ // on us.
+ // The lifetime of pUnk is guaranteed by it being part of, or lifetime
+ // controlled by, our parent object. As long as we are on the list, pUnk
+ // must be valid. Once we are off the list, we do not use pUnk.
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// overriden to publicise our interfaces
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv)
+{
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));
+ if (riid == IID_IDeferredCommand) {
+ return GetInterface( (IDeferredCommand *) this, ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// remove from q. this will reduce the refcount by one (since the q
+// holds a count) but can't make us go away since he must have a
+// refcount in order to call this method.
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Cancel()
+{
+ if (m_pQueue == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CANCELLED;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ m_pQueue = NULL;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Confidence(__out LONG* pConfidence)
+{
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+}
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::GetHResult(__out HRESULT * phrResult)
+{
+ CheckPointer(phrResult,E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(phrResult,sizeof(HRESULT));
+
+ if (m_pQueue != NULL) {
+ return E_ABORT;
+ }
+ *phrResult = m_hrResult;
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// set the time to be a new time (checking that it is valid) and
+// then requeue
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CDeferredCommand::Postpone(REFTIME newtime)
+{
+
+ // check that this time is not past
+ // convert REFTIME to REFERENCE_TIME
+ COARefTime convertor(newtime);
+
+ // check that the time has not passed
+ if (m_pQueue->CheckTime(convertor, IsStreamTime())) {
+ return VFW_E_TIME_ALREADY_PASSED;
+ }
+
+ // extract from list
+ HRESULT hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // change time
+ m_time = convertor;
+
+ // requeue
+ hr = m_pQueue->Insert(this);
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CDeferredCommand::Invoke()
+{
+ // check that we are still outstanding
+ if (m_pQueue == NULL) {
+ return VFW_E_ALREADY_CANCELLED;
+ }
+
+ // get the type info
+ ITypeInfo* pti;
+ HRESULT hr = m_Dispatch.GetTypeInfo(GetIID(), 0, 0, &pti);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // qi for the expected interface and then invoke it. Note that we have to
+ // treat the returned interface as IUnknown since we don't know its type.
+ IUnknown* pInterface;
+
+ hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(GetIID(), (void**) &pInterface);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ pti->Release();
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ EXCEPINFO expinfo;
+ UINT uArgErr;
+ m_hrResult = pti->Invoke(
+ pInterface,
+ GetMethod(),
+ GetFlags(),
+ GetParams(),
+ GetResult(),
+ &expinfo,
+ &uArgErr);
+
+ // release the interface we QI'd for
+ pInterface->Release();
+ pti->Release();
+
+
+ // remove from list whether or not successful
+ // or we loop indefinitely
+ hr = m_pQueue->Remove(this);
+ m_pQueue = NULL;
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+
+// --- CCmdQueue methods ----------
+
+
+CCmdQueue::CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr) :
+ m_listPresentation(NAME("Presentation time command list")),
+ m_listStream(NAME("Stream time command list")),
+ m_evDue(TRUE, phr), // manual reset
+ m_dwAdvise(0),
+ m_pClock(NULL),
+ m_bRunning(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+
+CCmdQueue::~CCmdQueue()
+{
+ // empty all our lists
+
+ // we hold a refcount on each, so traverse and Release each
+ // entry then RemoveAll to empty the list
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ while(pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd = m_listPresentation.GetNext(pos);
+ pCmd->Release();
+ }
+ m_listPresentation.RemoveAll();
+
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ while(pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd = m_listStream.GetNext(pos);
+ pCmd->Release();
+ }
+ m_listStream.RemoveAll();
+
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+ }
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with
+// the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction.
+// returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and
+// no object has been queued.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::New(
+ __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // this object will execute command
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ *ppCmd = NULL;
+
+ CDeferredCommand* pCmd;
+ pCmd = new CDeferredCommand(
+ this,
+ NULL, // not aggregated
+ &hr,
+ pUnk, // this guy will execute
+ time,
+ iid,
+ dispidMethod,
+ wFlags,
+ cArgs,
+ pDispParams,
+ pvarResult,
+ puArgErr,
+ bStream);
+
+ if (pCmd == NULL) {
+ hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ *ppCmd = pCmd;
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ // addref the item
+ pCmd->AddRef();
+
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> * pList;
+ if (pCmd->IsStreamTime()) {
+ pList = &m_listStream;
+ } else {
+ pList = &m_listPresentation;
+ }
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPosition();
+
+ // seek past all items that are before us
+ while (pos &&
+ (pList->GetValid(pos)->GetTime() <= pCmd->GetTime())) {
+
+ pList->GetNext(pos);
+ }
+
+ // now at end of list or in front of items that come later
+ if (!pos) {
+ pList->AddTail(pCmd);
+ } else {
+ pList->AddBefore(pos, pCmd);
+ }
+
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> * pList;
+ if (pCmd->IsStreamTime()) {
+ pList = &m_listStream;
+ } else {
+ pList = &m_listPresentation;
+ }
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPosition();
+
+ // traverse the list
+ while (pos && (pList->GetValid(pos) != pCmd)) {
+ pList->GetNext(pos);
+ }
+
+ // did we drop off the end?
+ if (!pos) {
+ hr = VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ } else {
+
+ // found it - now take off list
+ pList->Remove(pos);
+
+ // Insert did an AddRef, so release it
+ pCmd->Release();
+
+ // check that timer request is still for earliest time
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// set the clock used for timing
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock* pClock)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ // addref the new clock first in case they are the same
+ if (pClock) {
+ pClock->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ // kill any advise on the old clock
+ if (m_pClock) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+ }
+ m_pClock->Release();
+ }
+ m_pClock = pClock;
+
+ // set up a new advise
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// set up a timer event with the reference clock
+
+void
+CCmdQueue::SetTimeAdvise(void)
+{
+ // make sure we have a clock to use
+ if (!m_pClock) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // reset the event whenever we are requesting a new signal
+ m_evDue.Reset();
+
+ // time 0 is earliest
+ CRefTime current;
+
+ // find the earliest presentation time
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (pos != NULL) {
+ current = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos)->GetTime();
+ }
+
+ // if we're running, check the stream times too
+ if (m_bRunning) {
+
+ CRefTime t;
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ t = m_listStream.GetValid(pos)->GetTime();
+
+ // add on stream time offset to get presentation time
+ t += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+
+ // is this earlier?
+ if ((current == TimeZero) || (t < current)) {
+ current = t;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // need to change?
+ if ((current > TimeZero) && (current != m_tCurrentAdvise)) {
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ // reset the event whenever we are requesting a new signal
+ m_evDue.Reset();
+ }
+
+ // ask for time advice - the first two params are either
+ // stream time offset and stream time or
+ // presentation time and 0. we always use the latter
+ HRESULT hr = m_pClock->AdviseTime(
+ (REFERENCE_TIME)current,
+ TimeZero,
+ (HEVENT) HANDLE(m_evDue),
+ &m_dwAdvise);
+
+ ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ m_tCurrentAdvise = current;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ m_StreamTimeOffset = tStreamTimeOffset;
+ m_bRunning = TRUE;
+
+ // ensure advise is accurate
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known.
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::EndRun()
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ m_bRunning = FALSE;
+
+ // check timer setting - stream times
+ SetTimeAdvise();
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+// return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout
+// milliseconds until there is a due command.
+// Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls.
+// The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled.
+// Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error).
+//
+// returns an AddRef'd object
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout)
+{
+ // loop until we timeout or find a due command
+ for (;;) {
+
+ {
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+
+ // find the earliest command
+ CDeferredCommand * pCmd = NULL;
+
+ // check the presentation time and the
+ // stream time list to find the earliest
+
+ POSITION pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pCmd = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+
+ if (m_bRunning) {
+ pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ CDeferredCommand* pStrm = m_listStream.GetValid(pos);
+
+ CRefTime t = pStrm->GetTime() + m_StreamTimeOffset;
+ if (!pCmd || (t < pCmd->GetTime())) {
+ pCmd = pStrm;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // if we have found one, is it due?
+ if (pCmd) {
+ if (CheckTime(pCmd->GetTime(), pCmd->IsStreamTime())) {
+
+ // yes it's due - addref it
+ pCmd->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pCmd;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // block until the advise is signalled
+ if (WaitForSingleObject(m_evDue, msTimeout) != WAIT_OBJECT_0) {
+ return E_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time.
+// Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed
+// in via the Run method.
+// Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled.
+// This method will not block. It will report E_ABORT if there are no
+// commands due yet.
+//
+// returns an AddRef'd object
+
+HRESULT
+CCmdQueue::GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME rtStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd)
+{
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_Lock);
+
+ CRefTime tStream(rtStream);
+
+ // find the earliest stream and presentation time commands
+ CDeferredCommand* pStream = NULL;
+ POSITION pos = m_listStream.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pStream = m_listStream.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+ CDeferredCommand* pPresent = NULL;
+ pos = m_listPresentation.GetHeadPosition();
+ if (NULL != pos) {
+ pPresent = m_listPresentation.GetValid(pos);
+ }
+
+ // is there a presentation time that has passed already
+ if (pPresent && CheckTime(pPresent->GetTime(), FALSE)) {
+ pPresent->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pPresent;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // is there a stream time command due before this stream time
+ if (pStream && (pStream->GetTime() <= tStream)) {
+ pStream->AddRef();
+ *ppCmd = pStream;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // if we are running, we can map presentation times to
+ // stream time. In this case, is there a presentation time command
+ // that will be due before this stream time is presented?
+ if (m_bRunning && pPresent) {
+
+ // this stream time will appear at...
+ tStream += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+
+ // due before that?
+ if (pPresent->GetTime() <= tStream) {
+ *ppCmd = pPresent;
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // no commands due yet
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e4719c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/ctlutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,923 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: CtlUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Base classes implementing IDispatch parsing for the basic control dual
+// interfaces. Derive from these and implement just the custom method and
+// property methods. We also implement CPosPassThru that can be used by
+// renderers and transforms to pass by IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking
+
+#ifndef __CTLUTIL__
+#define __CTLUTIL__
+
+// OLE Automation has different ideas of TRUE and FALSE
+
+#define OATRUE (-1)
+#define OAFALSE (0)
+
+
+// It's possible that we could replace this class with CreateStdDispatch
+
+class CBaseDispatch
+{
+ ITypeInfo * m_pti;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseDispatch() : m_pti(NULL) {}
+ ~CBaseDispatch();
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ REFIID riid,
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaControl :
+ public IMediaControl,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaControl(const TCHAR *, LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaEvent :
+ public IMediaEventEx,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaEvent(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMediaPosition :
+ public IMediaPosition,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+
+public:
+
+ CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+ CMediaPosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+
+};
+
+
+// OA-compatibility means that we must use double as the RefTime value,
+// and REFERENCE_TIME (essentially a LONGLONG) within filters.
+// this class converts between the two
+
+class COARefTime : public CRefTime {
+public:
+
+ COARefTime() {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(CRefTime t)
+ : CRefTime(t)
+ {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(REFERENCE_TIME t)
+ : CRefTime(t)
+ {
+ };
+
+ COARefTime(double d) {
+ m_time = (LONGLONG) (d * 10000000);
+ };
+
+ operator double() {
+ return double(m_time) / 10000000;
+ };
+
+ operator REFERENCE_TIME() {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ COARefTime& operator=(const double& rd) {
+ m_time = (LONGLONG) (rd * 10000000);
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ COARefTime& operator=(const REFERENCE_TIME& rt) {
+ m_time = rt;
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ inline BOOL operator==(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time == rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator!=(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time != rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator < (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time < rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator > (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time > rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator >= (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time >= rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline BOOL operator <= (const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return m_time <= rt.m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator+(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time + rt.m_time);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator-(const COARefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time - rt.m_time);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator*(LONG l)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time * l);
+ };
+
+ inline COARefTime operator/(LONG l)
+ {
+ return COARefTime(m_time / l);
+ };
+
+private:
+ // Prevent bugs from constructing from LONG (which gets
+ // converted to double and then multiplied by 10000000
+ COARefTime(LONG);
+ LONG operator=(LONG);
+};
+
+
+// A utility class that handles IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking on behalf
+// of single-input pin renderers, or transform filters.
+//
+// Renderers will expose this from the filter; transform filters will
+// expose it from the output pin and not the renderer.
+//
+// Create one of these, giving it your IPin* for your input pin, and delegate
+// all IMediaPosition methods to it. It will query the input pin for
+// IMediaPosition and respond appropriately.
+//
+// Call ForceRefresh if the pin connection changes.
+//
+// This class no longer caches the upstream IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking
+// it acquires it on each method call. This means ForceRefresh is not needed.
+// The method is kept for source compatibility and to minimise the changes
+// if we need to put it back later for performance reasons.
+
+class CPosPassThru : public IMediaSeeking, public CMediaPosition
+{
+ IPin *m_pPin;
+
+ HRESULT GetPeer(__deref_out IMediaPosition **ppMP);
+ HRESULT GetPeerSeeking(__deref_out IMediaSeeking **ppMS);
+
+public:
+
+ CPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *);
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ HRESULT ForceRefresh() {
+ return S_OK;
+ };
+
+ // override to return an accurate current position
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime, __out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime) {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IMediaSeeking methods
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported( const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat( __out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat(__out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags
+ , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition( __out LONGLONG * pCurrent );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition( __out LONGLONG * pStop );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDuration( __out LONGLONG *pDuration);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG *pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG *pLatest );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll( __out LONGLONG *pllPreroll );
+
+ // IMediaPosition properties
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward);
+
+private:
+ HRESULT GetSeekingLongLong( HRESULT (__stdcall IMediaSeeking::*pMethod)( LONGLONG * ),
+ __out LONGLONG * pll );
+};
+
+
+// Adds the ability to return a current position
+
+class CRendererPosPassThru : public CPosPassThru
+{
+ CCritSec m_PositionLock; // Locks access to our position
+ LONGLONG m_StartMedia; // Start media time last seen
+ LONGLONG m_EndMedia; // And likewise the end media
+ BOOL m_bReset; // Have media times been set
+
+public:
+
+ // Used to help with passing media times through graph
+
+ CRendererPosPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, IPin *);
+ HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ HRESULT RegisterMediaTime(LONGLONG StartTime,LONGLONG EndTime);
+ HRESULT GetMediaTime(__out LONGLONG *pStartTime,__out_opt LONGLONG *pEndTime);
+ HRESULT ResetMediaTime();
+ HRESULT EOS();
+};
+
+STDAPI CreatePosPassThru(
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pAgg,
+ BOOL bRenderer,
+ IPin *pPin,
+ __deref_out IUnknown **ppPassThru
+);
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicAudio and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBasicAudio : public IBasicAudio, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBasicAudio(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IBasicVideo and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseBasicVideo : public IBasicVideo2, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseBasicVideo(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreferredAspectRatio(
+ __out long *plAspectX,
+ __out long *plAspectY)
+ {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ }
+};
+
+
+// A class that handles the IDispatch part of IVideoWindow and leaves the
+// properties and methods themselves pure virtual.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseVideoWindow : public IVideoWindow, public CUnknown
+{
+ CBaseDispatch m_basedisp;
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseVideoWindow(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ /* IDispatch methods */
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(__out UINT * pctinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(
+ UINT itinfo,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __deref_out ITypeInfo ** pptinfo);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(
+ REFIID riid,
+ __in_ecount(cNames) LPOLESTR * rgszNames,
+ UINT cNames,
+ LCID lcid,
+ __out_ecount(cNames) DISPID * rgdispid);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Invoke(
+ DISPID dispidMember,
+ REFIID riid,
+ LCID lcid,
+ WORD wFlags,
+ __in DISPPARAMS * pdispparams,
+ __out_opt VARIANT * pvarResult,
+ __out_opt EXCEPINFO * pexcepinfo,
+ __out_opt UINT * puArgErr);
+};
+
+
+// abstract class to help source filters with their implementation
+// of IMediaPosition. Derive from this and set the duration (and stop
+// position). Also override NotifyChange to do something when the properties
+// change.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CSourcePosition : public CMediaPosition
+{
+
+public:
+ CSourcePosition(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *);
+
+ // IMediaPosition methods
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Duration(__out REFTIME * plength);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_CurrentPosition(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_StopTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_StopTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_PrerollTime(__out REFTIME * pllTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_PrerollTime(REFTIME llTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Rate(__out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP put_Rate(double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekForward(__out LONG *pCanSeekForward);
+ STDMETHODIMP CanSeekBackward(__out LONG *pCanSeekBackward);
+
+ // override if you can return the data you are actually working on
+ STDMETHODIMP get_CurrentPosition(__out REFTIME * pllTime) {
+ return E_NOTIMPL;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE;
+
+ COARefTime m_Duration;
+ COARefTime m_Start;
+ COARefTime m_Stop;
+ double m_Rate;
+
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+};
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CSourceSeeking :
+ public IMediaSeeking,
+ public CUnknown
+{
+
+public:
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN;
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+
+ // IMediaSeeking methods
+
+ STDMETHODIMP IsFormatSupported(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryPreferredFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP IsUsingTimeFormat(const GUID * pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTimeFormat(__out GUID *pFormat);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDuration(__out LONGLONG *pDuration);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetStopPosition(__out LONGLONG *pStop);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentPosition(__out LONGLONG *pCurrent);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetCapabilities( __out DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP CheckCapabilities( __inout DWORD * pCapabilities );
+ STDMETHODIMP ConvertTimeFormat( __out LONGLONG * pTarget,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pTargetFormat,
+ LONGLONG Source,
+ __in_opt const GUID * pSourceFormat );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetPositions( __inout_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, DWORD CurrentFlags
+ , __inout_opt LONGLONG * pStop, DWORD StopFlags );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPositions( __out_opt LONGLONG * pCurrent, __out_opt LONGLONG * pStop );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP GetAvailable( __out_opt LONGLONG * pEarliest, __out_opt LONGLONG * pLatest );
+ STDMETHODIMP SetRate( double dRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetRate( __out double * pdRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetPreroll(__out LONGLONG *pPreroll);
+
+
+protected:
+
+ // ctor
+ CSourceSeeking(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __in_opt LPUNKNOWN, __inout HRESULT*, __in CCritSec *);
+
+ // we call this to notify changes. Override to handle them
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStart() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeStop() PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT ChangeRate() PURE;
+
+ CRefTime m_rtDuration; // length of stream
+ CRefTime m_rtStart; // source will start here
+ CRefTime m_rtStop; // source will stop here
+ double m_dRateSeeking;
+
+ // seeking capabilities
+ DWORD m_dwSeekingCaps;
+
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+};
+
+
+// Base classes supporting Deferred commands.
+
+// Deferred commands are queued by calls to methods on the IQueueCommand
+// interface, exposed by the filtergraph and by some filters. A successful
+// call to one of these methods will return an IDeferredCommand interface
+// representing the queued command.
+//
+// A CDeferredCommand object represents a single deferred command, and exposes
+// the IDeferredCommand interface as well as other methods permitting time
+// checks and actual execution. It contains a reference to the CCommandQueue
+// object on which it is queued.
+//
+// CCommandQueue is a base class providing a queue of CDeferredCommand
+// objects, and methods to add, remove, check status and invoke the queued
+// commands. A CCommandQueue object would be part of an object that
+// implemented IQueueCommand.
+
+class CCmdQueue;
+
+// take a copy of the params and store them. Release any allocated
+// memory in destructor
+
+class CDispParams : public DISPPARAMS
+{
+public:
+ CDispParams(UINT nArgs, __in_ecount(nArgs) VARIANT* pArgs, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ ~CDispParams();
+};
+
+
+// CDeferredCommand lifetime is controlled by refcounts. Caller of
+// InvokeAt.. gets a refcounted interface pointer, and the CCmdQueue
+// object also holds a refcount on us. Calling Cancel or Invoke takes
+// us off the CCmdQueue and thus reduces the refcount by 1. Once taken
+// off the queue we cannot be put back on the queue.
+
+class CDeferredCommand
+ : public CUnknown,
+ public IDeferredCommand
+{
+public:
+
+ CDeferredCommand(
+ __inout CCmdQueue * pQ,
+ __in_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // aggregation outer unk
+ __inout HRESULT * phr,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnkExecutor, // object that will execute this cmd
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ );
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ // override this to publicise our interfaces
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __out void **ppv);
+
+ // IDeferredCommand methods
+ STDMETHODIMP Cancel();
+ STDMETHODIMP Confidence(
+ __out LONG* pConfidence);
+ STDMETHODIMP Postpone(
+ REFTIME newtime);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetHResult(
+ __out HRESULT* phrResult);
+
+ // other public methods
+
+ HRESULT Invoke();
+
+ // access methods
+
+ // returns TRUE if streamtime, FALSE if presentation time
+ BOOL IsStreamTime() {
+ return m_bStream;
+ };
+
+ CRefTime GetTime() {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ REFIID GetIID() {
+ return *m_iid;
+ };
+
+ long GetMethod() {
+ return m_dispidMethod;
+ };
+
+ short GetFlags() {
+ return m_wFlags;
+ };
+
+ DISPPARAMS* GetParams() {
+ return &m_DispParams;
+ };
+
+ VARIANT* GetResult() {
+ return m_pvarResult;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ CCmdQueue* m_pQueue;
+
+ // pUnk for the interface that we will execute the command on
+ LPUNKNOWN m_pUnk;
+
+ // stored command data
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_time;
+ GUID* m_iid;
+ long m_dispidMethod;
+ short m_wFlags;
+ VARIANT* m_pvarResult;
+ BOOL m_bStream;
+ CDispParams m_DispParams;
+ DISPID m_DispId; // For get and put
+
+ // we use this for ITypeInfo access
+ CBaseDispatch m_Dispatch;
+
+ // save retval here
+ HRESULT m_hrResult;
+};
+
+
+// a list of CDeferredCommand objects. this is a base class providing
+// the basics of access to the list. If you want to use CDeferredCommand
+// objects then your queue needs to be derived from this class.
+
+class AM_NOVTABLE CCmdQueue
+{
+public:
+ CCmdQueue(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ virtual ~CCmdQueue();
+
+ // returns a new CDeferredCommand object that will be initialised with
+ // the parameters and will be added to the queue during construction.
+ // returns S_OK if successfully created otherwise an error and
+ // no object has been queued.
+ virtual HRESULT New(
+ __out CDeferredCommand **ppCmd,
+ __in LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ REFTIME time,
+ __in GUID* iid,
+ long dispidMethod,
+ short wFlags,
+ long cArgs,
+ __in_ecount(cArgs) VARIANT* pDispParams,
+ __out VARIANT* pvarResult,
+ __out short* puArgErr,
+ BOOL bStream
+ );
+
+ // called by the CDeferredCommand object to add and remove itself
+ // from the queue
+ virtual HRESULT Insert(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd);
+ virtual HRESULT Remove(__in CDeferredCommand* pCmd);
+
+ // Command-Due Checking
+ //
+ // There are two schemes of synchronisation: coarse and accurate. In
+ // coarse mode, you wait till the time arrives and then execute the cmd.
+ // In accurate mode, you wait until you are processing the sample that
+ // will appear at the time, and then execute the command. It's up to the
+ // filter which one it will implement. The filtergraph will always
+ // implement coarse mode for commands queued at the filtergraph.
+ //
+ // If you want coarse sync, you probably want to wait until there is a
+ // command due, and then execute it. You can do this by calling
+ // GetDueCommand. If you have several things to wait for, get the
+ // event handle from GetDueHandle() and when this is signalled then call
+ // GetDueCommand. Stream time will only advance between calls to Run and
+ // EndRun. Note that to avoid an extra thread there is no guarantee that
+ // if the handle is set there will be a command ready. Each time the
+ // event is signalled, call GetDueCommand (probably with a 0 timeout);
+ // This may return E_ABORT.
+ //
+ // If you want accurate sync, you must call GetCommandDueFor, passing
+ // as a parameter the stream time of the samples you are about to process.
+ // This will return:
+ // -- a stream-time command due at or before that stream time
+ // -- a presentation-time command due at or before the
+ // time that stream time will be presented (only between Run
+ // and EndRun calls, since outside of this, the mapping from
+ // stream time to presentation time is not known.
+ // -- any presentation-time command due now.
+ // This means that if you want accurate synchronisation on samples that
+ // might be processed during Paused mode, you need to use
+ // stream-time commands.
+ //
+ // In all cases, commands remain queued until Invoked or Cancelled. The
+ // setting and resetting of the event handle is managed entirely by this
+ // queue object.
+
+ // set the clock used for timing
+ virtual HRESULT SetSyncSource(__in_opt IReferenceClock*);
+
+ // switch to run mode. Streamtime to Presentation time mapping known.
+ virtual HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStreamTimeOffset);
+
+ // switch to Stopped or Paused mode. Time mapping not known.
+ virtual HRESULT EndRun();
+
+ // return a pointer to the next due command. Blocks for msTimeout
+ // milliseconds until there is a due command.
+ // Stream-time commands will only become due between Run and Endrun calls.
+ // The command remains queued until invoked or cancelled.
+ // Returns E_ABORT if timeout occurs, otherwise S_OK (or other error).
+ // Returns an AddRef-ed object
+ virtual HRESULT GetDueCommand(__out CDeferredCommand ** ppCmd, long msTimeout);
+
+ // return the event handle that will be signalled whenever
+ // there are deferred commands due for execution (when GetDueCommand
+ // will not block).
+ HANDLE GetDueHandle() {
+ return HANDLE(m_evDue);
+ };
+
+ // return a pointer to a command that will be due for a given time.
+ // Pass in a stream time here. The stream time offset will be passed
+ // in via the Run method.
+ // Commands remain queued until invoked or cancelled.
+ // This method will not block. It will report VFW_E_NOT_FOUND if there
+ // are no commands due yet.
+ // Returns an AddRef-ed object
+ virtual HRESULT GetCommandDueFor(REFERENCE_TIME tStream, __out CDeferredCommand**ppCmd);
+
+ // check if a given time is due (TRUE if it is due yet)
+ BOOL CheckTime(CRefTime time, BOOL bStream) {
+
+ // if no clock, nothing is due!
+ if (!m_pClock) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // stream time
+ if (bStream) {
+
+ // not valid if not running
+ if (!m_bRunning) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ // add on known stream time offset to get presentation time
+ time += m_StreamTimeOffset;
+ }
+
+ CRefTime Now;
+ m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&Now);
+ return (time <= Now);
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ // protect access to lists etc
+ CCritSec m_Lock;
+
+ // commands queued in presentation time are stored here
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listPresentation;
+
+ // commands queued in stream time are stored here
+ CGenericList<CDeferredCommand> m_listStream;
+
+ // set when any commands are due
+ CAMEvent m_evDue;
+
+ // creates an advise for the earliest time required, if any
+ void SetTimeAdvise(void);
+
+ // advise id from reference clock (0 if no outstanding advise)
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise;
+
+ // advise time is for this presentation time
+ CRefTime m_tCurrentAdvise;
+
+ // the reference clock we are using (addrefed)
+ IReferenceClock* m_pClock;
+
+ // true when running
+ BOOL m_bRunning;
+
+ // contains stream time offset when m_bRunning is true
+ CRefTime m_StreamTimeOffset;
+};
+
+#endif // __CTLUTIL__
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/fourcc.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/fourcc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19c0fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/fourcc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: FourCC.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// FOURCCMap
+//
+// provides a mapping between old-style multimedia format DWORDs
+// and new-style GUIDs.
+//
+// A range of 4 billion GUIDs has been allocated to ensure that this
+// mapping can be done straightforwardly one-to-one in both directions.
+//
+// January 95
+
+
+#ifndef __FOURCC__
+#define __FOURCC__
+
+
+// Multimedia format types are marked with DWORDs built from four 8-bit
+// chars and known as FOURCCs. New multimedia AM_MEDIA_TYPE definitions include
+// a subtype GUID. In order to simplify the mapping, GUIDs in the range:
+// XXXXXXXX-0000-0010-8000-00AA00389B71
+// are reserved for FOURCCs.
+
+class FOURCCMap : public GUID
+{
+
+public:
+ FOURCCMap();
+ FOURCCMap(DWORD Fourcc);
+ FOURCCMap(const GUID *);
+
+
+ DWORD GetFOURCC(void);
+ void SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc);
+ void SetFOURCC(const GUID *);
+
+private:
+ void InitGUID();
+};
+
+#define GUID_Data2 0
+#define GUID_Data3 0x10
+#define GUID_Data4_1 0xaa000080
+#define GUID_Data4_2 0x719b3800
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::InitGUID() {
+ Data2 = GUID_Data2;
+ Data3 = GUID_Data3;
+ ((DWORD *)Data4)[0] = GUID_Data4_1;
+ ((DWORD *)Data4)[1] = GUID_Data4_2;
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap() {
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC( DWORD(0));
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(DWORD fourcc)
+{
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC(fourcc);
+}
+
+inline
+FOURCCMap::FOURCCMap(const GUID * pGuid)
+{
+ InitGUID();
+ SetFOURCC(pGuid);
+}
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(const GUID * pGuid)
+{
+ FOURCCMap * p = (FOURCCMap*) pGuid;
+ SetFOURCC(p->GetFOURCC());
+}
+
+inline void
+FOURCCMap::SetFOURCC(DWORD fourcc)
+{
+ Data1 = fourcc;
+}
+
+inline DWORD
+FOURCCMap::GetFOURCC(void)
+{
+ return Data1;
+}
+
+#endif /* __FOURCC__ */
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/measure.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/measure.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a71a075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/measure.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Measure.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/*
+ The idea is to pepper the source code with interesting measurements and
+ have the last few thousand of these recorded in a circular buffer that
+ can be post-processed to give interesting numbers.
+
+ WHAT THE LOG LOOKS LIKE:
+
+ Time (sec) Type Delta Incident_Name
+ 0.055,41 NOTE -. Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,42 NOTE 0.000,01 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,44 NOTE 0.000,02 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 0.055,45 STOP -. Incident Eight - Also random
+ 0.055,47 START -. Incident Seven - Random
+ 0.055,49 NOTE 0.000,05 Incident Nine - Another note
+ ------- <etc. there is a lot of this> ----------------
+ 0.125,60 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,62 START -. Msr_Start
+ 0.125,63 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,65 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start
+ 0.125,66 START -. Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,68 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,70 STOP 0.000,04 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,72 START -. Msr_Start
+ 0.125,73 START -. Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,75 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Start
+ 0.125,77 START -. Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,78 STOP 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 0.125,80 STOP 0.000,03 Msr_Stop
+ 0.125,81 NOTE -. Incident Three - single Note
+ 0.125,83 START -. Incident Four - Start, no stop
+ 0.125,85 START -. Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+ 0.125,87 STOP 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+
+Number Average StdDev Smallest Largest Incident_Name
+ 10 0.000,58 0.000,10 0.000,55 0.000,85 Incident One - Note
+ 50 0.000,05 0.000,00 0.000,05 0.000,05 Incident Two - Start/Stop
+ 1 -. -. -. -. Incident Three - single Note
+ 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Four - Start, no stop
+ 1 0.000,02 -. 0.000,02 0.000,02 Incident Five - Single Start/Stop
+ 0 -. -. -. -. Incident Six - zero occurrences
+ 100 0.000,25 0.000,12 0.000,02 0.000,62 Incident Seven - Random
+ 100 0.000,79 0.000,48 0.000,02 0.001,92 Incident Eight - Also random
+ 5895 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,01 0.000,56 Incident Nine - Another note
+ 10 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Note
+ 50 0.000,03 0.000,00 0.000,03 0.000,04 Msr_Start
+ 50 0.000,04 0.000,03 0.000,03 0.000,31 Msr_Stop
+
+ WHAT IT MEANS:
+ The log shows what happened and when. Each line shows the time at which
+ something happened (see WHAT YOU CODE below) what it was that happened
+ and (if approporate) the time since the corresponding previous event
+ (that's the delta column).
+
+ The statistics show how many times each event occurred, what the average
+ delta time was, also the standard deviation, largest and smalles delta.
+
+ WHAT YOU CODE:
+
+ Before anything else executes: - register your ids
+
+ int id1 = Msr_Register("Incident One - Note");
+ int id2 = Msr_Register("Incident Two - Start/Stop");
+ int id3 = Msr_Register("Incident Three - single Note");
+ etc.
+
+ At interesting moments:
+
+ // To measure a repetitive event - e.g. end of bitblt to screen
+ Msr_Note(Id9); // e.g. "video frame hiting the screen NOW!"
+
+ or
+
+ // To measure an elapsed time e.g. time taken to decode an MPEG B-frame
+ Msr_Start(Id2); // e.g. "Starting to decode MPEG B-frame"
+ . . .
+ MsrStop(Id2); // "Finished MPEG decode"
+
+ At the end:
+
+ HANDLE hFile;
+ hFile = CreateFile("Perf.log", GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, NULL);
+ Msr_Dump(hFile); // This writes the log out to the file
+ CloseHandle(hFile);
+
+ or
+
+ Msr_Dump(NULL); // This writes it to DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,0, ... ));
+ // but if you are writing it out to the debugger
+ // then the times are probably all garbage because
+ // the debugger can make things run awfully slow.
+
+ A given id should be used either for start / stop or Note calls. If Notes
+ are mixed in with Starts and Stops their statistics will be gibberish.
+
+ If you code the calls in upper case i.e. MSR_START(idMunge); then you get
+ macros which will turn into nothing unless PERF is defined.
+
+ You can reset the statistical counts for a given id by calling Reset(Id).
+ They are reset by default at the start.
+ It logs Reset as a special incident, so you can see it in the log.
+
+ The log is a circular buffer in storage (to try to minimise disk I/O).
+ It overwrites the oldest entries once full. The statistics include ALL
+ incidents since the last Reset, whether still visible in the log or not.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __MEASURE__
+#define __MEASURE__
+
+#ifdef PERF
+#define MSR_INIT() Msr_Init()
+#define MSR_TERMINATE() Msr_Terminate()
+#define MSR_REGISTER(a) Msr_Register(a)
+#define MSR_RESET(a) Msr_Reset(a)
+#define MSR_CONTROL(a) Msr_Control(a)
+#define MSR_START(a) Msr_Start(a)
+#define MSR_STOP(a) Msr_Stop(a)
+#define MSR_NOTE(a) Msr_Note(a)
+#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) Msr_Integer(a,b)
+#define MSR_DUMP(a) Msr_Dump(a)
+#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) Msr_DumpStats(a)
+#else
+#define MSR_INIT() ((void)0)
+#define MSR_TERMINATE() ((void)0)
+#define MSR_REGISTER(a) 0
+#define MSR_RESET(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_CONTROL(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_START(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_STOP(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_NOTE(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_INTEGER(a,b) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_DUMP(a) ((void)0)
+#define MSR_DUMPSTATS(a) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// This must be called first - (called by the DllEntry)
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Init(void);
+
+
+// Call this last to clean up (or just let it fall off the end - who cares?)
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Terminate(void);
+
+
+// Call this to get an Id for an "incident" that you can pass to Start, Stop or Note
+// everything that's logged is called an "incident".
+
+int WINAPI Msr_Register(__in LPTSTR Incident);
+
+
+// Reset the statistical counts for an incident
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Reset(int Id);
+
+
+// Reset all the counts for all incidents
+#define MSR_RESET_ALL 0
+#define MSR_PAUSE 1
+#define MSR_RUN 2
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Control(int iAction);
+
+
+// log the start of an operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Start(int Id);
+
+
+// log the end of an operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Stop(int Id);
+
+
+// log a one-off or repetitive operation
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Note(int Id);
+
+
+// log an integer (on which we can see statistics later)
+void WINAPI Msr_Integer(int Id, int n);
+
+
+// print out all the vaialable log (it may have wrapped) and then the statistics.
+// When the log wraps you lose log but the statistics are still complete.
+// hFIle==NULL => use DbgLog
+// otherwise hFile must have come from CreateFile or OpenFile.
+
+void WINAPI Msr_Dump(HANDLE hFile);
+
+
+// just dump the statistics - never mind the log
+
+void WINAPI Msr_DumpStats(HANDLE hFile);
+
+// Type definitions in case you want to declare a pointer to the dump functions
+// (makes it a trifle easier to do dynamic linking
+// i.e. LoadModule, GetProcAddress and call that)
+
+// Typedefs so can declare MSR_DUMPPROC *MsrDumpStats; or whatever
+typedef void WINAPI MSR_DUMPPROC(HANDLE hFile);
+typedef void WINAPI MSR_CONTROLPROC(int iAction);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // __MEASURE__
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/msgthrd.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/msgthrd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45adc01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/msgthrd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MsgThrd.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides support for a worker thread
+// class to which one can asynchronously post messages.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+// Message class - really just a structure.
+//
+class CMsg {
+public:
+ UINT uMsg;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ LPVOID lpParam;
+ CAMEvent *pEvent;
+
+ CMsg(UINT u, DWORD dw, __inout_opt LPVOID lp, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvnt)
+ : uMsg(u), dwFlags(dw), lpParam(lp), pEvent(pEvnt) {}
+
+ CMsg()
+ : uMsg(0), dwFlags(0L), lpParam(NULL), pEvent(NULL) {}
+};
+
+// This is the actual thread class. It exports all the usual thread control
+// functions. The created thread is different from a normal WIN32 thread in
+// that it is prompted to perform particaular tasks by responding to messages
+// posted to its message queue.
+//
+class AM_NOVTABLE CMsgThread {
+private:
+ static DWORD WINAPI DefaultThreadProc(__inout LPVOID lpParam);
+ DWORD m_ThreadId;
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+
+protected:
+
+ // if you want to override GetThreadMsg to block on other things
+ // as well as this queue, you need access to this
+ CGenericList<CMsg> m_ThreadQueue;
+ CCritSec m_Lock;
+ HANDLE m_hSem;
+ LONG m_lWaiting;
+
+public:
+ CMsgThread()
+ : m_ThreadId(0),
+ m_hThread(NULL),
+ m_lWaiting(0),
+ m_hSem(NULL),
+ // make a list with a cache of 5 items
+ m_ThreadQueue(NAME("MsgThread list"), 5)
+ {
+ }
+
+ ~CMsgThread();
+ // override this if you want to block on other things as well
+ // as the message loop
+ void virtual GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg);
+
+ // override this if you want to do something on thread startup
+ virtual void OnThreadInit() {
+ };
+
+ BOOL CreateThread();
+
+ BOOL WaitForThreadExit(__out LPDWORD lpdwExitCode) {
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE);
+ return GetExitCodeThread(m_hThread, lpdwExitCode);
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ DWORD ResumeThread() {
+ return ::ResumeThread(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ DWORD SuspendThread() {
+ return ::SuspendThread(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ int GetThreadPriority() {
+ return ::GetThreadPriority(m_hThread);
+ }
+
+ BOOL SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) {
+ return ::SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, nPriority);
+ }
+
+ HANDLE GetThreadHandle() {
+ return m_hThread;
+ }
+
+ DWORD GetThreadId() {
+ return m_ThreadId;
+ }
+
+
+ void PutThreadMsg(UINT uMsg, DWORD dwMsgFlags,
+ __in_opt LPVOID lpMsgParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent = NULL) {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock);
+ CMsg* pMsg = new CMsg(uMsg, dwMsgFlags, lpMsgParam, pEvent);
+ m_ThreadQueue.AddTail(pMsg);
+ if (m_lWaiting != 0) {
+ ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, 0);
+ m_lWaiting = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // This is the function prototype of the function that the client
+ // supplies. It is always called on the created thread, never on
+ // the creator thread.
+ //
+ virtual LRESULT ThreadMessageProc(
+ UINT uMsg, DWORD dwFlags, __inout_opt LPVOID lpParam, __in_opt CAMEvent *pEvent) = 0;
+};
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d99697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MType.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a class that holds and
+// manages media type information.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+// helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media
+// types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined
+// in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <mmreg.h>
+
+CMediaType::~CMediaType(){
+ FreeMediaType(*this);
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType()
+{
+ InitMediaType();
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const GUID * type)
+{
+ InitMediaType();
+ majortype = *type;
+}
+
+
+// copy constructor does a deep copy of the format block
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt, __out_opt HRESULT* phr)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr) && (NULL != phr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+CMediaType::CMediaType(const CMediaType& rt, __out_opt HRESULT* phr)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr) && (NULL != phr)) {
+ *phr = hr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// this class inherits publicly from AM_MEDIA_TYPE so the compiler could generate
+// the following assignment operator itself, however it could introduce some
+// memory conflicts and leaks in the process because the structure contains
+// a dynamically allocated block (pbFormat) which it will not copy correctly
+
+CMediaType&
+CMediaType::operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt)
+{
+ Set(rt);
+ return *this;
+}
+
+CMediaType&
+CMediaType::operator=(const CMediaType& rt)
+{
+ *this = (AM_MEDIA_TYPE &) rt;
+ return *this;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::operator == (const CMediaType& rt) const
+{
+ // I don't believe we need to check sample size or
+ // temporal compression flags, since I think these must
+ // be represented in the type, subtype and format somehow. They
+ // are pulled out as separate flags so that people who don't understand
+ // the particular format representation can still see them, but
+ // they should duplicate information in the format block.
+
+ return ((IsEqualGUID(majortype,rt.majortype) == TRUE) &&
+ (IsEqualGUID(subtype,rt.subtype) == TRUE) &&
+ (IsEqualGUID(formattype,rt.formattype) == TRUE) &&
+ (cbFormat == rt.cbFormat) &&
+ ( (cbFormat == 0) ||
+ pbFormat != NULL && rt.pbFormat != NULL &&
+ (memcmp(pbFormat, rt.pbFormat, cbFormat) == 0)));
+}
+
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::operator != (const CMediaType& rt) const
+{
+ /* Check to see if they are equal */
+
+ if (*this == rt) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CMediaType::Set(const CMediaType& rt)
+{
+ return Set((AM_MEDIA_TYPE &) rt);
+}
+
+
+HRESULT
+CMediaType::Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt)
+{
+ if (&rt != this) {
+ FreeMediaType(*this);
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(this, &rt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::IsValid() const
+{
+ return (!IsEqualGUID(majortype,GUID_NULL));
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetType(const GUID* ptype)
+{
+ majortype = *ptype;
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetSubtype(const GUID* ptype)
+{
+ subtype = *ptype;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+CMediaType::GetSampleSize() const {
+ if (IsFixedSize()) {
+ return lSampleSize;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetSampleSize(ULONG sz) {
+ if (sz == 0) {
+ SetVariableSize();
+ } else {
+ bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+ lSampleSize = sz;
+ }
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetVariableSize() {
+ bFixedSizeSamples = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed) {
+ bTemporalCompression = bCompressed;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::SetFormat(__in_bcount(cb) BYTE * pformat, ULONG cb)
+{
+ if (NULL == AllocFormatBuffer(cb))
+ return(FALSE);
+
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ memcpy(pbFormat, pformat, cb);
+ return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+// set the type of the media type format block, this type defines what you
+// will actually find in the format pointer. For example FORMAT_VideoInfo or
+// FORMAT_WaveFormatEx. In the future this may be an interface pointer to a
+// property set. Before sending out media types this should be filled in.
+
+void
+CMediaType::SetFormatType(const GUID *pformattype)
+{
+ formattype = *pformattype;
+}
+
+
+// reset the format buffer
+
+void CMediaType::ResetFormatBuffer()
+{
+ if (cbFormat) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+ cbFormat = 0;
+ pbFormat = NULL;
+}
+
+
+// allocate length bytes for the format and return a read/write pointer
+// If we cannot allocate the new block of memory we return NULL leaving
+// the original block of memory untouched (as does ReallocFormatBuffer)
+
+BYTE*
+CMediaType::AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length)
+{
+ ASSERT(length);
+
+ // do the types have the same buffer size
+
+ if (cbFormat == length) {
+ return pbFormat;
+ }
+
+ // allocate the new format buffer
+
+ BYTE *pNewFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(length);
+ if (pNewFormat == NULL) {
+ if (length <= cbFormat) return pbFormat; //reuse the old block anyway.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // delete the old format
+
+ if (cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+
+ cbFormat = length;
+ pbFormat = pNewFormat;
+ return pbFormat;
+}
+
+
+// reallocate length bytes for the format and return a read/write pointer
+// to it. We keep as much information as we can given the new buffer size
+// if this fails the original format buffer is left untouched. The caller
+// is responsible for ensuring the size of memory required is non zero
+
+BYTE*
+CMediaType::ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length)
+{
+ ASSERT(length);
+
+ // do the types have the same buffer size
+
+ if (cbFormat == length) {
+ return pbFormat;
+ }
+
+ // allocate the new format buffer
+
+ BYTE *pNewFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(length);
+ if (pNewFormat == NULL) {
+ if (length <= cbFormat) return pbFormat; //reuse the old block anyway.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // copy any previous format (or part of if new is smaller)
+ // delete the old format and replace with the new one
+
+ if (cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pbFormat);
+ memcpy(pNewFormat,pbFormat,min(length,cbFormat));
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pbFormat);
+ }
+
+ cbFormat = length;
+ pbFormat = pNewFormat;
+ return pNewFormat;
+}
+
+// initialise a media type structure
+
+void CMediaType::InitMediaType()
+{
+ ZeroMemory((PVOID)this, sizeof(*this));
+ lSampleSize = 1;
+ bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// a partially specified media type can be passed to IPin::Connect
+// as a constraint on the media type used in the connection.
+// the type, subtype or format type can be null.
+BOOL
+CMediaType::IsPartiallySpecified(void) const
+{
+ if ((majortype == GUID_NULL) ||
+ (formattype == GUID_NULL)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ } else {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMediaType::MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const
+{
+ if ((ppartial->majortype != GUID_NULL) &&
+ (majortype != ppartial->majortype)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((ppartial->subtype != GUID_NULL) &&
+ (subtype != ppartial->subtype)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (ppartial->formattype != GUID_NULL) {
+ // if the format block is specified then it must match exactly
+ if (formattype != ppartial->formattype) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if (cbFormat != ppartial->cbFormat) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ if ((cbFormat != 0) &&
+ (memcmp(pbFormat, ppartial->pbFormat, cbFormat) != 0)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+}
+
+
+
+// general purpose function to delete a heap allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE structure
+// which is useful when calling IEnumMediaTypes::Next as the interface
+// implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete
+// the format block may also be a pointer to an interface to release
+
+void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)
+{
+ // allow NULL pointers for coding simplicity
+
+ if (pmt == NULL) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ FreeMediaType(*pmt);
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pmt);
+}
+
+
+// this also comes in useful when using the IEnumMediaTypes interface so
+// that you can copy a media type, you can do nearly the same by creating
+// a CMediaType object but as soon as it goes out of scope the destructor
+// will delete the memory it allocated (this takes a copy of the memory)
+
+AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSrc);
+
+ // Allocate a block of memory for the media type
+
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType =
+ (AM_MEDIA_TYPE *)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(AM_MEDIA_TYPE));
+
+ if (pMediaType == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ // Copy the variable length format block
+
+ HRESULT hr = CopyMediaType(pMediaType,pSrc);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)pMediaType);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return pMediaType;
+}
+
+
+// Copy 1 media type to another
+
+HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource)
+{
+ // We'll leak if we copy onto one that already exists - there's one
+ // case we can check like that - copying to itself.
+ ASSERT(pmtSource != pmtTarget);
+ *pmtTarget = *pmtSource;
+ if (pmtSource->cbFormat != 0) {
+ ASSERT(pmtSource->pbFormat != NULL);
+ pmtTarget->pbFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(pmtSource->cbFormat);
+ if (pmtTarget->pbFormat == NULL) {
+ pmtTarget->cbFormat = 0;
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ } else {
+ CopyMemory((PVOID)pmtTarget->pbFormat, (PVOID)pmtSource->pbFormat,
+ pmtTarget->cbFormat);
+ }
+ }
+ if (pmtTarget->pUnk != NULL) {
+ pmtTarget->pUnk->AddRef();
+ }
+
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// Free an existing media type (ie free resources it holds)
+
+void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt)
+{
+ if (mt.cbFormat != 0) {
+ CoTaskMemFree((PVOID)mt.pbFormat);
+
+ // Strictly unnecessary but tidier
+ mt.cbFormat = 0;
+ mt.pbFormat = NULL;
+ }
+ if (mt.pUnk != NULL) {
+ mt.pUnk->Release();
+ mt.pUnk = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX
+
+STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType(
+ const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx,
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ BOOL bSetFormat
+)
+{
+ pmt->majortype = MEDIATYPE_Audio;
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE) {
+ pmt->subtype = ((PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE)pwfx)->SubFormat;
+ } else {
+ pmt->subtype = FOURCCMap(pwfx->wFormatTag);
+ }
+ pmt->formattype = FORMAT_WaveFormatEx;
+ pmt->bFixedSizeSamples = TRUE;
+ pmt->bTemporalCompression = FALSE;
+ pmt->lSampleSize = pwfx->nBlockAlign;
+ pmt->pUnk = NULL;
+ if (bSetFormat) {
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) {
+ pmt->cbFormat = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX);
+ } else {
+ pmt->cbFormat = sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX) + pwfx->cbSize;
+ }
+ pmt->pbFormat = (PBYTE)CoTaskMemAlloc(pmt->cbFormat);
+ if (pmt->pbFormat == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ if (pwfx->wFormatTag == WAVE_FORMAT_PCM) {
+ CopyMemory(pmt->pbFormat, pwfx, sizeof(PCMWAVEFORMAT));
+ ((WAVEFORMATEX *)pmt->pbFormat)->cbSize = 0;
+ } else {
+ CopyMemory(pmt->pbFormat, pwfx, pmt->cbFormat);
+ }
+ }
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+// eliminate very many spurious warnings from MS compiler
+#pragma warning(disable:4514)
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc2fe53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/mtype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: MtType.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class that holds and manages
+// media type information.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __MTYPE__
+#define __MTYPE__
+
+/* Helper class that derived pin objects can use to compare media
+ types etc. Has same data members as the struct AM_MEDIA_TYPE defined
+ in the streams IDL file, but also has (non-virtual) functions */
+
+class CMediaType : public _AMMediaType {
+
+public:
+
+ ~CMediaType();
+ CMediaType();
+ CMediaType(const GUID * majortype);
+ CMediaType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL);
+ CMediaType(const CMediaType&, __out_opt HRESULT* phr = NULL);
+
+ CMediaType& operator=(const CMediaType&);
+ CMediaType& operator=(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE&);
+
+ BOOL operator == (const CMediaType&) const;
+ BOOL operator != (const CMediaType&) const;
+
+ HRESULT Set(const CMediaType& rt);
+ HRESULT Set(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE& rt);
+
+ BOOL IsValid() const;
+
+ const GUID *Type() const { return &majortype;} ;
+ void SetType(const GUID *);
+ const GUID *Subtype() const { return &subtype;} ;
+ void SetSubtype(const GUID *);
+
+ BOOL IsFixedSize() const {return bFixedSizeSamples; };
+ BOOL IsTemporalCompressed() const {return bTemporalCompression; };
+ ULONG GetSampleSize() const;
+
+ void SetSampleSize(ULONG sz);
+ void SetVariableSize();
+ void SetTemporalCompression(BOOL bCompressed);
+
+ // read/write pointer to format - can't change length without
+ // calling SetFormat, AllocFormatBuffer or ReallocFormatBuffer
+
+ BYTE* Format() const {return pbFormat; };
+ ULONG FormatLength() const { return cbFormat; };
+
+ void SetFormatType(const GUID *);
+ const GUID *FormatType() const {return &formattype; };
+ BOOL SetFormat(__in_bcount(length) BYTE *pFormat, ULONG length);
+ void ResetFormatBuffer();
+ BYTE* AllocFormatBuffer(ULONG length);
+ BYTE* ReallocFormatBuffer(ULONG length);
+
+ void InitMediaType();
+
+ BOOL MatchesPartial(const CMediaType* ppartial) const;
+ BOOL IsPartiallySpecified(void) const;
+};
+
+
+/* General purpose functions to copy and delete a task allocated AM_MEDIA_TYPE
+ structure which is useful when using the IEnumMediaFormats interface as
+ the implementation allocates the structures which you must later delete */
+
+void WINAPI DeleteMediaType(__inout_opt AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);
+AM_MEDIA_TYPE * WINAPI CreateMediaType(AM_MEDIA_TYPE const *pSrc);
+HRESULT WINAPI CopyMediaType(__out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtTarget, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtSource);
+void WINAPI FreeMediaType(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE& mt);
+
+// Initialize a media type from a WAVEFORMATEX
+
+STDAPI CreateAudioMediaType(
+ const WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx,
+ __out AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt,
+ BOOL bSetFormat);
+
+#endif /* __MTYPE__ */
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2b0bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefClock.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines the IReferenceClock interface.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __BASEREFCLOCK__
+#define __BASEREFCLOCK__
+
+#include <Schedule.h>
+
+const UINT RESOLUTION = 1; /* High resolution timer */
+const INT ADVISE_CACHE = 4; /* Default cache size */
+const LONGLONG MAX_TIME = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF; /* Maximum LONGLONG value */
+
+inline LONGLONG WINAPI ConvertToMilliseconds(const REFERENCE_TIME& RT)
+{
+ /* This converts an arbitrary value representing a reference time
+ into a MILLISECONDS value for use in subsequent system calls */
+
+ return (RT / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS));
+}
+
+/* This class hierarchy will support an IReferenceClock interface so
+ that an audio card (or other externally driven clock) can update the
+ system wide clock that everyone uses.
+
+ The interface will be pretty thin with probably just one update method
+ This interface has not yet been defined.
+ */
+
+/* This abstract base class implements the IReferenceClock
+ * interface. Classes that actually provide clock signals (from
+ * whatever source) have to be derived from this class.
+ *
+ * The abstract class provides implementations for:
+ * CUnknown support
+ * locking support (CCritSec)
+ * client advise code (creates a thread)
+ *
+ * Question: what can we do about quality? Change the timer
+ * resolution to lower the system load? Up the priority of the
+ * timer thread to force more responsive signals?
+ *
+ * During class construction we create a worker thread that is destroyed during
+ * destuction. This thread executes a series of WaitForSingleObject calls,
+ * waking up when a command is given to the thread or the next wake up point
+ * is reached. The wakeup points are determined by clients making Advise
+ * calls.
+ *
+ * Each advise call defines a point in time when they wish to be notified. A
+ * periodic advise is a series of these such events. We maintain a list of
+ * advise links and calculate when the nearest event notification is due for.
+ * We then call WaitForSingleObject with a timeout equal to this time. The
+ * handle we wait on is used by the class to signal that something has changed
+ * and that we must reschedule the next event. This typically happens when
+ * someone comes in and asks for an advise link while we are waiting for an
+ * event to timeout.
+ *
+ * While we are modifying the list of advise requests we
+ * are protected from interference through a critical section. Clients are NOT
+ * advised through callbacks. One shot clients have an event set, while
+ * periodic clients have a semaphore released for each event notification. A
+ * semaphore allows a client to be kept up to date with the number of events
+ * actually triggered and be assured that they can't miss multiple events being
+ * set.
+ *
+ * Keeping track of advises is taken care of by the CAMSchedule class.
+ */
+
+class CBaseReferenceClock
+: public CUnknown, public IReferenceClock, public CCritSec, public IReferenceClockTimerControl
+{
+protected:
+ virtual ~CBaseReferenceClock(); // Don't let me be created on the stack!
+public:
+ CBaseReferenceClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pSched = 0 );
+
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+
+ /* IReferenceClock methods */
+ // Derived classes must implement GetPrivateTime(). All our GetTime
+ // does is call GetPrivateTime and then check so that time does not
+ // go backwards. A return code of S_FALSE implies that the internal
+ // clock has gone backwards and GetTime time has halted until internal
+ // time has caught up. (Don't know if this will be much use to folk,
+ // but it seems odd not to use the return code for something useful.)
+ STDMETHODIMP GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime);
+ // When this is called, it sets m_rtLastGotTime to the time it returns.
+
+ /* Provide standard mechanisms for scheduling events */
+
+ /* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */
+ STDMETHODIMP AdviseTime(
+ REFERENCE_TIME baseTime, // base reference time
+ REFERENCE_TIME streamTime, // stream offset time
+ HEVENT hEvent, // advise via this event
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes
+ );
+
+ /* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */
+ STDMETHODIMP AdvisePeriodic(
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartTime, // starting at this time
+ REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime, // time between notifications
+ HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore, // advise via a semaphore
+ __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie// where your cookie goes
+ );
+
+ /* Cancel a request for notification(s) - if the notification was
+ * a one shot timer then this function doesn't need to be called
+ * as the advise is automatically cancelled, however it does no
+ * harm to explicitly cancel a one-shot advise. It is REQUIRED that
+ * clients call Unadvise to clear a Periodic advise setting.
+ */
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie);
+
+ /* Methods for the benefit of derived classes or outer objects */
+
+ // GetPrivateTime() is the REAL clock. GetTime is just a cover for
+ // it. Derived classes will probably override this method but not
+ // GetTime() itself.
+ // The important point about GetPrivateTime() is it's allowed to go
+ // backwards. Our GetTime() will keep returning the LastGotTime
+ // until GetPrivateTime() catches up.
+ virtual REFERENCE_TIME GetPrivateTime();
+
+ /* Provide a method for correcting drift */
+ STDMETHODIMP SetTimeDelta( const REFERENCE_TIME& TimeDelta );
+
+ CAMSchedule * GetSchedule() const { return m_pSchedule; }
+
+ // IReferenceClockTimerControl methods
+ //
+ // Setting a default of 0 disables the default of 1ms
+ STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns
+ );
+ STDMETHODIMP GetDefaultTimerResolution(
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns
+ );
+
+private:
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtPrivateTime; // Current best estimate of time
+ DWORD m_dwPrevSystemTime; // Last vaule we got from timeGetTime
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtLastGotTime; // Last time returned by GetTime
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_rtNextAdvise; // Time of next advise
+ UINT m_TimerResolution;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ int m_idGetSystemTime;
+#endif
+
+// Thread stuff
+public:
+ void TriggerThread() // Wakes thread up. Need to do this if
+ { // time to next advise needs reevaluating.
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()));
+ }
+
+
+private:
+ BOOL m_bAbort; // Flag used for thread shutdown
+ HANDLE m_hThread; // Thread handle
+
+ HRESULT AdviseThread(); // Method in which the advise thread runs
+ static DWORD __stdcall AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID); // Function used to get there
+
+protected:
+ CAMSchedule * m_pSchedule;
+
+ void Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime = 0I64) ;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/reftime.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/reftime.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bc99a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/reftime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RefTime.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CRefTime, a class that manages
+// reference times.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// CRefTime
+//
+// Manage reference times.
+// Shares same data layout as REFERENCE_TIME, but adds some (nonvirtual)
+// functions providing simple comparison, conversion and arithmetic.
+//
+// A reference time (at the moment) is a unit of seconds represented in
+// 100ns units as is used in the Win32 FILETIME structure. BUT the time
+// a REFERENCE_TIME represents is NOT the time elapsed since 1/1/1601 it
+// will either be stream time or reference time depending upon context
+//
+// This class provides simple arithmetic operations on reference times
+//
+// keep non-virtual otherwise the data layout will not be the same as
+// REFERENCE_TIME
+
+
+// -----
+// note that you are safe to cast a CRefTime* to a REFERENCE_TIME*, but
+// you will need to do so explicitly
+// -----
+
+
+#ifndef __REFTIME__
+#define __REFTIME__
+
+
+const LONGLONG MILLISECONDS = (1000); // 10 ^ 3
+const LONGLONG NANOSECONDS = (1000000000); // 10 ^ 9
+const LONGLONG UNITS = (NANOSECONDS / 100); // 10 ^ 7
+
+/* Unfortunately an inline function here generates a call to __allmul
+ - even for constants!
+*/
+#define MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(lMs) \
+ Int32x32To64((lMs), (UNITS / MILLISECONDS))
+
+class CRefTime
+{
+public:
+
+ // *MUST* be the only data member so that this class is exactly
+ // equivalent to a REFERENCE_TIME.
+ // Also, must be *no virtual functions*
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_time;
+
+ inline CRefTime()
+ {
+ // default to 0 time
+ m_time = 0;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime(LONG msecs)
+ {
+ m_time = MILLISECONDS_TO_100NS_UNITS(msecs);
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime(REFERENCE_TIME rt)
+ {
+ m_time = rt;
+ };
+
+ inline operator REFERENCE_TIME() const
+ {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ m_time = rt.m_time;
+ return *this;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator=(const LONGLONG ll)
+ {
+ m_time = ll;
+ return *this;
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator+=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return (*this = *this + rt);
+ };
+
+ inline CRefTime& operator-=(const CRefTime& rt)
+ {
+ return (*this = *this - rt);
+ };
+
+ inline LONG Millisecs(void)
+ {
+ return (LONG)(m_time / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS));
+ };
+
+ inline LONGLONG GetUnits(void)
+ {
+ return m_time;
+ };
+};
+
+const LONGLONG TimeZero = 0;
+
+#endif /* __REFTIME__ */
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b354b5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2862 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RenBase.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h> // DirectShow base class definitions
+#include <mmsystem.h> // Needed for definition of timeGetTime
+#include <limits.h> // Standard data type limit definitions
+#include <measure.h> // Used for time critical log functions
+
+#pragma warning(disable:4355)
+
+// Helper function for clamping time differences
+int inline TimeDiff(REFERENCE_TIME rt)
+{
+ if (rt < - (50 * UNITS)) {
+ return -(50 * UNITS);
+ } else
+ if (rt > 50 * UNITS) {
+ return 50 * UNITS;
+ } else return (int)rt;
+}
+
+// Implements the CBaseRenderer class
+
+CBaseRenderer::CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // General OLE return code
+
+ CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_InterfaceLock,RenderClass),
+ m_evComplete(TRUE, phr),
+ m_RenderEvent(FALSE, phr),
+ m_bAbort(FALSE),
+ m_pPosition(NULL),
+ m_ThreadSignal(TRUE, phr),
+ m_bStreaming(FALSE),
+ m_bEOS(FALSE),
+ m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),
+ m_pMediaSample(NULL),
+ m_dwAdvise(0),
+ m_pQSink(NULL),
+ m_pInputPin(NULL),
+ m_bRepaintStatus(TRUE),
+ m_SignalTime(0),
+ m_bInReceive(FALSE),
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer(0)
+{
+ if (SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ Ready();
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_idBaseStamp = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: sample time stamp"));
+ m_idBaseRenderTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: draw time (msec)"));
+ m_idBaseAccuracy = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("BaseRenderer: Accuracy (msec)"));
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+// Delete the dynamically allocated IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking helper
+// object. The object is created when somebody queries us. These are standard
+// control interfaces for seeking and setting start/stop positions and rates.
+// We will probably also have made an input pin based on CRendererInputPin
+// that has to be deleted, it's created when an enumerator calls our GetPin
+
+CBaseRenderer::~CBaseRenderer()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_bStreaming == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ StopStreaming();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+
+ // Delete any IMediaPosition implementation
+
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ delete m_pPosition;
+ m_pPosition = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Delete any input pin created
+
+ if (m_pInputPin) {
+ delete m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Release any Quality sink
+
+ ASSERT(m_pQSink == NULL);
+}
+
+
+// This returns the IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking interfaces
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectCreationLock(&m_ObjectCreationLock);
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ return m_pPosition->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+
+ CBasePin *pPin = GetPin(0);
+ if (NULL == pPin) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ // Create implementation of this dynamically since sometimes we may
+ // never try and do a seek. The helper object implements a position
+ // control interface (IMediaPosition) which in fact simply takes the
+ // calls normally from the filter graph and passes them upstream
+
+ m_pPosition = new CRendererPosPassThru(NAME("Renderer CPosPassThru"),
+ CBaseFilter::GetOwner(),
+ (HRESULT *) &hr,
+ pPin);
+ if (m_pPosition == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pPosition;
+ m_pPosition = NULL;
+ return E_NOINTERFACE;
+ }
+ return GetMediaPositionInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)
+{
+ // Do we have this interface
+
+ if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition || riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {
+ return GetMediaPositionInterface(riid,ppv);
+ } else {
+ return CBaseFilter::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called whenever we change states, we have a manual reset event that
+// is signalled whenever we don't won't the source filter thread to wait in us
+// (such as in a stopped state) and likewise is not signalled whenever it can
+// wait (during paused and running) this function sets or resets the thread
+// event. The event is used to stop source filter threads waiting in Receive
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait)
+{
+ if (bCanWait == TRUE) {
+ m_ThreadSignal.Reset();
+ } else {
+ m_ThreadSignal.Set();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+// Dump the current renderer state to the debug terminal. The hardest part of
+// the renderer is the window where we unlock everything to wait for a clock
+// to signal it is time to draw or for the application to cancel everything
+// by stopping the filter. If we get things wrong we can leave the thread in
+// WaitForRenderTime with no way for it to ever get out and we will deadlock
+
+void CBaseRenderer::DisplayRendererState()
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("\nTimed out in WaitForRenderTime")));
+
+ // No way should this be signalled at this point
+
+ BOOL bSignalled = m_ThreadSignal.Check();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Signal sanity check %d"),bSignalled));
+
+ // Now output the current renderer state variables
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Filter state %d"),m_State));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Abort flag %d"),m_bAbort));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Streaming flag %d"),m_bStreaming));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Clock advise link %d"),m_dwAdvise));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Current media sample %x"),m_pMediaSample));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("EOS signalled %d"),m_bEOS));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("EOS delivered %d"),m_bEOSDelivered));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Repaint status %d"),m_bRepaintStatus));
+
+
+ // Output the delayed end of stream timer information
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("End of stream timer %x"),m_EndOfStreamTimer));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Deliver time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)m_SignalTime)));
+
+
+ // Should never timeout during a flushing state
+
+ BOOL bFlushing = m_pInputPin->IsFlushing();
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Flushing sanity check %d"),bFlushing));
+
+ // Display the time we were told to start at
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Last run time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)m_tStart.m_time)));
+
+ // Have we got a reference clock
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) return;
+
+ // Get the current time from the wall clock
+
+ CRefTime CurrentTime,StartTime,EndTime;
+ m_pClock->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*) &CurrentTime);
+ CRefTime Offset = CurrentTime - m_tStart;
+
+ // Display the current time from the clock
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Clock time %s"),CDisp((LONGLONG)CurrentTime.m_time)));
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Time difference %dms"),Offset.Millisecs()));
+
+
+ // Do we have a sample ready to render
+ if (m_pMediaSample == NULL) return;
+
+ m_pMediaSample->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&StartTime, (REFERENCE_TIME*)&EndTime);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Next sample stream times (Start %d End %d ms)"),
+ StartTime.Millisecs(),EndTime.Millisecs()));
+
+ // Calculate how long it is until it is due for rendering
+ CRefTime Wait = (m_tStart + StartTime) - CurrentTime;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Wait required %d ms"),Wait.Millisecs()));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+// Wait until the clock sets the timer event or we're otherwise signalled. We
+// set an arbitrary timeout for this wait and if it fires then we display the
+// current renderer state on the debugger. It will often fire if the filter's
+// left paused in an application however it may also fire during stress tests
+// if the synchronisation with application seeks and state changes is faulty
+
+#define RENDER_TIMEOUT 10000
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::WaitForRenderTime()
+{
+ HANDLE WaitObjects[] = { m_ThreadSignal, m_RenderEvent };
+ DWORD Result = WAIT_TIMEOUT;
+
+ // Wait for either the time to arrive or for us to be stopped
+
+ OnWaitStart();
+ while (Result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ Result = WaitForMultipleObjects(2,WaitObjects,FALSE,RENDER_TIMEOUT);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ if (Result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) DisplayRendererState();
+#endif
+
+ }
+ OnWaitEnd();
+
+ // We may have been awoken without the timer firing
+
+ if (Result == WAIT_OBJECT_0) {
+ return VFW_E_STATE_CHANGED;
+ }
+
+ SignalTimerFired();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Poll waiting for Receive to complete. This really matters when
+// Receive may set the palette and cause window messages
+// The problem is that if we don't really wait for a renderer to
+// stop processing we can deadlock waiting for a transform which
+// is calling the renderer's Receive() method because the transform's
+// Stop method doesn't know to process window messages to unblock
+// the renderer's Receive processing
+void CBaseRenderer::WaitForReceiveToComplete()
+{
+ for (;;) {
+ if (!m_bInReceive) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ MSG msg;
+ // Receive all interthread snedmessages
+ PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_NULL, WM_NULL, PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ Sleep(1);
+ }
+
+ // If the wakebit for QS_POSTMESSAGE is set, the PeekMessage call
+ // above just cleared the changebit which will cause some messaging
+ // calls to block (waitMessage, MsgWaitFor...) now.
+ // Post a dummy message to set the QS_POSTMESSAGE bit again
+ if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_POSTMESSAGE)) & QS_POSTMESSAGE) {
+ // Send dummy message
+ PostThreadMessage(GetCurrentThreadId(), WM_NULL, 0, 0);
+ }
+}
+
+// A filter can have four discrete states, namely Stopped, Running, Paused,
+// Intermediate. We are in an intermediate state if we are currently trying
+// to pause but haven't yet got the first sample (or if we have been flushed
+// in paused state and therefore still have to wait for a sample to arrive)
+
+// This class contains an event called m_evComplete which is signalled when
+// the current state is completed and is not signalled when we are waiting to
+// complete the last state transition. As mentioned above the only time we
+// use this at the moment is when we wait for a media sample in paused state
+// If while we are waiting we receive an end of stream notification from the
+// source filter then we know no data is imminent so we can reset the event
+// This means that when we transition to paused the source filter must call
+// end of stream on us or send us an image otherwise we'll hang indefinately
+
+
+// Simple internal way of getting the real state
+
+FILTER_STATE CBaseRenderer::GetRealState() {
+ return m_State;
+}
+
+
+// The renderer doesn't complete the full transition to paused states until
+// it has got one media sample to render. If you ask it for its state while
+// it's waiting it will return the state along with VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::GetState(DWORD dwMSecs,FILTER_STATE *State)
+{
+ CheckPointer(State,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (WaitDispatchingMessages(m_evComplete, dwMSecs) == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ *State = m_State;
+ return VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE;
+ }
+ *State = m_State;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// If we're pausing and we have no samples we don't complete the transition
+// to State_Paused and we return S_FALSE. However if the m_bAbort flag has
+// been set then all samples are rejected so there is no point waiting for
+// one. If we do have a sample then return NOERROR. We will only ever return
+// VFW_S_STATE_INTERMEDIATE from GetState after being paused with no sample
+// (calling GetState after either being stopped or Run will NOT return this)
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState)
+{
+ // Allow us to be paused when disconnected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Have we run off the end of stream
+
+ if (IsEndOfStream() == TRUE) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure we get fresh data after being stopped
+
+ if (HaveCurrentSample() == TRUE) {
+ if (OldState != State_Stopped) {
+ Ready();
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ NotReady();
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// When we stop the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Decommit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Release the source filter if it's waiting in Receive
+// Cancel any advise link we set up with the clock
+// Any end of stream signalled is now obsolete so reset
+// Allow us to be stopped when we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Stop()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Is our input pin connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Input pin is not connected");
+ m_State = State_Stopped;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ CBaseFilter::Stop();
+
+ // If we are going into a stopped state then we must decommit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter waiting in the
+ // GetBuffer can be released and unlock themselves for a state change
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Decommit();
+ }
+
+ // Cancel any scheduled rendering
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ StopStreaming();
+ SourceThreadCanWait(FALSE);
+ ResetEndOfStream();
+ CancelNotification();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding clock advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+
+ Ready();
+ WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we pause the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Commit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Allow a source filter thread to wait in Receive
+// Cancel any clock advise link (we may be running)
+// Possibly complete the state change if we have data
+// Allow us to be paused when we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Pause()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE OldState = m_State;
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ return CompleteStateChange(State_Paused);
+ }
+
+ // Has our input pin been connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NOTE("Input pin is not connected");
+ m_State = State_Paused;
+ return CompleteStateChange(State_Paused);
+ }
+
+ // Pause the base filter class
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseFilter::Pause();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("Pause failed");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Enable EC_REPAINT events again
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ StopStreaming();
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ CancelNotification();
+ ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+
+ // If we are going into a paused state then we must commit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter can call the
+ // GetBuffer and expect to get a buffer without returning an error
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Commit();
+ }
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // When we come out of a stopped state we must clear any image we were
+ // holding onto for frame refreshing. Since renderers see state changes
+ // first we can reset ourselves ready to accept the source thread data
+ // Paused or running after being stopped causes the current position to
+ // be reset so we're not interested in passing end of stream signals
+
+ if (OldState == State_Stopped) {
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ }
+ return CompleteStateChange(OldState);
+}
+
+
+// When we run the filter the things we do are:-
+
+// Commit the allocator being used in the connection
+// Allow a source filter thread to wait in Receive
+// Signal the render event just to get us going
+// Start the base class by calling StartStreaming
+// Allow us to be run when we are not connected
+// Signal EC_COMPLETE if we are not connected
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime)
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ FILTER_STATE OldState = m_State;
+
+ // Make sure there really is a state change
+
+ if (m_State == State_Running) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Send EC_COMPLETE if we're not connected
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE,S_OK,(LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)this);
+ m_State = State_Running;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ Ready();
+
+ // Pause the base filter class
+
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseFilter::Run(StartTime);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ NOTE("Run failed");
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Allow the source thread to wait
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+
+ // If we are going into a running state then we must commit whatever
+ // allocator we are using it so that any source filter can call the
+ // GetBuffer and expect to get a buffer without returning an error
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->Allocator()) {
+ m_pInputPin->Allocator()->Commit();
+ }
+
+ // When we come out of a stopped state we must clear any image we were
+ // holding onto for frame refreshing. Since renderers see state changes
+ // first we can reset ourselves ready to accept the source thread data
+ // Paused or running after being stopped causes the current position to
+ // be reset so we're not interested in passing end of stream signals
+
+ if (OldState == State_Stopped) {
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ }
+ return StartStreaming();
+}
+
+
+// Return the number of input pins we support
+
+int CBaseRenderer::GetPinCount()
+{
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+ // Try to create it
+ (void)GetPin(0);
+ }
+ return m_pInputPin != NULL ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+
+// We only support one input pin and it is numbered zero
+
+CBasePin *CBaseRenderer::GetPin(int n)
+{
+ CAutoLock cObjectCreationLock(&m_ObjectCreationLock);
+
+ // Should only ever be called with zero
+ ASSERT(n == 0);
+
+ if (n != 0) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Create the input pin if not already done so
+
+ if (m_pInputPin == NULL) {
+
+ // hr must be initialized to NOERROR because
+ // CRendererInputPin's constructor only changes
+ // hr's value if an error occurs.
+ HRESULT hr = NOERROR;
+
+ m_pInputPin = new CRendererInputPin(this,&hr,L"In");
+ if (NULL == m_pInputPin) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ delete m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin = NULL;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return m_pInputPin;
+}
+
+
+// If "In" then return the IPin for our input pin, otherwise NULL and error
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseRenderer::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);
+
+ if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"In")) {
+ *ppPin = GetPin(0);
+ if (*ppPin) {
+ (*ppPin)->AddRef();
+ } else {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ } else {
+ *ppPin = NULL;
+ return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin receives an EndOfStream notification. If we have
+// not got a sample, then notify EC_COMPLETE now. If we have samples, then set
+// m_bEOS and check for this on completing samples. If we're waiting to pause
+// then complete the transition to paused state by setting the state event
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::EndOfStream()
+{
+ // Ignore these calls if we are stopped
+
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If we have a sample then wait for it to be rendered
+
+ m_bEOS = TRUE;
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If we are waiting for pause then we are now ready since we cannot now
+ // carry on waiting for a sample to arrive since we are being told there
+ // won't be any. This sets an event that the GetState function picks up
+
+ Ready();
+
+ // Only signal completion now if we are running otherwise queue it until
+ // we do run in StartStreaming. This is used when we seek because a seek
+ // causes a pause where early notification of completion is misleading
+
+ if (m_bStreaming) {
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we are told to flush we should release the source thread
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::BeginFlush()
+{
+ // If paused then report state intermediate until we get some data
+
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ NotReady();
+ }
+
+ SourceThreadCanWait(FALSE);
+ CancelNotification();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ // Wait for Receive to complete
+ WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// After flushing the source thread can wait in Receive again
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::EndFlush()
+{
+ // Reset the current sample media time
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->ResetMediaTime();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ SourceThreadCanWait(TRUE);
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We can now send EC_REPAINTs if so required
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ // The caller should always hold the interface lock because
+ // the function uses CBaseFilter::m_State.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_InterfaceLock));
+
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ if (State_Running == GetRealState()) {
+ HRESULT hr = StartStreaming();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ } else {
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go paused or running
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Active()
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go into a stopped state
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Inactive()
+{
+ if (m_pPosition) {
+ m_pPosition->ResetMediaTime();
+ }
+ // People who derive from this may want to override this behaviour
+ // to keep hold of the sample in some circumstances
+ ClearPendingSample();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Tell derived classes about the media type agreed
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// When we break the input pin connection we should reset the EOS flags. When
+// we are asked for either IMediaPosition or IMediaSeeking we will create a
+// CPosPassThru object to handles media time pass through. When we're handed
+// samples we store (by calling CPosPassThru::RegisterMediaTime) their media
+// times so we can then return a real current position of data being rendered
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::BreakConnect()
+{
+ // Do we have a quality management sink
+
+ if (m_pQSink) {
+ m_pQSink->Release();
+ m_pQSink = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Check we have a valid connection
+
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Check we are stopped before disconnecting
+ if (m_State != State_Stopped && !m_pInputPin->CanReconnectWhenActive()) {
+ return VFW_E_NOT_STOPPED;
+ }
+
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ ResetEndOfStream();
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ m_bAbort = FALSE;
+
+ if (State_Running == m_State) {
+ StopStreaming();
+ }
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Retrieves the sample times for this samples (note the sample times are
+// passed in by reference not value). We return S_FALSE to say schedule this
+// sample according to the times on the sample. We also return S_OK in
+// which case the object should simply render the sample data immediately
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime)
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ ASSERT(pMediaSample);
+
+ // If the stop time for this sample is before or the same as start time,
+ // then just ignore it (release it) and schedule the next one in line
+ // Source filters should always fill in the start and end times properly!
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(pMediaSample->GetTime(pStartTime, pEndTime))) {
+ if (*pEndTime < *pStartTime) {
+ return VFW_E_START_TIME_AFTER_END;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // no time set in the sample... draw it now?
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+
+ // Can't synchronise without a clock so we return S_OK which tells the
+ // caller that the sample should be rendered immediately without going
+ // through the overhead of setting a timer advise link with the clock
+
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return S_OK;
+ }
+ return ShouldDrawSampleNow(pMediaSample,pStartTime,pEndTime);
+}
+
+
+// By default all samples are drawn according to their time stamps so we
+// return S_FALSE. Returning S_OK means draw immediately, this is used
+// by the derived video renderer class in its quality management.
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd)
+{
+ return S_FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// We must always reset the current advise time to zero after a timer fires
+// because there are several possible ways which lead us not to do any more
+// scheduling such as the pending image being cleared after state changes
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SignalTimerFired()
+{
+ m_dwAdvise = 0;
+}
+
+
+// Cancel any notification currently scheduled. This is called by the owning
+// window object when it is told to stop streaming. If there is no timer link
+// outstanding then calling this is benign otherwise we go ahead and cancel
+// We must always reset the render event as the quality management code can
+// signal immediate rendering by setting the event without setting an advise
+// link. If we're subsequently stopped and run the first attempt to setup an
+// advise link with the reference clock will find the event still signalled
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::CancelNotification()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0 || m_pClock);
+ DWORD_PTR dwAdvise = m_dwAdvise;
+
+ // Have we a live advise link
+
+ if (m_dwAdvise) {
+ m_pClock->Unadvise(m_dwAdvise);
+ SignalTimerFired();
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ }
+
+ // Clear the event and return our status
+
+ m_RenderEvent.Reset();
+ return (dwAdvise ? S_OK : S_FALSE);
+}
+
+
+// Responsible for setting up one shot advise links with the clock
+// Return FALSE if the sample is to be dropped (not drawn at all)
+// Return TRUE if the sample is to be drawn and in this case also
+// arrange for m_RenderEvent to be set at the appropriate time
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ REFERENCE_TIME StartSample, EndSample;
+
+ // Is someone pulling our leg
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Get the next sample due up for rendering. If there aren't any ready
+ // then GetNextSampleTimes returns an error. If there is one to be done
+ // then it succeeds and yields the sample times. If it is due now then
+ // it returns S_OK other if it's to be done when due it returns S_FALSE
+
+ HRESULT hr = GetSampleTimes(pMediaSample, &StartSample, &EndSample);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If we don't have a reference clock then we cannot set up the advise
+ // time so we simply set the event indicating an image to render. This
+ // will cause us to run flat out without any timing or synchronisation
+
+ if (hr == S_OK) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent((HANDLE) m_RenderEvent));
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ ASSERT(m_pClock);
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+
+ // We do have a valid reference clock interface so we can ask it to
+ // set an event when the image comes due for rendering. We pass in
+ // the reference time we were told to start at and also the current
+ // stream time which is the offset from the start reference time
+
+ hr = m_pClock->AdviseTime(
+ (REFERENCE_TIME) m_tStart, // Start run time
+ StartSample, // Stream time
+ (HEVENT)(HANDLE) m_RenderEvent, // Render notification
+ &m_dwAdvise); // Advise cookie
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ // We could not schedule the next sample for rendering despite the fact
+ // we have a valid sample here. This is a fair indication that either
+ // the system clock is wrong or the time stamp for the sample is duff
+
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when a sample comes due for rendering. We pass the sample
+// on to the derived class. After rendering we will initialise the timer for
+// the next sample, NOTE signal that the last one fired first, if we don't
+// do this it thinks there is still one outstanding that hasn't completed
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // If the media sample is NULL then we will have been notified by the
+ // clock that another sample is ready but in the mean time someone has
+ // stopped us streaming which causes the next sample to be released
+
+ if (pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // If we have stopped streaming then don't render any more samples, the
+ // thread that got in and locked us and then reset this flag does not
+ // clear the pending sample as we can use it to refresh any output device
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ return S_FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // Time how long the rendering takes
+
+ OnRenderStart(pMediaSample);
+ DoRenderSample(pMediaSample);
+ OnRenderEnd(pMediaSample);
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Checks if there is a sample waiting at the renderer
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::HaveCurrentSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ return (m_pMediaSample == NULL ? FALSE : TRUE);
+}
+
+
+// Returns the current sample waiting at the video renderer. We AddRef the
+// sample before returning so that should it come due for rendering the
+// person who called this method will hold the remaining reference count
+// that will stop the sample being added back onto the allocator free list
+
+IMediaSample *CBaseRenderer::GetCurrentSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ m_pMediaSample->AddRef();
+ }
+ return m_pMediaSample;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the source delivers us a sample. We go through a few checks to
+// make sure the sample can be rendered. If we are running (streaming) then we
+// have the sample scheduled with the reference clock, if we are not streaming
+// then we have received an sample in paused mode so we can complete any state
+// transition. On leaving this function everything will be unlocked so an app
+// thread may get in and change our state to stopped (for example) in which
+// case it will also signal the thread event so that our wait call is stopped
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ m_bInReceive = TRUE;
+
+ // Check our flushing and filter state
+
+ // This function must hold the interface lock because it calls
+ // CBaseInputPin::Receive() and CBaseInputPin::Receive() uses
+ // CBasePin::m_bRunTimeError.
+ HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->CBaseInputPin::Receive(pMediaSample);
+
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // Has the type changed on a media sample. We do all rendering
+ // synchronously on the source thread, which has a side effect
+ // that only one buffer is ever outstanding. Therefore when we
+ // have Receive called we can go ahead and change the format
+ // Since the format change can cause a SendMessage we just don't
+ // lock
+ if (m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->pMediaType) {
+ hr = m_pInputPin->SetMediaType(
+ (CMediaType *)m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->pMediaType);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return hr;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ ASSERT(IsActive() == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == TRUE);
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaSample == NULL);
+
+ // Return an error if we already have a sample waiting for rendering
+ // source pins must serialise the Receive calls - we also check that
+ // no data is being sent after the source signalled an end of stream
+
+ if (m_pMediaSample || m_bEOS || m_bAbort) {
+ Ready();
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return E_UNEXPECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Store the media times from this sample
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->RegisterMediaTime(pMediaSample);
+
+ // Schedule the next sample if we are streaming
+
+ if ((m_bStreaming == TRUE) && (ScheduleSample(pMediaSample) == FALSE)) {
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED;
+ }
+
+ // Store the sample end time for EC_COMPLETE handling
+ m_SignalTime = m_pInputPin->SampleProps()->tStop;
+
+ // BEWARE we sometimes keep the sample even after returning the thread to
+ // the source filter such as when we go into a stopped state (we keep it
+ // to refresh the device with) so we must AddRef it to keep it safely. If
+ // we start flushing the source thread is released and any sample waiting
+ // will be released otherwise GetBuffer may never return (see BeginFlush)
+
+ m_pMediaSample = pMediaSample;
+ m_pMediaSample->AddRef();
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ SetRepaintStatus(TRUE);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Called by the source filter when we have a sample to render. Under normal
+// circumstances we set an advise link with the clock, wait for the time to
+// arrive and then render the data using the PURE virtual DoRenderSample that
+// the derived class will have overriden. After rendering the sample we may
+// also signal EOS if it was the last one sent before EndOfStream was called
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ ASSERT(pSample);
+
+ // It may return VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED code to say don't bother
+
+ HRESULT hr = PrepareReceive(pSample);
+ ASSERT(m_bInReceive == SUCCEEDED(hr));
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ if (hr == VFW_E_SAMPLE_REJECTED) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // We realize the palette in "PrepareRender()" so we have to give away the
+ // filter lock here.
+ if (m_State == State_Paused) {
+ PrepareRender();
+ // no need to use InterlockedExchange
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ {
+ // We must hold both these locks
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped)
+ return NOERROR;
+
+ m_bInReceive = TRUE;
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ OnReceiveFirstSample(pSample);
+ }
+ Ready();
+ }
+ // Having set an advise link with the clock we sit and wait. We may be
+ // awoken by the clock firing or by a state change. The rendering call
+ // will lock the critical section and check we can still render the data
+
+ hr = WaitForRenderTime();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ PrepareRender();
+
+ // Set this here and poll it until we work out the locking correctly
+ // It can't be right that the streaming stuff grabs the interface
+ // lock - after all we want to be able to wait for this stuff
+ // to complete
+ m_bInReceive = FALSE;
+
+ // We must hold both these locks
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // since we gave away the filter wide lock, the sate of the filter could
+ // have chnaged to Stopped
+ if (m_State == State_Stopped)
+ return NOERROR;
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ // Deal with this sample
+
+ Render(m_pMediaSample);
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ CancelNotification();
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we stop or are inactivated to clear the pending sample
+// We release the media sample interface so that they can be allocated to the
+// source filter again, unless of course we are changing state to inactive in
+// which case GetBuffer will return an error. We must also reset the current
+// media sample to NULL so that we know we do not currently have an image
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ClearPendingSample()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pMediaSample) {
+ m_pMediaSample->Release();
+ m_pMediaSample = NULL;
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Used to signal end of stream according to the sample end time
+
+void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier
+ UINT uMsg, // Not currently used
+ DWORD_PTR dwUser,// User information
+ DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved
+ DWORD_PTR dw2) // is also reserved
+{
+ CBaseRenderer *pRenderer = (CBaseRenderer *) dwUser;
+ NOTE1("EndOfStreamTimer called (%d)",uID);
+ pRenderer->TimerCallback();
+}
+
+// Do the timer callback work
+void CBaseRenderer::TimerCallback()
+{
+ // Lock for synchronization (but don't hold this lock when calling
+ // timeKillEvent)
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ // See if we should signal end of stream now
+
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+ SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+}
+
+
+// If we are at the end of the stream signal the filter graph but do not set
+// the state flag back to FALSE. Once we drop off the end of the stream we
+// leave the flag set (until a subsequent ResetEndOfStream). Each sample we
+// get delivered will update m_SignalTime to be the last sample's end time.
+// We must wait this long before signalling end of stream to the filtergraph
+
+#define TIMEOUT_DELIVERYWAIT 50
+#define TIMEOUT_RESOLUTION 10
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::SendEndOfStream()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_RendererLock));
+ if (m_bEOS == FALSE || m_bEOSDelivered || m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If there is no clock then signal immediately
+ if (m_pClock == NULL) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // How long into the future is the delivery time
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME Signal = m_tStart + m_SignalTime;
+ REFERENCE_TIME CurrentTime;
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&CurrentTime);
+ LONG Delay = LONG((Signal - CurrentTime) / 10000);
+
+ // Dump the timing information to the debugger
+
+ NOTE1("Delay until end of stream delivery %d",Delay);
+ NOTE1("Current %s",(LPCTSTR)CDisp((LONGLONG)CurrentTime));
+ NOTE1("Signal %s",(LPCTSTR)CDisp((LONGLONG)Signal));
+
+ // Wait for the delivery time to arrive
+
+ if (Delay < TIMEOUT_DELIVERYWAIT) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // Signal a timer callback on another worker thread
+
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = CompatibleTimeSetEvent((UINT) Delay, // Period of timer
+ TIMEOUT_RESOLUTION, // Timer resolution
+ EndOfStreamTimer, // Callback function
+ DWORD_PTR(this), // Used information
+ TIME_ONESHOT); // Type of callback
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0) {
+ return NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Signals EC_COMPLETE to the filtergraph manager
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::NotifyEndOfStream()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ ASSERT(m_bEOSDelivered == FALSE);
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+
+ // Has the filter changed state
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == FALSE) {
+ ASSERT(m_EndOfStreamTimer == 0);
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the end of stream timer
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+
+ // If we've been using the IMediaPosition interface, set it's start
+ // and end media "times" to the stop position by hand. This ensures
+ // that we actually get to the end, even if the MPEG guestimate has
+ // been bad or if the quality management dropped the last few frames
+
+ if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->EOS();
+ m_bEOSDelivered = TRUE;
+ NOTE("Sending EC_COMPLETE...");
+ return NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE,S_OK,(LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)this);
+}
+
+
+// Reset the end of stream flag, this is typically called when we transfer to
+// stopped states since that resets the current position back to the start so
+// we will receive more samples or another EndOfStream if there aren't any. We
+// keep two separate flags one to say we have run off the end of the stream
+// (this is the m_bEOS flag) and another to say we have delivered EC_COMPLETE
+// to the filter graph. We need the latter otherwise we can end up sending an
+// EC_COMPLETE every time the source changes state and calls our EndOfStream
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::ResetEndOfStream()
+{
+ ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+
+ m_bEOS = FALSE;
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+ m_SignalTime = 0;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Kills any outstanding end of stream timer
+
+void CBaseRenderer::ResetEndOfStreamTimer()
+{
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_RendererLock));
+ if (m_EndOfStreamTimer) {
+ timeKillEvent(m_EndOfStreamTimer);
+ m_EndOfStreamTimer = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we start running so that we can schedule any pending
+// image we have with the clock and display any timing information. If we
+// don't have any sample but we have queued an EOS flag then we send it. If
+// we do have a sample then we wait until that has been rendered before we
+// signal the filter graph otherwise we may change state before it's done
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::StartStreaming()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_bStreaming == TRUE) {
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Reset the streaming times ready for running
+
+ m_bStreaming = TRUE;
+
+ timeBeginPeriod(1);
+ OnStartStreaming();
+
+ // There should be no outstanding advise
+ ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)m_RenderEvent,0));
+ ASSERT(CancelNotification() == S_FALSE);
+
+ // If we have an EOS and no data then deliver it now
+
+ if (m_pMediaSample == NULL) {
+ return SendEndOfStream();
+ }
+
+ // Have the data rendered
+
+ ASSERT(m_pMediaSample);
+ if (!ScheduleSample(m_pMediaSample))
+ m_RenderEvent.Set();
+
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// This is called when we stop streaming so that we can set our internal flag
+// indicating we are not now to schedule any more samples arriving. The state
+// change methods in the filter implementation take care of cancelling any
+// clock advise link we have set up and clearing any pending sample we have
+
+HRESULT CBaseRenderer::StopStreaming()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;
+
+ if (m_bStreaming == TRUE) {
+ m_bStreaming = FALSE;
+ OnStopStreaming();
+ timeEndPeriod(1);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// We have a boolean flag that is reset when we have signalled EC_REPAINT to
+// the filter graph. We set this when we receive an image so that should any
+// conditions arise again we can send another one. By having a flag we ensure
+// we don't flood the filter graph with redundant calls. We do not set the
+// event when we receive an EndOfStream call since there is no point in us
+// sending further EC_REPAINTs. In particular the AutoShowWindow method and
+// the DirectDraw object use this method to control the window repainting
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint)
+{
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ m_bRepaintStatus = bRepaint;
+}
+
+
+// Pass the window handle to the upstream filter
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd)
+{
+ IMediaEventSink *pSink;
+
+ // Does the pin support IMediaEventSink
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaEventSink,(void **)&pSink);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ pSink->Notify(EC_NOTIFY_WINDOW,LONG_PTR(hwnd),0);
+ pSink->Release();
+ }
+ NotifyEvent(EC_NOTIFY_WINDOW,LONG_PTR(hwnd),0);
+}
+
+
+// Signal an EC_REPAINT to the filter graph. This can be used to have data
+// sent to us. For example when a video window is first displayed it may
+// not have an image to display, at which point it signals EC_REPAINT. The
+// filtergraph will either pause the graph if stopped or if already paused
+// it will call put_CurrentPosition of the current position. Setting the
+// current position to itself has the stream flushed and the image resent
+
+#define RLOG(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT(_x_)));
+
+void CBaseRenderer::SendRepaint()
+{
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ ASSERT(m_pInputPin);
+
+ // We should not send repaint notifications when...
+ // - An end of stream has been notified
+ // - Our input pin is being flushed
+ // - The input pin is not connected
+ // - We have aborted a video playback
+ // - There is a repaint already sent
+
+ if (m_bAbort == FALSE) {
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == TRUE) {
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsFlushing() == FALSE) {
+ if (IsEndOfStream() == FALSE) {
+ if (m_bRepaintStatus == TRUE) {
+ IPin *pPin = (IPin *) m_pInputPin;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_REPAINT,(LONG_PTR) pPin,0);
+ SetRepaintStatus(FALSE);
+ RLOG("Sending repaint");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+// When a video window detects a display change (WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message) it
+// can send an EC_DISPLAY_CHANGED event code along with the renderer pin. The
+// filtergraph will stop everyone and reconnect our input pin. As we're then
+// reconnected we can accept the media type that matches the new display mode
+// since we may no longer be able to draw the current image type efficiently
+
+BOOL CBaseRenderer::OnDisplayChange()
+{
+ // Ignore if we are not connected yet
+
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pInputPin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ RLOG("Notification of EC_DISPLAY_CHANGE");
+
+ // Pass our input pin as parameter on the event
+
+ IPin *pPin = (IPin *) m_pInputPin;
+ m_pInputPin->AddRef();
+ NotifyEvent(EC_DISPLAY_CHANGED,(LONG_PTR) pPin,0);
+ SetAbortSignal(TRUE);
+ ClearPendingSample();
+ m_pInputPin->Release();
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Called just before we start drawing.
+// Store the current time in m_trRenderStart to allow the rendering time to be
+// logged. Log the time stamp of the sample and how late it is (neg is early)
+
+void CBaseRenderer::OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStart, trEnd;
+ pMediaSample->GetTime(&trStart, &trEnd);
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseStamp, (int)trStart); // dump low order 32 bits
+
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&m_trRenderStart);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0, (int)m_trRenderStart);
+ REFERENCE_TIME trStream;
+ trStream = m_trRenderStart-m_tStart; // convert reftime to stream time
+ MSR_INTEGER(0,(int)trStream);
+
+ const int trLate = (int)(trStream - trStart);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseAccuracy, trLate/10000); // dump in mSec
+#endif
+
+} // OnRenderStart
+
+
+// Called directly after drawing an image.
+// calculate the time spent drawing and log it.
+
+void CBaseRenderer::OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME trNow;
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trNow);
+ MSR_INTEGER(0,(int)trNow);
+ int t = (int)((trNow - m_trRenderStart)/10000); // convert UNITS->msec
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idBaseRenderTime, t);
+#endif
+} // OnRenderEnd
+
+
+
+
+// Constructor must be passed the base renderer object
+
+CRendererInputPin::CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName) :
+ CBaseInputPin(NAME("Renderer pin"),
+ pRenderer,
+ &pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock,
+ (HRESULT *) phr,
+ pPinName)
+{
+ m_pRenderer = pRenderer;
+ ASSERT(m_pRenderer);
+}
+
+
+// Signals end of data stream on the input pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::EndOfStream()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+
+ // Make sure we're streaming ok
+
+ HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();
+ if (hr != NOERROR) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+
+ // Pass it onto the renderer
+
+ hr = m_pRenderer->EndOfStream();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::EndOfStream();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Signals start of flushing on the input pin - we do the final reset end of
+// stream with the renderer lock unlocked but with the interface lock locked
+// We must do this because we call timeKillEvent, our timer callback method
+// has to take the renderer lock to serialise our state. Therefore holding a
+// renderer lock when calling timeKillEvent could cause a deadlock condition
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::BeginFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ {
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+ CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush();
+ m_pRenderer->BeginFlush();
+ }
+ return m_pRenderer->ResetEndOfStream();
+}
+
+
+// Signals end of flushing on the input pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::EndFlush()
+{
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+ CAutoLock cSampleLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->EndFlush();
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ hr = CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();
+ }
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Pass the sample straight through to the renderer object
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->Receive(pSample);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+
+ // A deadlock could occur if the caller holds the renderer lock and
+ // attempts to acquire the interface lock.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock));
+
+ {
+ // The interface lock must be held when the filter is calling
+ // IsStopped() or IsFlushing(). The interface lock must also
+ // be held because the function uses m_bRunTimeError.
+ CAutoLock cRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ // We do not report errors which occur while the filter is stopping,
+ // flushing or if the m_bAbort flag is set . Errors are expected to
+ // occur during these operations and the streaming thread correctly
+ // handles the errors.
+ if (!IsStopped() && !IsFlushing() && !m_pRenderer->m_bAbort && !m_bRunTimeError) {
+
+ // EC_ERRORABORT's first parameter is the error which caused
+ // the event and its' last parameter is 0. See the Direct
+ // Show SDK documentation for more information.
+ m_pRenderer->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT,hr,0);
+
+ {
+ CAutoLock alRendererLock(&m_pRenderer->m_RendererLock);
+ if (m_pRenderer->IsStreaming() && !m_pRenderer->IsEndOfStreamDelivered()) {
+ m_pRenderer->NotifyEndOfStream();
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin is disconnected
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::BreakConnect()
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->BreakConnect();
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect();
+}
+
+
+// Called when the input pin is connected
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = m_pRenderer->CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);
+}
+
+
+// Give the pin id of our one and only pin
+
+STDMETHODIMP CRendererInputPin::QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id)
+{
+ CheckPointer(Id,E_POINTER);
+
+ const WCHAR szIn[] = L"In";
+
+ *Id = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(szIn));
+ if (*Id == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(*Id, szIn, sizeof(szIn));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Will the filter accept this media type
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ return m_pRenderer->CheckMediaType(pmt);
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go paused or running
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::Active()
+{
+ return m_pRenderer->Active();
+}
+
+
+// Called when we go into a stopped state
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::Inactive()
+{
+ // The caller must hold the interface lock because
+ // this function uses m_bRunTimeError.
+ ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_pRenderer->m_InterfaceLock));
+
+ m_bRunTimeError = FALSE;
+
+ return m_pRenderer->Inactive();
+}
+
+
+// Tell derived classes about the media type agreed
+
+HRESULT CRendererInputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::SetMediaType(pmt);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ return m_pRenderer->SetMediaType(pmt);
+}
+
+
+// We do not keep an event object to use when setting up a timer link with
+// the clock but are given a pointer to one by the owning object through the
+// SetNotificationObject method - this must be initialised before starting
+// We can override the default quality management process to have it always
+// draw late frames, this is currently done by having the following registry
+// key (actually an INI key) called DrawLateFrames set to 1 (default is 0)
+
+const TCHAR AMQUALITY[] = TEXT("ActiveMovie");
+const TCHAR DRAWLATEFRAMES[] = TEXT("DrawLateFrames");
+
+CBaseVideoRenderer::CBaseVideoRenderer(
+ REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr) : // General OLE return code
+
+ CBaseRenderer(RenderClass,pName,pUnk,phr),
+ m_cFramesDropped(0),
+ m_cFramesDrawn(0),
+ m_bSupplierHandlingQuality(FALSE)
+{
+ ResetStreamingTimes();
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_idTimeStamp = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Frame time stamp"));
+ m_idEarliness = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Earliness fudge"));
+ m_idTarget = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Target (mSec)"));
+ m_idSchLateTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("mSec late when scheduled"));
+ m_idDecision = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Scheduler decision code"));
+ m_idQualityRate = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Quality rate sent"));
+ m_idQualityTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Quality time sent"));
+ m_idWaitReal = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Render wait"));
+ // m_idWait = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("wait time recorded (msec)"));
+ m_idFrameAccuracy = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Frame accuracy (msecs)"));
+ m_bDrawLateFrames = GetProfileInt(AMQUALITY, DRAWLATEFRAMES, FALSE);
+ //m_idSendQuality = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Processing Quality message"));
+
+ m_idRenderAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Render draw time Avg"));
+ m_idFrameAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("FrameAvg"));
+ m_idWaitAvg = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("WaitAvg"));
+ m_idDuration = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Duration"));
+ m_idThrottle = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Audio-video throttle wait"));
+ // m_idDebug = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Debug stuff"));
+#endif // PERF
+} // Constructor
+
+
+// Destructor is just a placeholder
+
+CBaseVideoRenderer::~CBaseVideoRenderer()
+{
+ ASSERT(m_dwAdvise == 0);
+}
+
+
+// The timing functions in this class are called by the window object and by
+// the renderer's allocator.
+// The windows object calls timing functions as it receives media sample
+// images for drawing using GDI.
+// The allocator calls timing functions when it starts passing DCI/DirectDraw
+// surfaces which are not rendered in the same way; The decompressor writes
+// directly to the surface with no separate rendering, so those code paths
+// call direct into us. Since we only ever hand out DCI/DirectDraw surfaces
+// when we have allocated one and only one image we know there cannot be any
+// conflict between the two.
+//
+// We use timeGetTime to return the timing counts we use (since it's relative
+// performance we are interested in rather than absolute compared to a clock)
+// The window object sets the accuracy of the system clock (normally 1ms) by
+// calling timeBeginPeriod/timeEndPeriod when it changes streaming states
+
+
+// Reset all times controlling streaming.
+// Set them so that
+// 1. Frames will not initially be dropped
+// 2. The first frame will definitely be drawn (achieved by saying that there
+// has not ben a frame drawn for a long time).
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::ResetStreamingTimes()
+{
+ m_trLastDraw = -1000; // set up as first frame since ages (1 sec) ago
+ m_tStreamingStart = timeGetTime();
+ m_trRenderAvg = 0;
+ m_trFrameAvg = -1; // -1000 fps == "unset"
+ m_trDuration = 0; // 0 - strange value
+ m_trRenderLast = 0;
+ m_trWaitAvg = 0;
+ m_tRenderStart = 0;
+ m_cFramesDrawn = 0;
+ m_cFramesDropped = 0;
+ m_iTotAcc = 0;
+ m_iSumSqAcc = 0;
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime = 0;
+ m_trFrame = 0; // hygeine - not really needed
+ m_trLate = 0; // hygeine - not really needed
+ m_iSumFrameTime = 0;
+ m_nNormal = 0;
+ m_trEarliness = 0;
+ m_trTarget = -300000; // 30mSec early
+ m_trThrottle = 0;
+ m_trRememberStampForPerf = 0;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ m_trRememberFrameForPerf = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return NOERROR;
+} // ResetStreamingTimes
+
+
+// Reset all times controlling streaming. Note that we're now streaming. We
+// don't need to set the rendering event to have the source filter released
+// as it is done during the Run processing. When we are run we immediately
+// release the source filter thread and draw any image waiting (that image
+// may already have been drawn once as a poster frame while we were paused)
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::OnStartStreaming()
+{
+ ResetStreamingTimes();
+ return NOERROR;
+} // OnStartStreaming
+
+
+// Called at end of streaming. Fixes times for property page report
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::OnStopStreaming()
+{
+ m_tStreamingStart = timeGetTime()-m_tStreamingStart;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // OnStopStreaming
+
+
+// Called when we start waiting for a rendering event.
+// Used to update times spent waiting and not waiting.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnWaitStart()
+{
+ MSR_START(m_idWaitReal);
+} // OnWaitStart
+
+
+// Called when we are awoken from the wait in the window OR by our allocator
+// when it is hanging around until the next sample is due for rendering on a
+// DCI/DirectDraw surface. We add the wait time into our rolling average.
+// We grab the interface lock so that we're serialised with the application
+// thread going through the run code - which in due course ends up calling
+// ResetStreaming times - possibly as we run through this section of code
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnWaitEnd()
+{
+#ifdef PERF
+ MSR_STOP(m_idWaitReal);
+ // for a perf build we want to know just exactly how late we REALLY are.
+ // even if this means that we have to look at the clock again.
+
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream; // the real time now expressed as stream time.
+#if 0
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trRealStream); // Calling clock here causes W95 deadlock!
+#else
+ // We will be discarding overflows like mad here!
+ // This is wrong really because timeGetTime() can wrap but it's
+ // only for PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME tr = timeGetTime()*10000;
+ trRealStream = tr + m_llTimeOffset;
+#endif
+ trRealStream -= m_tStart; // convert to stream time (this is a reftime)
+
+ if (m_trRememberStampForPerf==0) {
+ // This is probably the poster frame at the start, and it is not scheduled
+ // in the usual way at all. Just count it. The rememberstamp gets set
+ // in ShouldDrawSampleNow, so this does invalid frame recording until we
+ // actually start playing.
+ PreparePerformanceData(0, 0);
+ } else {
+ int trLate = (int)(trRealStream - m_trRememberStampForPerf);
+ int trFrame = (int)(tr - m_trRememberFrameForPerf);
+ PreparePerformanceData(trLate, trFrame);
+ }
+ m_trRememberFrameForPerf = tr;
+#endif //PERF
+} // OnWaitEnd
+
+
+// Put data on one side that describes the lateness of the current frame.
+// We don't yet know whether it will actually be drawn. In direct draw mode,
+// this decision is up to the filter upstream, and it could change its mind.
+// The rules say that if it did draw it must call Receive(). One way or
+// another we eventually get into either OnRenderStart or OnDirectRender and
+// these both call RecordFrameLateness to update the statistics.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame)
+{
+ m_trLate = trLate;
+ m_trFrame = trFrame;
+} // PreparePerformanceData
+
+
+// update the statistics:
+// m_iTotAcc, m_iSumSqAcc, m_iSumSqFrameTime, m_iSumFrameTime, m_cFramesDrawn
+// Note that because the properties page reports using these variables,
+// 1. We need to be inside a critical section
+// 2. They must all be updated together. Updating the sums here and the count
+// elsewhere can result in imaginary jitter (i.e. attempts to find square roots
+// of negative numbers) in the property page code.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame)
+{
+ // Record how timely we are.
+ int tLate = trLate/10000;
+
+ // Best estimate of moment of appearing on the screen is average of
+ // start and end draw times. Here we have only the end time. This may
+ // tend to show us as spuriously late by up to 1/2 frame rate achieved.
+ // Decoder probably monitors draw time. We don't bother.
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idFrameAccuracy, tLate );
+
+ // This is a kludge - we can get frames that are very late
+ // especially (at start-up) and they invalidate the statistics.
+ // So ignore things that are more than 1 sec off.
+ if (tLate>1000 || tLate<-1000) {
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn<=1) {
+ tLate = 0;
+ } else if (tLate>0) {
+ tLate = 1000;
+ } else {
+ tLate = -1000;
+ }
+ }
+ // The very first frame often has a invalid time, so don't
+ // count it into the statistics. (???)
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn>1) {
+ m_iTotAcc += tLate;
+ m_iSumSqAcc += (tLate*tLate);
+ }
+
+ // calculate inter-frame time. Doesn't make sense for first frame
+ // second frame suffers from invalid first frame stamp.
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn>2) {
+ int tFrame = trFrame/10000; // convert to mSec else it overflows
+
+ // This is a kludge. It can overflow anyway (a pause can cause
+ // a very long inter-frame time) and it overflows at 2**31/10**7
+ // or about 215 seconds i.e. 3min 35sec
+ if (tFrame>1000||tFrame<0) tFrame = 1000;
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime += tFrame*tFrame;
+ ASSERT(m_iSumSqFrameTime>=0);
+ m_iSumFrameTime += tFrame;
+ }
+ ++m_cFramesDrawn;
+
+} // RecordFrameLateness
+
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::ThrottleWait()
+{
+ if (m_trThrottle>0) {
+ int iThrottle = m_trThrottle/10000; // convert to mSec
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idThrottle, iThrottle);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("Throttle %d ms"), iThrottle));
+ Sleep(iThrottle);
+ } else {
+ Sleep(0);
+ }
+} // ThrottleWait
+
+
+// Whenever a frame is rendered it goes though either OnRenderStart
+// or OnDirectRender. Data that are generated during ShouldDrawSample
+// are added to the statistics by calling RecordFrameLateness from both
+// these two places.
+
+// Called in place of OnRenderStart..OnRenderEnd
+// When a DirectDraw image is drawn
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ m_trRenderAvg = 0;
+ m_trRenderLast = 5000000; // If we mode switch, we do NOT want this
+ // to inhibit the new average getting going!
+ // so we set it to half a second
+ // MSR_INTEGER(m_idRenderAvg, m_trRenderAvg/10000);
+ RecordFrameLateness(m_trLate, m_trFrame);
+ ThrottleWait();
+} // OnDirectRender
+
+
+// Called just before we start drawing. All we do is to get the current clock
+// time (from the system) and return. We have to store the start render time
+// in a member variable because it isn't used until we complete the drawing
+// The rest is just performance logging.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ RecordFrameLateness(m_trLate, m_trFrame);
+ m_tRenderStart = timeGetTime();
+} // OnRenderStart
+
+
+// Called directly after drawing an image. We calculate the time spent in the
+// drawing code and if this doesn't appear to have any odd looking spikes in
+// it then we add it to the current average draw time. Measurement spikes may
+// occur if the drawing thread is interrupted and switched to somewhere else.
+
+void CBaseVideoRenderer::OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // The renderer time can vary erratically if we are interrupted so we do
+ // some smoothing to help get more sensible figures out but even that is
+ // not enough as figures can go 9,10,9,9,83,9 and we must disregard 83
+
+ int tr = (timeGetTime() - m_tRenderStart)*10000; // convert mSec->UNITS
+ if (tr < m_trRenderAvg*2 || tr < 2 * m_trRenderLast) {
+ // DO_MOVING_AVG(m_trRenderAvg, tr);
+ m_trRenderAvg = (tr + (AVGPERIOD-1)*m_trRenderAvg)/AVGPERIOD;
+ }
+ m_trRenderLast = tr;
+ ThrottleWait();
+} // OnRenderEnd
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc)
+{
+
+ m_pQSink = piqc;
+
+ return NOERROR;
+} // SetSink
+
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q)
+{
+ // NOTE: We are NOT getting any locks here. We could be called
+ // asynchronously and possibly even on a time critical thread of
+ // someone else's - so we do the minumum. We only set one state
+ // variable (an integer) and if that happens to be in the middle
+ // of another thread reading it they will just get either the new
+ // or the old value. Locking would achieve no more than this.
+
+ // It might be nice to check that we are being called from m_pGraph, but
+ // it turns out to be a millisecond or so per throw!
+
+ // This is heuristics, these numbers are aimed at being "what works"
+ // rather than anything based on some theory.
+ // We use a hyperbola because it's easy to calculate and it includes
+ // a panic button asymptote (which we push off just to the left)
+ // The throttling fits the following table (roughly)
+ // Proportion Throttle (msec)
+ // >=1000 0
+ // 900 3
+ // 800 7
+ // 700 11
+ // 600 17
+ // 500 25
+ // 400 35
+ // 300 50
+ // 200 72
+ // 125 100
+ // 100 112
+ // 50 146
+ // 0 200
+
+ // (some evidence that we could go for a sharper kink - e.g. no throttling
+ // until below the 750 mark - might give fractionally more frames on a
+ // P60-ish machine). The easy way to get these coefficients is to use
+ // Renbase.xls follow the instructions therein using excel solver.
+
+ if (q.Proportion>=1000) { m_trThrottle = 0; }
+ else {
+ // The DWORD is to make quite sure I get unsigned arithmetic
+ // as the constant is between 2**31 and 2**32
+ m_trThrottle = -330000 + (388880000/(q.Proportion+167));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // Notify
+
+
+// Send a message to indicate what our supplier should do about quality.
+// Theory:
+// What a supplier wants to know is "is the frame I'm working on NOW
+// going to be late?".
+// F1 is the frame at the supplier (as above)
+// Tf1 is the due time for F1
+// T1 is the time at that point (NOW!)
+// Tr1 is the time that f1 WILL actually be rendered
+// L1 is the latency of the graph for frame F1 = Tr1-T1
+// D1 (for delay) is how late F1 will be beyond its due time i.e.
+// D1 = (Tr1-Tf1) which is what the supplier really wants to know.
+// Unfortunately Tr1 is in the future and is unknown, so is L1
+//
+// We could estimate L1 by its value for a previous frame,
+// L0 = Tr0-T0 and work off
+// D1' = ((T1+L0)-Tf1) = (T1 + (Tr0-T0) -Tf1)
+// Rearranging terms:
+// D1' = (T1-T0) + (Tr0-Tf1)
+// adding (Tf0-Tf0) and rearranging again:
+// = (T1-T0) + (Tr0-Tf0) + (Tf0-Tf1)
+// = (T1-T0) - (Tf1-Tf0) + (Tr0-Tf0)
+// But (Tr0-Tf0) is just D0 - how late frame zero was, and this is the
+// Late field in the quality message that we send.
+// The other two terms just state what correction should be applied before
+// using the lateness of F0 to predict the lateness of F1.
+// (T1-T0) says how much time has actually passed (we have lost this much)
+// (Tf1-Tf0) says how much time should have passed if we were keeping pace
+// (we have gained this much).
+//
+// Suppliers should therefore work off:
+// Quality.Late + (T1-T0) - (Tf1-Tf0)
+// and see if this is "acceptably late" or even early (i.e. negative).
+// They get T1 and T0 by polling the clock, they get Tf1 and Tf0 from
+// the time stamps in the frames. They get Quality.Late from us.
+//
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate,
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream)
+{
+ Quality q;
+ HRESULT hr;
+
+ // If we are the main user of time, then report this as Flood/Dry.
+ // If our suppliers are, then report it as Famine/Glut.
+ //
+ // We need to take action, but avoid hunting. Hunting is caused by
+ // 1. Taking too much action too soon and overshooting
+ // 2. Taking too long to react (so averaging can CAUSE hunting).
+ //
+ // The reason why we use trLate as well as Wait is to reduce hunting;
+ // if the wait time is coming down and about to go into the red, we do
+ // NOT want to rely on some average which is only telling is that it used
+ // to be OK once.
+
+ q.TimeStamp = (REFERENCE_TIME)trRealStream;
+
+ if (m_trFrameAvg<0) {
+ q.Type = Famine; // guess
+ }
+ // Is the greater part of the time taken bltting or something else
+ else if (m_trFrameAvg > 2*m_trRenderAvg) {
+ q.Type = Famine; // mainly other
+ } else {
+ q.Type = Flood; // mainly bltting
+ }
+
+ q.Proportion = 1000; // default
+
+ if (m_trFrameAvg<0) {
+ // leave it alone - we don't know enough
+ }
+ else if ( trLate> 0 ) {
+ // try to catch up over the next second
+ // We could be Really, REALLY late, but rendering all the frames
+ // anyway, just because it's so cheap.
+
+ q.Proportion = 1000 - (int)((trLate)/(UNITS/1000));
+ if (q.Proportion<500) {
+ q.Proportion = 500; // don't go daft. (could've been negative!)
+ } else {
+ }
+
+ } else if ( m_trWaitAvg>20000
+ && trLate<-20000
+ ){
+ // Go cautiously faster - aim at 2mSec wait.
+ if (m_trWaitAvg>=m_trFrameAvg) {
+ // This can happen because of some fudges.
+ // The waitAvg is how long we originally planned to wait
+ // The frameAvg is more honest.
+ // It means that we are spending a LOT of time waiting
+ q.Proportion = 2000; // double.
+ } else {
+ if (m_trFrameAvg+20000 > m_trWaitAvg) {
+ q.Proportion
+ = 1000 * (m_trFrameAvg / (m_trFrameAvg + 20000 - m_trWaitAvg));
+ } else {
+ // We're apparently spending more than the whole frame time waiting.
+ // Assume that the averages are slightly out of kilter, but that we
+ // are indeed doing a lot of waiting. (This leg probably never
+ // happens, but the code avoids any potential divide by zero).
+ q.Proportion = 2000;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (q.Proportion>2000) {
+ q.Proportion = 2000; // don't go crazy.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Tell the supplier how late frames are when they get rendered
+ // That's how late we are now.
+ // If we are in directdraw mode then the guy upstream can see the drawing
+ // times and we'll just report on the start time. He can figure out any
+ // offset to apply. If we are in DIB Section mode then we will apply an
+ // extra offset which is half of our drawing time. This is usually small
+ // but can sometimes be the dominant effect. For this we will use the
+ // average drawing time rather than the last frame. If the last frame took
+ // a long time to draw and made us late, that's already in the lateness
+ // figure. We should not add it in again unless we expect the next frame
+ // to be the same. We don't, we expect the average to be a better shot.
+ // In direct draw mode the RenderAvg will be zero.
+
+ q.Late = trLate + m_trRenderAvg/2;
+
+ // log what we're doing
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idQualityRate, q.Proportion);
+ MSR_INTEGER( m_idQualityTime, (int)q.Late / 10000 );
+
+ // A specific sink interface may be set through IPin
+
+ if (m_pQSink==NULL) {
+ // Get our input pin's peer. We send quality management messages
+ // to any nominated receiver of these things (set in the IPin
+ // interface), or else to our source filter.
+
+ IQualityControl *pQC = NULL;
+ IPin *pOutputPin = m_pInputPin->GetConnected();
+ ASSERT(pOutputPin != NULL);
+
+ // And get an AddRef'd quality control interface
+
+ hr = pOutputPin->QueryInterface(IID_IQualityControl,(void**) &pQC);
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ m_pQSink = pQC;
+ }
+ }
+ if (m_pQSink) {
+ return m_pQSink->Notify(this,q);
+ }
+
+ return S_FALSE;
+
+} // SendQuality
+
+
+// We are called with a valid IMediaSample image to decide whether this is to
+// be drawn or not. There must be a reference clock in operation.
+// Return S_OK if it is to be drawn Now (as soon as possible)
+// Return S_FALSE if it is to be drawn when it's due
+// Return an error if we want to drop it
+// m_nNormal=-1 indicates that we dropped the previous frame and so this
+// one should be drawn early. Respect it and update it.
+// Use current stream time plus a number of heuristics (detailed below)
+// to make the decision
+
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd)
+{
+
+ // Don't call us unless there's a clock interface to synchronise with
+ ASSERT(m_pClock);
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeStamp, (int)((*ptrStart)>>32)); // high order 32 bits
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeStamp, (int)(*ptrStart)); // low order 32 bits
+
+ // We lose a bit of time depending on the monitor type waiting for the next
+ // screen refresh. On average this might be about 8mSec - so it will be
+ // later than we think when the picture appears. To compensate a bit
+ // we bias the media samples by -8mSec i.e. 80000 UNITs.
+ // We don't ever make a stream time negative (call it paranoia)
+ if (*ptrStart>=80000) {
+ *ptrStart -= 80000;
+ *ptrEnd -= 80000; // bias stop to to retain valid frame duration
+ }
+
+ // Cache the time stamp now. We will want to compare what we did with what
+ // we started with (after making the monitor allowance).
+ m_trRememberStampForPerf = *ptrStart;
+
+ // Get reference times (current and late)
+ REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream; // the real time now expressed as stream time.
+ m_pClock->GetTime(&trRealStream);
+#ifdef PERF
+ // While the reference clock is expensive:
+ // Remember the offset from timeGetTime and use that.
+ // This overflows all over the place, but when we subtract to get
+ // differences the overflows all cancel out.
+ m_llTimeOffset = trRealStream-timeGetTime()*10000;
+#endif
+ trRealStream -= m_tStart; // convert to stream time (this is a reftime)
+
+ // We have to wory about two versions of "lateness". The truth, which we
+ // try to work out here and the one measured against m_trTarget which
+ // includes long term feedback. We report statistics against the truth
+ // but for operational decisions we work to the target.
+ // We use TimeDiff to make sure we get an integer because we
+ // may actually be late (or more likely early if there is a big time
+ // gap) by a very long time.
+ const int trTrueLate = TimeDiff(trRealStream - *ptrStart);
+ const int trLate = trTrueLate;
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idSchLateTime, trTrueLate/10000);
+
+ // Send quality control messages upstream, measured against target
+ HRESULT hr = SendQuality(trLate, trRealStream);
+ // Note: the filter upstream is allowed to this FAIL meaning "you do it".
+ m_bSupplierHandlingQuality = (hr==S_OK);
+
+ // Decision time! Do we drop, draw when ready or draw immediately?
+
+ const int trDuration = (int)(*ptrEnd - *ptrStart);
+ {
+ // We need to see if the frame rate of the file has just changed.
+ // This would make comparing our previous frame rate with the current
+ // frame rate inefficent. Hang on a moment though. I've seen files
+ // where the frames vary between 33 and 34 mSec so as to average
+ // 30fps. A minor variation like that won't hurt us.
+ int t = m_trDuration/32;
+ if ( trDuration > m_trDuration+t
+ || trDuration < m_trDuration-t
+ ) {
+ // There's a major variation. Reset the average frame rate to
+ // exactly the current rate to disable decision 9002 for this frame,
+ // and remember the new rate.
+ m_trFrameAvg = trDuration;
+ m_trDuration = trDuration;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idEarliness, m_trEarliness/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idRenderAvg, m_trRenderAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameAvg, m_trFrameAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idWaitAvg, m_trWaitAvg/10000);
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDuration, trDuration/10000);
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ if (S_OK==pMediaSample->IsDiscontinuity()) {
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9000);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // Control the graceful slide back from slow to fast machine mode.
+ // After a frame drop accept an early frame and set the earliness to here
+ // If this frame is already later than the earliness then slide it to here
+ // otherwise do the standard slide (reduce by about 12% per frame).
+ // Note: earliness is normally NEGATIVE
+ BOOL bJustDroppedFrame
+ = ( m_bSupplierHandlingQuality
+ // Can't use the pin sample properties because we might
+ // not be in Receive when we call this
+ && (S_OK == pMediaSample->IsDiscontinuity()) // he just dropped one
+ )
+ || (m_nNormal==-1); // we just dropped one
+
+
+ // Set m_trEarliness (slide back from slow to fast machine mode)
+ if (trLate>0) {
+ m_trEarliness = 0; // we are no longer in fast machine mode at all!
+ } else if ( (trLate>=m_trEarliness) || bJustDroppedFrame) {
+ m_trEarliness = trLate; // Things have slipped of their own accord
+ } else {
+ m_trEarliness = m_trEarliness - m_trEarliness/8; // graceful slide
+ }
+
+ // prepare the new wait average - but don't pollute the old one until
+ // we have finished with it.
+ int trWaitAvg;
+ {
+ // We never mix in a negative wait. This causes us to believe in fast machines
+ // slightly more.
+ int trL = trLate<0 ? -trLate : 0;
+ trWaitAvg = (trL + m_trWaitAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+ }
+
+
+ int trFrame;
+ {
+ REFERENCE_TIME tr = trRealStream - m_trLastDraw; // Cd be large - 4 min pause!
+ if (tr>10000000) {
+ tr = 10000000; // 1 second - arbitrarily.
+ }
+ trFrame = int(tr);
+ }
+
+ // We will DRAW this frame IF...
+ if (
+ // ...the time we are spending drawing is a small fraction of the total
+ // observed inter-frame time so that dropping it won't help much.
+ (3*m_trRenderAvg <= m_trFrameAvg)
+
+ // ...or our supplier is NOT handling things and the next frame would
+ // be less timely than this one or our supplier CLAIMS to be handling
+ // things, and is now less than a full FOUR frames late.
+ || ( m_bSupplierHandlingQuality
+ ? (trLate <= trDuration*4)
+ : (trLate+trLate < trDuration)
+ )
+
+ // ...or we are on average waiting for over eight milliseconds then
+ // this may be just a glitch. Draw it and we'll hope to catch up.
+ || (m_trWaitAvg > 80000)
+
+ // ...or we haven't drawn an image for over a second. We will update
+ // the display, which stops the video looking hung.
+ // Do this regardless of how late this media sample is.
+ || ((trRealStream - m_trLastDraw) > UNITS)
+
+ ) {
+ HRESULT Result;
+
+ // We are going to play this frame. We may want to play it early.
+ // We will play it early if we think we are in slow machine mode.
+ // If we think we are NOT in slow machine mode, we will still play
+ // it early by m_trEarliness as this controls the graceful slide back.
+ // and in addition we aim at being m_trTarget late rather than "on time".
+
+ BOOL bPlayASAP = FALSE;
+
+ // we will play it AT ONCE (slow machine mode) if...
+
+ // ...we are playing catch-up
+ if ( bJustDroppedFrame) {
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9001);
+ }
+
+ // ...or if we are running below the true frame rate
+ // exact comparisons are glitchy, for these measurements,
+ // so add an extra 5% or so
+ else if ( (m_trFrameAvg > trDuration + trDuration/16)
+
+ // It's possible to get into a state where we are losing ground, but
+ // are a very long way ahead. To avoid this or recover from it
+ // we refuse to play early by more than 10 frames.
+ && (trLate > - trDuration*10)
+ ){
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9002);
+ }
+#if 0
+ // ...or if we have been late and are less than one frame early
+ else if ( (trLate + trDuration > 0)
+ && (m_trWaitAvg<=20000)
+ ) {
+ bPlayASAP = TRUE;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 9003);
+ }
+#endif
+ // We will NOT play it at once if we are grossly early. On very slow frame
+ // rate movies - e.g. clock.avi - it is not a good idea to leap ahead just
+ // because we got starved (for instance by the net) and dropped one frame
+ // some time or other. If we are more than 900mSec early, then wait.
+ if (trLate<-9000000) {
+ bPlayASAP = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (bPlayASAP) {
+
+ m_nNormal = 0;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 0);
+ // When we are here, we are in slow-machine mode. trLate may well
+ // oscillate between negative and positive when the supplier is
+ // dropping frames to keep sync. We should not let that mislead
+ // us into thinking that we have as much as zero spare time!
+ // We just update with a zero wait.
+ m_trWaitAvg = (m_trWaitAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+
+ // Assume that we draw it immediately. Update inter-frame stats
+ m_trFrameAvg = (trFrame + m_trFrameAvg*(AVGPERIOD-1))/AVGPERIOD;
+#ifndef PERF
+ // If this is NOT a perf build, then report what we know so far
+ // without looking at the clock any more. This assumes that we
+ // actually wait for exactly the time we hope to. It also reports
+ // how close we get to the manipulated time stamps that we now have
+ // rather than the ones we originally started with. It will
+ // therefore be a little optimistic. However it's fast.
+ PreparePerformanceData(trTrueLate, trFrame);
+#endif
+ m_trLastDraw = trRealStream;
+ if (m_trEarliness > trLate) {
+ m_trEarliness = trLate; // if we are actually early, this is neg
+ }
+ Result = S_OK; // Draw it now
+
+ } else {
+ ++m_nNormal;
+ // Set the average frame rate to EXACTLY the ideal rate.
+ // If we are exiting slow-machine mode then we will have caught up
+ // and be running ahead, so as we slide back to exact timing we will
+ // have a longer than usual gap at this point. If we record this
+ // real gap then we'll think that we're running slow and go back
+ // into slow-machine mode and vever get it straight.
+ m_trFrameAvg = trDuration;
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 1);
+
+ // Play it early by m_trEarliness and by m_trTarget
+
+ {
+ int trE = m_trEarliness;
+ if (trE < -m_trFrameAvg) {
+ trE = -m_trFrameAvg;
+ }
+ *ptrStart += trE; // N.B. earliness is negative
+ }
+
+ int Delay = -trTrueLate;
+ Result = Delay<=0 ? S_OK : S_FALSE; // OK = draw now, FALSE = wait
+
+ m_trWaitAvg = trWaitAvg;
+
+ // Predict when it will actually be drawn and update frame stats
+
+ if (Result==S_FALSE) { // We are going to wait
+ trFrame = TimeDiff(*ptrStart-m_trLastDraw);
+ m_trLastDraw = *ptrStart;
+ } else {
+ // trFrame is already = trRealStream-m_trLastDraw;
+ m_trLastDraw = trRealStream;
+ }
+#ifndef PERF
+ int iAccuracy;
+ if (Delay>0) {
+ // Report lateness based on when we intend to play it
+ iAccuracy = TimeDiff(*ptrStart-m_trRememberStampForPerf);
+ } else {
+ // Report lateness based on playing it *now*.
+ iAccuracy = trTrueLate; // trRealStream-RememberStampForPerf;
+ }
+ PreparePerformanceData(iAccuracy, trFrame);
+#endif
+ }
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ // We are going to drop this frame!
+ // Of course in DirectDraw mode the guy upstream may draw it anyway.
+
+ // This will probably give a large negative wack to the wait avg.
+ m_trWaitAvg = trWaitAvg;
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Respect registry setting - debug only!
+ if (m_bDrawLateFrames) {
+ return S_OK; // draw it when it's ready
+ } // even though it's late.
+#endif
+
+ // We are going to drop this frame so draw the next one early
+ // n.b. if the supplier is doing direct draw then he may draw it anyway
+ // but he's doing something funny to arrive here in that case.
+
+ MSR_INTEGER(m_idDecision, 2);
+ m_nNormal = -1;
+ return E_FAIL; // drop it
+
+} // ShouldDrawSampleNow
+
+
+// NOTE we're called by both the window thread and the source filter thread
+// so we have to be protected by a critical section (locked before called)
+// Also, when the window thread gets signalled to render an image, it always
+// does so regardless of how late it is. All the degradation is done when we
+// are scheduling the next sample to be drawn. Hence when we start an advise
+// link to draw a sample, that sample's time will always become the last one
+// drawn - unless of course we stop streaming in which case we cancel links
+
+BOOL CBaseVideoRenderer::ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)
+{
+ // We override ShouldDrawSampleNow to add quality management
+
+ BOOL bDrawImage = CBaseRenderer::ScheduleSample(pMediaSample);
+ if (bDrawImage == FALSE) {
+ ++m_cFramesDropped;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ // m_cFramesDrawn must NOT be updated here. It has to be updated
+ // in RecordFrameLateness at the same time as the other statistics.
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+// Implementation of IQualProp interface needed to support the property page
+// This is how the property page gets the data out of the scheduler. We are
+// passed into the constructor the owning object in the COM sense, this will
+// either be the video renderer or an external IUnknown if we're aggregated.
+// We initialise our CUnknown base class with this interface pointer. Then
+// all we have to do is to override NonDelegatingQueryInterface to expose
+// our IQualProp interface. The AddRef and Release are handled automatically
+// by the base class and will be passed on to the appropriate outer object
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *pcFramesDropped)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pcFramesDropped,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ *pcFramesDropped = m_cFramesDropped;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_FramesDroppedInRenderer
+
+
+// Set *pcFramesDrawn to the number of frames drawn since
+// streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_FramesDrawn( int *pcFramesDrawn)
+{
+ CheckPointer(pcFramesDrawn,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+ *pcFramesDrawn = m_cFramesDrawn;
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_FramesDrawn
+
+
+// Set iAvgFrameRate to the frames per hundred secs since
+// streaming started. 0 otherwise.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_AvgFrameRate( int *piAvgFrameRate)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piAvgFrameRate,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ int t;
+ if (m_bStreaming) {
+ t = timeGetTime()-m_tStreamingStart;
+ } else {
+ t = m_tStreamingStart;
+ }
+
+ if (t<=0) {
+ *piAvgFrameRate = 0;
+ ASSERT(m_cFramesDrawn == 0);
+ } else {
+ // i is frames per hundred seconds
+ *piAvgFrameRate = MulDiv(100000, m_cFramesDrawn, t);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_AvgFrameRate
+
+
+// Set *piAvg to the average sync offset since streaming started
+// in mSec. The sync offset is the time in mSec between when the frame
+// should have been drawn and when the frame was actually drawn.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piAvg,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ if (NULL==m_pClock) {
+ *piAvg = 0;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // Note that we didn't gather the stats on the first frame
+ // so we use m_cFramesDrawn-1 here
+ if (m_cFramesDrawn<=1) {
+ *piAvg = 0;
+ } else {
+ *piAvg = (int)(m_iTotAcc / (m_cFramesDrawn-1));
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+} // get_AvgSyncOffset
+
+
+// To avoid dragging in the maths library - a cheap
+// approximate integer square root.
+// We do this by getting a starting guess which is between 1
+// and 2 times too large, followed by THREE iterations of
+// Newton Raphson. (That will give accuracy to the nearest mSec
+// for the range in question - roughly 0..1000)
+//
+// It would be faster to use a linear interpolation and ONE NR, but
+// who cares. If anyone does - the best linear interpolation is
+// to approximates sqrt(x) by
+// y = x * (sqrt(2)-1) + 1 - 1/sqrt(2) + 1/(8*(sqrt(2)-1))
+// 0r y = x*0.41421 + 0.59467
+// This minimises the maximal error in the range in question.
+// (error is about +0.008883 and then one NR will give error .0000something
+// (Of course these are integers, so you can't just multiply by 0.41421
+// you'd have to do some sort of MulDiv).
+// Anyone wanna check my maths? (This is only for a property display!)
+
+int isqrt(int x)
+{
+ int s = 1;
+ // Make s an initial guess for sqrt(x)
+ if (x > 0x40000000) {
+ s = 0x8000; // prevent any conceivable closed loop
+ } else {
+ while (s*s<x) { // loop cannot possible go more than 31 times
+ s = 2*s; // normally it goes about 6 times
+ }
+ // Three NR iterations.
+ if (x==0) {
+ s= 0; // Wouldn't it be tragic to divide by zero whenever our
+ // accuracy was perfect!
+ } else {
+ s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ if (s>=0) s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ if (s>=0) s = (s*s+x)/(2*s);
+ }
+ }
+ return s;
+}
+
+//
+// Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame
+// statistics
+//
+HRESULT CBaseVideoRenderer::GetStdDev(
+ int nSamples,
+ __out int *piResult,
+ LONGLONG llSumSq,
+ LONGLONG iTot
+)
+{
+ CheckPointer(piResult,E_POINTER);
+ CAutoLock cVideoLock(&m_InterfaceLock);
+
+ if (NULL==m_pClock) {
+ *piResult = 0;
+ return NOERROR;
+ }
+
+ // If S is the Sum of the Squares of observations and
+ // T the Total (i.e. sum) of the observations and there were
+ // N observations, then an estimate of the standard deviation is
+ // sqrt( (S - T**2/N) / (N-1) )
+
+ if (nSamples<=1) {
+ *piResult = 0;
+ } else {
+ LONGLONG x;
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So we need 2 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-1
+
+ // so we use m_cFramesDrawn-1 here
+ x = llSumSq - llMulDiv(iTot, iTot, nSamples, 0);
+ x = x / (nSamples-1);
+ ASSERT(x>=0);
+ *piResult = isqrt((LONG)x);
+ }
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Set *piDev to the standard deviation in mSec of the sync offset
+// of each frame since streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev)
+{
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So we need 2 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-1
+ return GetStdDev(m_cFramesDrawn - 1,
+ piDev,
+ m_iSumSqAcc,
+ m_iTotAcc);
+} // get_DevSyncOffset
+
+
+// Set *piJitter to the standard deviation in mSec of the inter-frame time
+// of frames since streaming started.
+
+STDMETHODIMP CBaseVideoRenderer::get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter)
+{
+ // First frames have invalid stamps, so we get no stats for them
+ // So second frame gives invalid inter-frame time
+ // So we need 3 frames to get 1 datum, so N is cFramesDrawn-2
+ return GetStdDev(m_cFramesDrawn - 2,
+ piJitter,
+ m_iSumSqFrameTime,
+ m_iSumFrameTime);
+} // get_Jitter
+
+
+// Overidden to return our IQualProp interface
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv)
+{
+ // We return IQualProp and delegate everything else
+
+ if (riid == IID_IQualProp) {
+ return GetInterface( (IQualProp *)this, ppv);
+ } else if (riid == IID_IQualityControl) {
+ return GetInterface( (IQualityControl *)this, ppv);
+ }
+ return CBaseRenderer::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);
+}
+
+
+// Override JoinFilterGraph so that, just before leaving
+// the graph we can send an EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED event
+
+STDMETHODIMP
+CBaseVideoRenderer::JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph *pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)
+{
+ // Since we send EC_ACTIVATE, we also need to ensure
+ // we send EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED or the resource manager may be
+ // holding us as a focus object
+ if (!pGraph && m_pGraph) {
+
+ // We were in a graph and now we're not
+ // Do this properly in case we are aggregated
+ IBaseFilter* pFilter = this;
+ NotifyEvent(EC_WINDOW_DESTROYED, (LPARAM) pFilter, 0);
+ }
+ return CBaseFilter::JoinFilterGraph(pGraph, pName);
+}
+
+
+// This removes a large number of level 4 warnings from the
+// Microsoft compiler which in this case are not very useful
+#pragma warning(disable: 4514)
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2685bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/renbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: RenBase.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a generic ActiveX base renderer
+// class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __RENBASE__
+#define __RENBASE__
+
+// Forward class declarations
+
+class CBaseRenderer;
+class CBaseVideoRenderer;
+class CRendererInputPin;
+
+// This is our input pin class that channels calls to the renderer
+
+class CRendererInputPin : public CBaseInputPin
+{
+protected:
+
+ CBaseRenderer *m_pRenderer;
+
+public:
+
+ CRendererInputPin(__inout CBaseRenderer *pRenderer,
+ __inout HRESULT *phr,
+ __in_opt LPCWSTR Name);
+
+ // Overriden from the base pin classes
+
+ HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+ HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ HRESULT Active();
+ HRESULT Inactive();
+
+ // Add rendering behaviour to interface functions
+
+ STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id);
+ STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream();
+ STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush();
+ STDMETHODIMP EndFlush();
+ STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+
+ // Helper
+ IMemAllocator inline *Allocator() const
+ {
+ return m_pAllocator;
+ }
+};
+
+// Main renderer class that handles synchronisation and state changes
+
+class CBaseRenderer : public CBaseFilter
+{
+protected:
+
+ friend class CRendererInputPin;
+
+ friend void CALLBACK EndOfStreamTimer(UINT uID, // Timer identifier
+ UINT uMsg, // Not currently used
+ DWORD_PTR dwUser, // User information
+ DWORD_PTR dw1, // Windows reserved
+ DWORD_PTR dw2); // Is also reserved
+
+ CRendererPosPassThru *m_pPosition; // Media seeking pass by object
+ CAMEvent m_RenderEvent; // Used to signal timer events
+ CAMEvent m_ThreadSignal; // Signalled to release worker thread
+ CAMEvent m_evComplete; // Signalled when state complete
+ BOOL m_bAbort; // Stop us from rendering more data
+ BOOL m_bStreaming; // Are we currently streaming
+ DWORD_PTR m_dwAdvise; // Timer advise cookie
+ IMediaSample *m_pMediaSample; // Current image media sample
+ BOOL m_bEOS; // Any more samples in the stream
+ BOOL m_bEOSDelivered; // Have we delivered an EC_COMPLETE
+ CRendererInputPin *m_pInputPin; // Our renderer input pin object
+ CCritSec m_InterfaceLock; // Critical section for interfaces
+ CCritSec m_RendererLock; // Controls access to internals
+ IQualityControl * m_pQSink; // QualityControl sink
+ BOOL m_bRepaintStatus; // Can we signal an EC_REPAINT
+ // Avoid some deadlocks by tracking filter during stop
+ volatile BOOL m_bInReceive; // Inside Receive between PrepareReceive
+ // And actually processing the sample
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_SignalTime; // Time when we signal EC_COMPLETE
+ UINT m_EndOfStreamTimer; // Used to signal end of stream
+ CCritSec m_ObjectCreationLock; // This lock protects the creation and
+ // of m_pPosition and m_pInputPin. It
+ // ensures that two threads cannot create
+ // either object simultaneously.
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+
+ ~CBaseRenderer();
+
+ // Overriden to say what interfaces we support and where
+
+ virtual HRESULT GetMediaPositionInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID, __deref_out void **);
+
+ virtual HRESULT SourceThreadCanWait(BOOL bCanWait);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ // Debug only dump of the renderer state
+ void DisplayRendererState();
+#endif
+ virtual HRESULT WaitForRenderTime();
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteStateChange(FILTER_STATE OldState);
+
+ // Return internal information about this filter
+
+ BOOL IsEndOfStream() { return m_bEOS; };
+ BOOL IsEndOfStreamDelivered() { return m_bEOSDelivered; };
+ BOOL IsStreaming() { return m_bStreaming; };
+ void SetAbortSignal(BOOL bAbort) { m_bAbort = bAbort; };
+ virtual void OnReceiveFirstSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) { };
+ CAMEvent *GetRenderEvent() { return &m_RenderEvent; };
+
+ // Permit access to the transition state
+
+ void Ready() { m_evComplete.Set(); };
+ void NotReady() { m_evComplete.Reset(); };
+ BOOL CheckReady() { return m_evComplete.Check(); };
+
+ virtual int GetPinCount();
+ virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n);
+ FILTER_STATE GetRealState();
+ void SendRepaint();
+ void SendNotifyWindow(IPin *pPin,HWND hwnd);
+ BOOL OnDisplayChange();
+ void SetRepaintStatus(BOOL bRepaint);
+
+ // Override the filter and pin interface functions
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Stop();
+ STDMETHODIMP Pause();
+ STDMETHODIMP Run(REFERENCE_TIME StartTime);
+ STDMETHODIMP GetState(DWORD dwMSecs, __out FILTER_STATE *State);
+ STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin);
+
+ // These are available for a quality management implementation
+
+ virtual void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT OnStartStreaming() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual HRESULT OnStopStreaming() { return NOERROR; };
+ virtual void OnWaitStart() { };
+ virtual void OnWaitEnd() { };
+ virtual void PrepareRender() { };
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing
+ // Set in OnRenderStart, Used in OnRenderEnd
+ int m_idBaseStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp
+ int m_idBaseRenderTime; // MSR_id for true wait time
+ int m_idBaseAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int)
+#endif
+
+ // Quality management implementation for scheduling rendering
+
+ virtual BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT GetSampleTimes(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pStartTime,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *pEndTime);
+
+ virtual HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __out REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd);
+
+ // Lots of end of stream complexities
+
+ void TimerCallback();
+ void ResetEndOfStreamTimer();
+ HRESULT NotifyEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT SendEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT ResetEndOfStream();
+ virtual HRESULT EndOfStream();
+
+ // Rendering is based around the clock
+
+ void SignalTimerFired();
+ virtual HRESULT CancelNotification();
+ virtual HRESULT ClearPendingSample();
+
+ // Called when the filter changes state
+
+ virtual HRESULT Active();
+ virtual HRESULT Inactive();
+ virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();
+ virtual HRESULT BeginFlush();
+ virtual HRESULT EndFlush();
+
+ // Deal with connections and type changes
+
+ virtual HRESULT BreakConnect();
+ virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);
+ virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);
+
+ // These look after the handling of data samples
+
+ virtual HRESULT PrepareReceive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual BOOL HaveCurrentSample();
+ virtual IMediaSample *GetCurrentSample();
+ virtual HRESULT Render(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+
+ // Derived classes MUST override these
+ virtual HRESULT DoRenderSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample) PURE;
+ virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *) PURE;
+
+ // Helper
+ void WaitForReceiveToComplete();
+};
+
+
+// CBaseVideoRenderer is a renderer class (see its ancestor class) and
+// it handles scheduling of media samples so that they are drawn at the
+// correct time by the reference clock. It implements a degradation
+// strategy. Possible degradation modes are:
+// Drop frames here (only useful if the drawing takes significant time)
+// Signal supplier (upstream) to drop some frame(s) - i.e. one-off skip.
+// Signal supplier to change the frame rate - i.e. ongoing skipping.
+// Or any combination of the above.
+// In order to determine what's useful to try we need to know what's going
+// on. This is done by timing various operations (including the supplier).
+// This timing is done by using timeGetTime as it is accurate enough and
+// usually cheaper than calling the reference clock. It also tells the
+// truth if there is an audio break and the reference clock stops.
+// We provide a number of public entry points (named OnXxxStart, OnXxxEnd)
+// which the rest of the renderer calls at significant moments. These do
+// the timing.
+
+// the number of frames that the sliding averages are averaged over.
+// the rule is (1024*NewObservation + (AVGPERIOD-1) * PreviousAverage)/AVGPERIOD
+#define AVGPERIOD 4
+#define DO_MOVING_AVG(avg,obs) (avg = (1024*obs + (AVGPERIOD-1)*avg)/AVGPERIOD)
+// Spot the bug in this macro - I can't. but it doesn't work!
+
+class CBaseVideoRenderer : public CBaseRenderer, // Base renderer class
+ public IQualProp, // Property page guff
+ public IQualityControl // Allow throttling
+{
+protected:
+
+ // Hungarian:
+ // tFoo is the time Foo in mSec (beware m_tStart from filter.h)
+ // trBar is the time Bar by the reference clock
+
+ //******************************************************************
+ // State variables to control synchronisation
+ //******************************************************************
+
+ // Control of sending Quality messages. We need to know whether
+ // we are in trouble (e.g. frames being dropped) and where the time
+ // is being spent.
+
+ // When we drop a frame we play the next one early.
+ // The frame after that is likely to wait before drawing and counting this
+ // wait as spare time is unfair, so we count it as a zero wait.
+ // We therefore need to know whether we are playing frames early or not.
+
+ int m_nNormal; // The number of consecutive frames
+ // drawn at their normal time (not early)
+ // -1 means we just dropped a frame.
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ BOOL m_bDrawLateFrames; // Don't drop any frames (debug and I'm
+ // not keen on people using it!)
+#endif
+
+ BOOL m_bSupplierHandlingQuality;// The response to Quality messages says
+ // our supplier is handling things.
+ // We will allow things to go extra late
+ // before dropping frames. We will play
+ // very early after he has dropped one.
+
+ // Control of scheduling, frame dropping etc.
+ // We need to know where the time is being spent so as to tell whether
+ // we should be taking action here, signalling supplier or what.
+ // The variables are initialised to a mode of NOT dropping frames.
+ // They will tell the truth after a few frames.
+ // We typically record a start time for an event, later we get the time
+ // again and subtract to get the elapsed time, and we average this over
+ // a few frames. The average is used to tell what mode we are in.
+
+ // Although these are reference times (64 bit) they are all DIFFERENCES
+ // between times which are small. An int will go up to 214 secs before
+ // overflow. Avoiding 64 bit multiplications and divisions seems
+ // worth while.
+
+
+
+ // Audio-video throttling. If the user has turned up audio quality
+ // very high (in principle it could be any other stream, not just audio)
+ // then we can receive cries for help via the graph manager. In this case
+ // we put in a wait for some time after rendering each frame.
+ int m_trThrottle;
+
+ // The time taken to render (i.e. BitBlt) frames controls which component
+ // needs to degrade. If the blt is expensive, the renderer degrades.
+ // If the blt is cheap it's done anyway and the supplier degrades.
+ int m_trRenderAvg; // Time frames are taking to blt
+ int m_trRenderLast; // Time for last frame blt
+ int m_tRenderStart; // Just before we started drawing (mSec)
+ // derived from timeGetTime.
+
+ // When frames are dropped we will play the next frame as early as we can.
+ // If it was a false alarm and the machine is fast we slide gently back to
+ // normal timing. To do this, we record the offset showing just how early
+ // we really are. This will normally be negative meaning early or zero.
+ int m_trEarliness;
+
+ // Target provides slow long-term feedback to try to reduce the
+ // average sync offset to zero. Whenever a frame is actually rendered
+ // early we add a msec or two, whenever late we take off a few.
+ // We add or take off 1/32 of the error time.
+ // Eventually we should be hovering around zero. For a really bad case
+ // where we were (say) 300mSec off, it might take 100 odd frames to
+ // settle down. The rate of change of this is intended to be slower
+ // than any other mechanism in Quartz, thereby avoiding hunting.
+ int m_trTarget;
+
+ // The proportion of time spent waiting for the right moment to blt
+ // controls whether we bother to drop a frame or whether we reckon that
+ // we're doing well enough that we can stand a one-frame glitch.
+ int m_trWaitAvg; // Average of last few wait times
+ // (actually we just average how early
+ // we were). Negative here means LATE.
+
+ // The average inter-frame time.
+ // This is used to calculate the proportion of the time used by the
+ // three operations (supplying us, waiting, rendering)
+ int m_trFrameAvg; // Average inter-frame time
+ int m_trDuration; // duration of last frame.
+
+#ifdef PERF
+ // Performance logging identifiers
+ int m_idTimeStamp; // MSR_id for frame time stamp
+ int m_idEarliness; // MSR_id for earliness fudge
+ int m_idTarget; // MSR_id for Target fudge
+ int m_idWaitReal; // MSR_id for true wait time
+ int m_idWait; // MSR_id for wait time recorded
+ int m_idFrameAccuracy; // MSR_id for time frame is late (int)
+ int m_idRenderAvg; // MSR_id for Render time recorded (int)
+ int m_idSchLateTime; // MSR_id for lateness at scheduler
+ int m_idQualityRate; // MSR_id for Quality rate requested
+ int m_idQualityTime; // MSR_id for Quality time requested
+ int m_idDecision; // MSR_id for decision code
+ int m_idDuration; // MSR_id for duration of a frame
+ int m_idThrottle; // MSR_id for audio-video throttling
+ //int m_idDebug; // MSR_id for trace style debugging
+ //int m_idSendQuality; // MSR_id for timing the notifications per se
+#endif // PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberStampForPerf; // original time stamp of frame
+ // with no earliness fudges etc.
+#ifdef PERF
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trRememberFrameForPerf; // time when previous frame rendered
+
+ // debug...
+ int m_idFrameAvg;
+ int m_idWaitAvg;
+#endif
+
+ // PROPERTY PAGE
+ // This has edit fields that show the user what's happening
+ // These member variables hold these counts.
+
+ int m_cFramesDropped; // cumulative frames dropped IN THE RENDERER
+ int m_cFramesDrawn; // Frames since streaming started seen BY THE
+ // RENDERER (some may be dropped upstream)
+
+ // Next two support average sync offset and standard deviation of sync offset.
+ LONGLONG m_iTotAcc; // Sum of accuracies in mSec
+ LONGLONG m_iSumSqAcc; // Sum of squares of (accuracies in mSec)
+
+ // Next two allow jitter calculation. Jitter is std deviation of frame time.
+ REFERENCE_TIME m_trLastDraw; // Time of prev frame (for inter-frame times)
+ LONGLONG m_iSumSqFrameTime; // Sum of squares of (inter-frame time in mSec)
+ LONGLONG m_iSumFrameTime; // Sum of inter-frame times in mSec
+
+ // To get performance statistics on frame rate, jitter etc, we need
+ // to record the lateness and inter-frame time. What we actually need are the
+ // data above (sum, sum of squares and number of entries for each) but the data
+ // is generated just ahead of time and only later do we discover whether the
+ // frame was actually drawn or not. So we have to hang on to the data
+ int m_trLate; // hold onto frame lateness
+ int m_trFrame; // hold onto inter-frame time
+
+ int m_tStreamingStart; // if streaming then time streaming started
+ // else time of last streaming session
+ // used for property page statistics
+#ifdef PERF
+ LONGLONG m_llTimeOffset; // timeGetTime()*10000+m_llTimeOffset==ref time
+#endif
+
+public:
+
+
+ CBaseVideoRenderer(REFCLSID RenderClass, // CLSID for this renderer
+ __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Debug ONLY description
+ __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // Aggregated owner object
+ __inout HRESULT *phr); // General OLE return code
+
+ ~CBaseVideoRenderer();
+
+ // IQualityControl methods - Notify allows audio-video throttling
+
+ STDMETHODIMP SetSink( IQualityControl * piqc);
+ STDMETHODIMP Notify( IBaseFilter * pSelf, Quality q);
+
+ // These provide a full video quality management implementation
+
+ void OnRenderStart(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void OnRenderEnd(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ void OnWaitStart();
+ void OnWaitEnd();
+ HRESULT OnStartStreaming();
+ HRESULT OnStopStreaming();
+ void ThrottleWait();
+
+ // Handle the statistics gathering for our quality management
+
+ void PreparePerformanceData(int trLate, int trFrame);
+ virtual void RecordFrameLateness(int trLate, int trFrame);
+ virtual void OnDirectRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ virtual HRESULT ResetStreamingTimes();
+ BOOL ScheduleSample(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);
+ HRESULT ShouldDrawSampleNow(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrStart,
+ __inout REFERENCE_TIME *ptrEnd);
+
+ virtual HRESULT SendQuality(REFERENCE_TIME trLate, REFERENCE_TIME trRealStream);
+ STDMETHODIMP JoinFilterGraph(__inout_opt IFilterGraph * pGraph, __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);
+
+ //
+ // Do estimates for standard deviations for per-frame
+ // statistics
+ //
+ // *piResult = (llSumSq - iTot * iTot / m_cFramesDrawn - 1) /
+ // (m_cFramesDrawn - 2)
+ // or 0 if m_cFramesDrawn <= 3
+ //
+ HRESULT GetStdDev(
+ int nSamples,
+ __out int *piResult,
+ LONGLONG llSumSq,
+ LONGLONG iTot
+ );
+public:
+
+ // IQualProp property page support
+
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDroppedInRenderer(__out int *cFramesDropped);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_FramesDrawn(__out int *pcFramesDrawn);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgFrameRate(__out int *piAvgFrameRate);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_Jitter(__out int *piJitter);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_AvgSyncOffset(__out int *piAvg);
+ STDMETHODIMP get_DevSyncOffset(__out int *piDev);
+
+ // Implement an IUnknown interface and expose IQualProp
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out VOID **ppv);
+};
+
+#endif // __RENBASE__
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..208d418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: SeekPT.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __seekpt_h__
+#define __seekpt_h__
+
+
+class CSeekingPassThru : public ISeekingPassThru, public CUnknown
+{
+public:
+ static CUnknown *CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ CSeekingPassThru(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CSeekingPassThru();
+
+ DECLARE_IUNKNOWN;
+ STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);
+
+ STDMETHODIMP Init(BOOL bSupportRendering, IPin *pPin);
+
+private:
+ CPosPassThru *m_pPosPassThru;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63f33df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: Streams.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines overall streams architecture.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __STREAMS__
+#define __STREAMS__
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+// disable some level-4 warnings, use #pragma warning(enable:###) to re-enable
+#pragma warning(disable:4100) // warning C4100: unreferenced formal parameter
+#pragma warning(disable:4201) // warning C4201: nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union
+#pragma warning(disable:4511) // warning C4511: copy constructor could not be generated
+#pragma warning(disable:4512) // warning C4512: assignment operator could not be generated
+#pragma warning(disable:4514) // warning C4514: "unreferenced inline function has been removed"
+
+#if _MSC_VER>=1100
+#define AM_NOVTABLE __declspec(novtable)
+#else
+#define AM_NOVTABLE
+#endif
+#endif // MSC_VER
+
+
+// Because of differences between Visual C++ and older Microsoft SDKs,
+// you may have defined _DEBUG without defining DEBUG. This logic
+// ensures that both will be set if Visual C++ sets _DEBUG.
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#ifndef DEBUG
+#define DEBUG
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include <olectl.h>
+#include <ddraw.h>
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+
+
+#ifndef NUMELMS
+#if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0600
+ #define NUMELMS(aa) (sizeof(aa)/sizeof((aa)[0]))
+#else
+ #define NUMELMS(aa) ARRAYSIZE(aa)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following definitions come from the Platform SDK and are required if
+// the applicaiton is being compiled with the headers from Visual C++ 6.0.
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////// ////////////////////////
+#ifndef InterlockedExchangePointer
+ #define InterlockedExchangePointer(Target, Value) \
+ (PVOID)InterlockedExchange((PLONG)(Target), (LONG)(Value))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+#define _WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+typedef struct {
+ WAVEFORMATEX Format;
+ union {
+ WORD wValidBitsPerSample; /* bits of precision */
+ WORD wSamplesPerBlock; /* valid if wBitsPerSample==0 */
+ WORD wReserved; /* If neither applies, set to zero. */
+ } Samples;
+ DWORD dwChannelMask; /* which channels are */
+ /* present in stream */
+ GUID SubFormat;
+} WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE, *PWAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE;
+#endif // !_WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_
+
+#if !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE)
+#define WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE 0xFFFE
+#endif // !defined(WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE)
+
+#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
+ #define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA
+ #define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW
+ #ifdef UNICODE
+ #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW
+ #else
+ #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrA
+ #endif // !UNICODE
+#endif // !GetWindowLongPtr
+
+#ifndef SetWindowLongPtr
+ #define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA
+ #define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW
+ #ifdef UNICODE
+ #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW
+ #else
+ #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrA
+ #endif // !UNICODE
+#endif // !SetWindowLongPtr
+
+#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
+ #define GWLP_WNDPROC (-4)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_HINSTANCE
+ #define GWLP_HINSTANCE (-6)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_HWNDPARENT
+ #define GWLP_HWNDPARENT (-8)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_USERDATA
+ #define GWLP_USERDATA (-21)
+#endif
+#ifndef GWLP_ID
+ #define GWLP_ID (-12)
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_MSGRESULT
+ #define DWLP_MSGRESULT 0
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_DLGPROC
+ #define DWLP_DLGPROC DWLP_MSGRESULT + sizeof(LRESULT)
+#endif
+#ifndef DWLP_USER
+ #define DWLP_USER DWLP_DLGPROC + sizeof(DLGPROC)
+#endif
+
+
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4312 4244)
+// _GetWindowLongPtr
+// Templated version of GetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning.
+template <class T>
+T _GetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex)
+{
+ return (T)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex);
+}
+
+// _SetWindowLongPtr
+// Templated version of SetWindowLongPtr, to suppress spurious compiler warning.
+template <class T>
+LONG_PTR _SetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex, T p)
+{
+ return SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, nIndex, (LONG_PTR)p);
+}
+#pragma warning(pop)
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End Platform SDK definitions
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#include <strmif.h> // Generated IDL header file for streams interfaces
+#include <intsafe.h> // required by amvideo.h
+
+#include <reftime.h> // Helper class for REFERENCE_TIME management
+#include <wxdebug.h> // Debug support for logging and ASSERTs
+#include <amvideo.h> // ActiveMovie video interfaces and definitions
+//include amaudio.h explicitly if you need it. it requires the DX SDK.
+//#include <amaudio.h> // ActiveMovie audio interfaces and definitions
+#include <wxutil.h> // General helper classes for threads etc
+#include <combase.h> // Base COM classes to support IUnknown
+//#include <dllsetup.h> // Filter registration support functions
+#include <measure.h> // Performance measurement
+//#include <comlite.h> // Light weight com function prototypes
+
+//#include <cache.h> // Simple cache container class
+#include <wxlist.h> // Non MFC generic list class
+#include <msgthrd.h> // CMsgThread
+#include <mtype.h> // Helper class for managing media types
+#include <fourcc.h> // conversions between FOURCCs and GUIDs
+#include <control.h> // generated from control.odl
+#include <ctlutil.h> // control interface utility classes
+#include <evcode.h> // event code definitions
+#include <amfilter.h> // Main streams architecture class hierachy
+//#include <transfrm.h> // Generic transform filter
+//#include <transip.h> // Generic transform-in-place filter
+#include <uuids.h> // declaration of type GUIDs and well-known clsids
+//#include <source.h> // Generic source filter
+//#include <outputq.h> // Output pin queueing
+#include <errors.h> // HRESULT status and error definitions
+#include <renbase.h> // Base class for writing ActiveX renderers
+//#include <winutil.h> // Helps with filters that manage windows
+//#include <winctrl.h> // Implements the IVideoWindow interface
+//#include <videoctl.h> // Specifically video related classes
+const LONGLONG MAX_TIME = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF; /* Maximum LONGLONG value */
+//#include <refclock.h> // Base clock class
+//#include <sysclock.h> // System clock
+//#include <pstream.h> // IPersistStream helper class
+//#include <vtrans.h> // Video Transform Filter base class
+//#include <amextra.h>
+//#include <cprop.h> // Base property page class
+//#include <strmctl.h> // IAMStreamControl support
+//#include <edevdefs.h> // External device control interface defines
+//#include <audevcod.h> // audio filter device error event codes
+
+
+#else
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ #pragma message("STREAMS.H included TWICE")
+ #endif
+#endif // __STREAMS__
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a1dc38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1478 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXDebug.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements ActiveX system debugging
+// facilities.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#define _WINDLL
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <dvdmedia.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+#define _UNICODE
+#endif // _UNICODE
+#endif // UNICODE
+#endif // DEBUG
+
+#include <tchar.h>
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void DisplayBITMAPINFO(const BITMAPINFOHEADER* pbmi);
+static void DisplayRECT(LPCTSTR szLabel, const RECT& rc);
+
+// The Win32 wsprintf() function writes a maximum of 1024 characters to it's output buffer.
+// See the documentation for wsprintf()'s lpOut parameter for more information.
+const INT iDEBUGINFO = 1024; // Used to format strings
+
+/* For every module and executable we store a debugging level for each of
+ the five categories (eg LOG_ERROR and LOG_TIMING). This makes it easy
+ to isolate and debug individual modules without seeing everybody elses
+ spurious debug output. The keys are stored in the registry under the
+ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Debug\<Module Name>\<KeyName> key values
+ NOTE these must be in the same order as their enumeration definition */
+
+const LPCTSTR pKeyNames[] = {
+ TEXT("TIMING"), // Timing and performance measurements
+ TEXT("TRACE"), // General step point call tracing
+ TEXT("MEMORY"), // Memory and object allocation/destruction
+ TEXT("LOCKING"), // Locking/unlocking of critical sections
+ TEXT("ERROR"), // Debug error notification
+ TEXT("CUSTOM1"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM2"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM3"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM4"),
+ TEXT("CUSTOM5")
+ };
+
+const TCHAR CAutoTrace::_szEntering[] = TEXT("->: %s");
+const TCHAR CAutoTrace::_szLeaving[] = TEXT("<-: %s");
+
+const INT iMAXLEVELS = NUMELMS(pKeyNames); // Maximum debug categories
+
+HINSTANCE m_hInst; // Module instance handle
+TCHAR m_ModuleName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Cut down module name
+DWORD m_Levels[iMAXLEVELS]; // Debug level per category
+CRITICAL_SECTION m_CSDebug; // Controls access to list
+DWORD m_dwNextCookie; // Next active object ID
+ObjectDesc *pListHead = NULL; // First active object
+DWORD m_dwObjectCount; // Active object count
+BOOL m_bInit = FALSE; // Have we been initialised
+HANDLE m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; // Optional output written here
+DWORD dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE; // Default timeout value
+DWORD dwTimeOffset; // Time of first DbgLog call
+bool g_fUseKASSERT = false; // don't create messagebox
+bool g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = false;
+bool g_fAutoRefreshLevels = false;
+
+LPCTSTR pBaseKey = TEXT("SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\DirectShow\\Debug");
+LPCTSTR pGlobalKey = TEXT("GLOBAL");
+static CHAR *pUnknownName = "UNKNOWN";
+
+LPCTSTR TimeoutName = TEXT("TIMEOUT");
+
+/* This sets the instance handle that the debug library uses to find
+ the module's file name from the Win32 GetModuleFileName function */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst)
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ m_bInit = TRUE;
+
+ m_hInst = hInst;
+ DbgInitModuleName();
+ if (GetProfileInt(m_ModuleName, TEXT("BreakOnLoad"), 0))
+ DebugBreak();
+ DbgInitModuleSettings(false);
+ DbgInitGlobalSettings(true);
+ dwTimeOffset = timeGetTime();
+}
+
+
+/* This is called to clear up any resources the debug library uses - at the
+ moment we delete our critical section and the object list. The values we
+ retrieve from the registry are all done during initialisation but we don't
+ go looking for update notifications while we are running, if the values
+ are changed then the application has to be restarted to pick them up */
+
+void WINAPI DbgTerminate()
+{
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hOutput));
+ m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ }
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ m_bInit = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by DbgInitLogLevels to read the debug settings
+ for each logging category for this module from the registry */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ LONG lKeyPos; // Current key category
+ DWORD dwKeySize; // Size of the key value
+ DWORD dwKeyType; // Receives it's type
+ DWORD dwKeyValue; // This fields value
+
+ /* Try and read a value for each key position in turn */
+ for (lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ pKeyNames[lKeyPos], // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ /* If either the key was not available or it was not a DWORD value
+ then we ensure only the high priority debug logging is output
+ but we try and update the field to a zero filled DWORD value */
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_DWORD) {
+
+ dwKeyValue = 0;
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ pKeyNames[lKeyPos], // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_DWORD, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE) &dwKeyValue, // Value for the field
+ sizeof(DWORD)); // Size of the field buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not create subkey %s"),pKeyNames[lKeyPos]));
+ dwKeyValue = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if(fTakeMax)
+ {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = max(dwKeyValue,m_Levels[lKeyPos]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if((m_Levels[lKeyPos] & LOG_FORCIBLY_SET) == 0) {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = dwKeyValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the timeout value for catching hangs */
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ TimeoutName, // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) &dwWaitTimeout, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize ); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ /* If either the key was not available or it was not a DWORD value
+ then we ensure only the high priority debug logging is output
+ but we try and update the field to a zero filled DWORD value */
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_DWORD) {
+
+ dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE;
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ TimeoutName, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_DWORD, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE) &dwWaitTimeout, // Value for the field
+ sizeof(DWORD)); // Size of the field buffer
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not create subkey %s"),pKeyNames[lKeyPos]));
+ dwWaitTimeout = INFINITE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz)
+{
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ UINT cb = lstrlen(psz);
+ DWORD dw;
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CHAR szDest[2048];
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, psz, -1, szDest, NUMELMS(szDest), 0, 0);
+ WriteFile (m_hOutput, szDest, cb, &dw, NULL);
+#else
+ WriteFile (m_hOutput, psz, cb, &dw, NULL);
+#endif
+ } else {
+ OutputDebugString (psz);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+
+HRESULT DbgUniqueProcessName(LPCTSTR inName, LPTSTR outName)
+{
+ HRESULT hr = S_OK;
+ const TCHAR *pIn = inName;
+ int dotPos = -1;
+
+ //scan the input and record the last '.' position
+ while (*pIn && (pIn - inName) < MAX_PATH)
+ {
+ if ( TEXT('.') == *pIn )
+ dotPos = (int)(pIn-inName);
+ ++pIn;
+ }
+
+ if (*pIn) //input should be zero-terminated within MAX_PATH
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+
+ DWORD dwProcessId = GetCurrentProcessId();
+
+ if (dotPos < 0)
+ {
+ //no extension in the input, appending process id to the input
+ hr = StringCchPrintf(outName, MAX_PATH, TEXT("%s_%d"), inName, dwProcessId);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR pathAndBasename[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+
+ //there's an extension - zero-terminate the path and basename first by copying
+ hr = StringCchCopyN(pathAndBasename, MAX_PATH, inName, (size_t)dotPos);
+
+ //re-combine path, basename and extension with processId appended to a basename
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ hr = StringCchPrintf(outName, MAX_PATH, TEXT("%s_%d%s"), pathAndBasename, dwProcessId, inName + dotPos);
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+/* Called by DbgInitGlobalSettings to setup alternate logging destinations
+ */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitLogTo (
+ HKEY hKey)
+{
+ LONG lReturn;
+ DWORD dwKeyType;
+ DWORD dwKeySize;
+ TCHAR szFile[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+ static const TCHAR cszKey[] = TEXT("LogToFile");
+
+ dwKeySize = MAX_PATH;
+ lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle to an open key
+ cszKey, // Subkey name derivation
+ NULL, // Reserved field
+ &dwKeyType, // Returns the field type
+ (LPBYTE) szFile, // Returns the field's value
+ &dwKeySize); // Number of bytes transferred
+
+ // create an empty key if it does not already exist
+ //
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS || dwKeyType != REG_SZ)
+ {
+ dwKeySize = sizeof(TCHAR);
+ lReturn = RegSetValueEx(
+ hKey, // Handle of an open key
+ cszKey, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved field
+ REG_SZ, // Type of the key field
+ (PBYTE)szFile, // Value for the field
+ dwKeySize); // Size of the field buffer
+ }
+
+ // if an output-to was specified. try to open it.
+ //
+ if (m_hOutput != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle (m_hOutput));
+ m_hOutput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ }
+ if (szFile[0] != 0)
+ {
+ if (!lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Console"))) {
+ m_hOutput = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ if (m_hOutput == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+ AllocConsole ();
+ m_hOutput = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+ }
+ SetConsoleTitle (TEXT("ActiveX Debug Output"));
+ } else if (szFile[0] &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Debug")) &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Debugger")) &&
+ lstrcmpi(szFile, TEXT("Deb")))
+ {
+ m_hOutput = CreateFile(szFile, GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ,
+ NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
+ FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+ NULL);
+
+ if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == m_hOutput &&
+ GetLastError() == ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)
+ {
+ TCHAR uniqueName[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+ if (SUCCEEDED(DbgUniqueProcessName(szFile, uniqueName)))
+ {
+ m_hOutput = CreateFile(uniqueName, GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ,
+ NULL, OPEN_ALWAYS,
+ FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != m_hOutput)
+ {
+ static const TCHAR cszBar[] = TEXT("\r\n\r\n=====DbgInitialize()=====\r\n\r\n");
+ SetFilePointer (m_hOutput, 0, NULL, FILE_END);
+ DbgOutString (cszBar);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/* This is called by DbgInitLogLevels to read the global debug settings for
+ each logging category for this module from the registry. Normally each
+ module has it's own values set for it's different debug categories but
+ setting the global SOFTWARE\Debug\Global applies them to ALL modules */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ HKEY hGlobalKey; // Global override key
+
+ /* Construct the global base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s\\%s"),pBaseKey,pGlobalKey);
+
+ /* Create or open the key for this module */
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hGlobalKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hGlobalKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not access GLOBAL module key")));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ DbgInitKeyLevels(hGlobalKey, fTakeMax);
+ RegCloseKey(hGlobalKey);
+}
+
+
+/* This sets the debugging log levels for the different categories. We start
+ by opening (or creating if not already available) the SOFTWARE\Debug key
+ that all these settings live under. We then look at the global values
+ set under SOFTWARE\Debug\Global which apply on top of the individual
+ module settings. We then load the individual module registry settings */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax)
+{
+ LONG lReturn; // Create key return value
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO]; // Constructs key names
+ HKEY hModuleKey; // Module key handle
+
+ /* Construct the base key name */
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s\\%s"),pBaseKey,m_ModuleName);
+
+ /* Create or open the key for this module */
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hModuleKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ lReturn = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, // Handle of an open key
+ szInfo, // Address of subkey name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Reserved value
+ NULL, // Address of class name
+ (DWORD) 0, // Special options flags
+ GENERIC_READ, // Desired security access
+ NULL, // Key security descriptor
+ &hModuleKey, // Opened handle buffer
+ NULL); // What really happened
+ if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Could not access module key")));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ DbgInitLogTo(hModuleKey);
+ DbgInitKeyLevels(hModuleKey, fTakeMax);
+ RegCloseKey(hModuleKey);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise the module file name */
+
+void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName()
+{
+ TCHAR FullName[iDEBUGINFO]; // Load the full path and module name
+ LPTSTR pName; // Searches from the end for a backslash
+
+ GetModuleFileName(m_hInst,FullName,iDEBUGINFO);
+ pName = _tcsrchr(FullName,'\\');
+ if (pName == NULL) {
+ pName = FullName;
+ } else {
+ pName++;
+ }
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_ModuleName,NUMELMS(m_ModuleName), pName);
+}
+
+struct MsgBoxMsg
+{
+ HWND hwnd;
+ LPCTSTR szTitle;
+ LPCTSTR szMessage;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ INT iResult;
+};
+
+//
+// create a thread to call MessageBox(). calling MessageBox() on
+// random threads at bad times can confuse the host (eg IE).
+//
+DWORD WINAPI MsgBoxThread(
+ __inout LPVOID lpParameter // thread data
+ )
+{
+ MsgBoxMsg *pmsg = (MsgBoxMsg *)lpParameter;
+ pmsg->iResult = MessageBox(
+ pmsg->hwnd,
+ pmsg->szTitle,
+ pmsg->szMessage,
+ pmsg->dwFlags);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+INT MessageBoxOtherThread(
+ HWND hwnd,
+ LPCTSTR szTitle,
+ LPCTSTR szMessage,
+ DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+ if(g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint)
+ {
+ // can't wait on another thread because we have the loader
+ // lock held in the dll entry point.
+ // This can crash sometimes so just skip it
+ // return MessageBox(hwnd, szTitle, szMessage, dwFlags);
+ return IDCANCEL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MsgBoxMsg msg = {hwnd, szTitle, szMessage, dwFlags, 0};
+ DWORD dwid;
+ HANDLE hThread = CreateThread(
+ 0, // security
+ 0, // stack size
+ MsgBoxThread,
+ (void *)&msg, // arg
+ 0, // flags
+ &dwid);
+ if(hThread)
+ {
+ WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE);
+ CloseHandle(hThread);
+ return msg.iResult;
+ }
+
+ // break into debugger on failure.
+ return IDCANCEL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box if the condition evaluated to FALSE */
+
+void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s \nAt line %d of %s\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("ASSERT Failed"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore assertion continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box at a break point */
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%s \nAt line %d of %s\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("Hard coded break point"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore break point continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...)
+{
+ // A debug break point message can have at most 2000 characters if
+ // ANSI or UNICODE characters are being used. A debug break point message
+ // can have between 1000 and 2000 double byte characters in it. If a
+ // particular message needs more characters, then the value of this constant
+ // should be increased.
+ const DWORD MAX_BREAK_POINT_MESSAGE_SIZE = 2000;
+
+ TCHAR szBreakPointMessage[MAX_BREAK_POINT_MESSAGE_SIZE];
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start( va, szFormatString );
+
+ HRESULT hr = StringCchVPrintf( szBreakPointMessage, NUMELMS(szBreakPointMessage), szFormatString, va );
+
+ va_end(va);
+
+ if( FAILED(hr) ) {
+ DbgBreak( "ERROR in DbgBreakPoint(). The variable length debug message could not be displayed because StringCchVPrintf() failed." );
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ::DbgBreakPoint( szBreakPointMessage, pFileName, iLine );
+}
+
+
+/* When we initialised the library we stored in the m_Levels array the current
+ debug output level for this module for each of the five categories. When
+ some debug logging is sent to us it can be sent with a combination of the
+ categories (if it is applicable to many for example) in which case we map
+ the type's categories into their current debug levels and see if any of
+ them can be accepted. The function looks at each bit position in turn from
+ the input type field and then compares it's debug level with the modules.
+
+ A level of 0 means that output is always sent to the debugger. This is
+ due to producing output if the input level is <= m_Levels.
+*/
+
+
+BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level)
+{
+ if(g_fAutoRefreshLevels)
+ {
+ // re-read the registry every second. We cannot use RegNotify() to
+ // notice registry changes because it's not available on win9x.
+ static DWORD g_dwLastRefresh = 0;
+ DWORD dwTime = timeGetTime();
+ if(dwTime - g_dwLastRefresh > 1000) {
+ g_dwLastRefresh = dwTime;
+
+ // there's a race condition: multiple threads could update the
+ // values. plus read and write not synchronized. no harm
+ // though.
+ DbgInitModuleSettings(false);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ DWORD Mask = 0x01;
+
+ // If no valid bits are set return FALSE
+ if ((Type & ((1<<iMAXLEVELS)-1))) {
+
+ // speed up unconditional output.
+ if (0==Level)
+ return(TRUE);
+
+ for (LONG lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+ if (Type & Mask) {
+ if (Level <= (m_Levels[lKeyPos] & ~LOG_FORCIBLY_SET)) {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Set debug levels to a given value */
+
+void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type, DWORD Level)
+{
+ DWORD Mask = 0x01;
+
+ for (LONG lKeyPos = 0;lKeyPos < iMAXLEVELS;lKeyPos++) {
+ if (Type & Mask) {
+ m_Levels[lKeyPos] = Level | LOG_FORCIBLY_SET;
+ }
+ Mask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* whether to check registry values periodically. this isn't turned
+ automatically because of the potential performance hit. */
+void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto)
+{
+ g_fAutoRefreshLevels = fAuto;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+//
+// warning -- this function is implemented twice for ansi applications
+// linking to the unicode library
+//
+void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...)
+{
+ /* Check the current level for this type combination */
+
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[2000];
+
+ /* Format the variable length parameter list */
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start(va, pFormat);
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),
+ TEXT("%s(tid %x) %8d : "),
+ m_ModuleName,
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), timeGetTime() - dwTimeOffset);
+
+ CHAR szInfoA[2000];
+ WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, szInfo, -1, szInfoA, NUMELMS(szInfoA), 0, 0);
+
+ (void)StringCchVPrintfA(szInfoA + lstrlenA(szInfoA), NUMELMS(szInfoA) - lstrlenA(szInfoA), pFormat, va);
+ (void)StringCchCatA(szInfoA, NUMELMS(szInfoA), "\r\n");
+
+ WCHAR wszOutString[2000];
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, szInfoA, -1, wszOutString, NUMELMS(wszOutString));
+ DbgOutString(wszOutString);
+
+ va_end(va);
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("%hs \nAt line %d of %hs\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("ASSERT Failed"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore assertion continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Displays a message box at a break point */
+
+void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ if(g_fUseKASSERT)
+ {
+ DbgKernelAssert(pCondition, pFileName, iLine);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%hs \nAt line %d of %hs\nContinue? (Cancel to debug)"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName);
+
+ INT MsgId = MessageBoxOtherThread(NULL,szInfo,TEXT("Hard coded break point"),
+ MB_SYSTEMMODAL |
+ MB_ICONHAND |
+ MB_YESNOCANCEL |
+ MB_SETFOREGROUND);
+ switch (MsgId)
+ {
+ case IDNO: /* Kill the application */
+
+ FatalAppExit(FALSE, TEXT("Application terminated"));
+ break;
+
+ case IDCANCEL: /* Break into the debugger */
+
+ DebugBreak();
+ break;
+
+ case IDYES: /* Ignore break point continue execution */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("Assertion FAILED (%hs) at line %d in file %hs"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName));
+ DebugBreak();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* Print a formatted string to the debugger prefixed with this module's name
+ Because the COMBASE classes are linked statically every module loaded will
+ have their own copy of this code. It therefore helps if the module name is
+ included on the output so that the offending code can be easily found */
+
+//
+// warning -- this function is implemented twice for ansi applications
+// linking to the unicode library
+//
+void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,LPCTSTR pFormat,...)
+{
+
+ /* Check the current level for this type combination */
+
+ BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level);
+ if (bAccept == FALSE) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ TCHAR szInfo[2000];
+
+ /* Format the variable length parameter list */
+
+ va_list va;
+ va_start(va, pFormat);
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo),
+ TEXT("%s(tid %x) %8d : "),
+ m_ModuleName,
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), timeGetTime() - dwTimeOffset);
+
+ (void)StringCchVPrintf(szInfo + lstrlen(szInfo), NUMELMS(szInfo) - lstrlen(szInfo), pFormat, va);
+ (void)StringCchCat(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("\r\n"));
+ DbgOutString(szInfo);
+
+ va_end(va);
+}
+
+
+/* If we are executing as a pure kernel filter we cannot display message
+ boxes to the user, this provides an alternative which puts the error
+ condition on the debugger output with a suitable eye catching message */
+
+void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("Assertion FAILED (%s) at line %d in file %s"),
+ pCondition, iLine, pFileName));
+ DebugBreak();
+}
+
+
+
+/* Each time we create an object derived from CBaseObject the constructor will
+ call us to register the creation of the new object. We are passed a string
+ description which we store away. We return a cookie that the constructor
+ uses to identify the object when it is destroyed later on. We update the
+ total number of active objects in the DLL mainly for debugging purposes */
+
+DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation(LPCSTR szObjectName,
+ LPCWSTR wszObjectName)
+{
+ /* If this fires you have a mixed DEBUG/RETAIL build */
+
+ ASSERT(!!szObjectName ^ !!wszObjectName);
+
+ /* Create a place holder for this object description */
+
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = new ObjectDesc;
+ ASSERT(pObject);
+
+ /* It is valid to pass a NULL object name */
+ if (pObject == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have been initialised - we may not be initialised when we are
+ being pulled in from an executable which has globally defined objects
+ as they are created by the C++ run time before WinMain is called */
+
+ if (m_bInit == FALSE) {
+ DbgInitialise(GetModuleHandle(NULL));
+ }
+
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+
+ /* If no name then default to UNKNOWN */
+ if (!szObjectName && !wszObjectName) {
+ szObjectName = pUnknownName;
+ }
+
+ /* Put the new description at the head of the list */
+
+ pObject->m_szName = szObjectName;
+ pObject->m_wszName = wszObjectName;
+ pObject->m_dwCookie = ++m_dwNextCookie;
+ pObject->m_pNext = pListHead;
+
+ pListHead = pObject;
+ m_dwObjectCount++;
+
+ DWORD ObjectCookie = pObject->m_dwCookie;
+ ASSERT(ObjectCookie);
+
+ if(wszObjectName) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object created %d (%ls) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, wszObjectName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object created %d (%hs) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, szObjectName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ }
+
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return ObjectCookie;
+}
+
+
+/* This is called by the CBaseObject destructor when an object is about to be
+ destroyed, we are passed the cookie we returned during construction that
+ identifies this object. We scan the object list for a matching cookie and
+ remove the object if successful. We also update the active object count */
+
+BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie)
+{
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = pListHead;
+ ObjectDesc *pPrevious = NULL;
+
+ /* Scan the object list looking for a cookie match */
+
+ while (pObject) {
+ if (pObject->m_dwCookie == dwCookie) {
+ break;
+ }
+ pPrevious = pObject;
+ pObject = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ if (pObject == NULL) {
+ DbgBreak("Apparently destroying a bogus object");
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Is the object at the head of the list */
+
+ if (pPrevious == NULL) {
+ pListHead = pObject->m_pNext;
+ } else {
+ pPrevious->m_pNext = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the object and update the housekeeping information */
+
+ m_dwObjectCount--;
+
+ if(pObject->m_wszName) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object destroyed %d (%ls) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, pObject->m_wszName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("Object destroyed %d (%hs) %d Active"),
+ pObject->m_dwCookie, pObject->m_szName, m_dwObjectCount));
+ }
+
+ delete pObject;
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* This runs through the active object list displaying their details */
+
+void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister()
+{
+ TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];
+
+ /* Grab the list critical section */
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+ ObjectDesc *pObject = pListHead;
+
+ /* Scan the object list displaying the name and cookie */
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT(" ID Object Description")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+
+ while (pObject) {
+ if(pObject->m_wszName) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%5d (%p) %30ls"),pObject->m_dwCookie, &pObject, pObject->m_wszName);
+ } else {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("%5d (%p) %30hs"),pObject->m_dwCookie, &pObject, pObject->m_szName);
+ }
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,szInfo));
+ pObject = pObject->m_pNext;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("Total object count %5d"),m_dwObjectCount);
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,szInfo));
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CSDebug);
+}
+
+/* Debug infinite wait stuff */
+DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h)
+{
+ DWORD dwWaitResult;
+ do {
+ dwWaitResult = WaitForSingleObject(h, dwWaitTimeout);
+ ASSERT(dwWaitResult == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+ } while (dwWaitResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+ return dwWaitResult;
+}
+DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount,
+ __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles,
+ BOOL bWaitAll)
+{
+ DWORD dwWaitResult;
+ do {
+ dwWaitResult = WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount,
+ lpHandles,
+ bWaitAll,
+ dwWaitTimeout);
+ ASSERT((DWORD)(dwWaitResult - WAIT_OBJECT_0) < MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS);
+ } while (dwWaitResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+ return dwWaitResult;
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout)
+{
+ dwWaitTimeout = dwTimeout;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_
+
+ /* Stuff for printing out our GUID names */
+
+ GUID_STRING_ENTRY g_GuidNames[] = {
+ #define OUR_GUID_ENTRY(name, l, w1, w2, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8) \
+ { #name, { l, w1, w2, { b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8 } } },
+ #include <uuids.h>
+ };
+
+ CGuidNameList GuidNames;
+ int g_cGuidNames = sizeof(g_GuidNames) / sizeof(g_GuidNames[0]);
+
+ char *CGuidNameList::operator [] (const GUID &guid)
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g_cGuidNames; i++) {
+ if (g_GuidNames[i].guid == guid) {
+ return g_GuidNames[i].szName;
+ }
+ }
+ if (guid == GUID_NULL) {
+ return "GUID_NULL";
+ }
+
+ // !!! add something to print FOURCC guids?
+
+ // shouldn't this print the hex CLSID?
+ return "Unknown GUID Name";
+ }
+
+#endif /* _OBJBASE_H_ */
+
+/* CDisp class - display our data types */
+
+// clashes with REFERENCE_TIME
+CDisp::CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format)
+{
+ // note: this could be combined with CDisp(LONGLONG) by
+ // introducing a default format of CDISP_REFTIME
+ LARGE_INTEGER li;
+ li.QuadPart = ll;
+ switch (Format) {
+ case CDISP_DEC:
+ {
+ TCHAR temp[20];
+ int pos=20;
+ temp[--pos] = 0;
+ int digit;
+ // always output at least one digit
+ do {
+ // Get the rightmost digit - we only need the low word
+ digit = li.LowPart % 10;
+ li.QuadPart /= 10;
+ temp[--pos] = (TCHAR) digit+L'0';
+ } while (li.QuadPart);
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), temp+pos);
+ break;
+ }
+ case CDISP_HEX:
+ default:
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("0x%X%8.8X"), li.HighPart, li.LowPart);
+ }
+};
+
+CDisp::CDisp(REFCLSID clsid)
+{
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ (void)StringFromGUID2(clsid, m_String, NUMELMS(m_String));
+#else
+ WCHAR wszTemp[50];
+ (void)StringFromGUID2(clsid, wszTemp, NUMELMS(wszTemp));
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("%S"), wszTemp);
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef __STREAMS__
+/* Display stuff */
+CDisp::CDisp(CRefTime llTime)
+{
+ LONGLONG llDiv;
+ if (llTime < 0) {
+ llTime = -llTime;
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("-"));
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)24 * 3600 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d days "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)3600 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d hrs "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ llDiv = (LONGLONG)60 * 10000000;
+ if (llTime >= llDiv) {
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d mins "), (LONG)(llTime / llDiv));
+ llTime = llTime % llDiv;
+ }
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String + lstrlen(m_String), NUMELMS(m_String) - lstrlen(m_String), TEXT("%d.%3.3d sec"),
+ (LONG)llTime / 10000000,
+ (LONG)((llTime % 10000000) / 10000));
+};
+
+#endif // __STREAMS__
+
+
+/* Display pin */
+CDisp::CDisp(IPin *pPin)
+{
+ PIN_INFO pi;
+ TCHAR str[MAX_PIN_NAME];
+ CLSID clsid;
+
+ if (pPin) {
+ pPin->QueryPinInfo(&pi);
+ pi.pFilter->GetClassID(&clsid);
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pi);
+ #ifndef UNICODE
+ WideCharToMultiByte(GetACP(), 0, pi.achName, lstrlenW(pi.achName) + 1,
+ str, MAX_PIN_NAME, NULL, NULL);
+ #else
+ (void)StringCchCopy(str, NUMELMS(str), pi.achName);
+ #endif
+ } else {
+ (void)StringCchCopy(str, NUMELMS(str), TEXT("NULL IPin"));
+ }
+
+ m_pString = (PTCHAR) new TCHAR[lstrlen(str)+64];
+ if (!m_pString) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_pString, lstrlen(str) + 64, TEXT("%hs(%s)"), GuidNames[clsid], str);
+}
+
+/* Display filter or pin */
+CDisp::CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk)
+{
+ IBaseFilter *pf;
+ HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IBaseFilter, (void **)&pf);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ FILTER_INFO fi;
+ hr = pf->QueryFilterInfo(&fi);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(fi);
+
+ size_t len = lstrlenW(fi.achName) + 1;
+
+ m_pString = new TCHAR[len];
+ if(m_pString)
+ {
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ (void)StringCchCopy(m_pString, len, fi.achName);
+#else
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_pString, len, "%S", fi.achName);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ pf->Release();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IPin *pp;
+ hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IPin, (void **)&pp);
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hr))
+ {
+ CDisp::CDisp(pp);
+ pp->Release();
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+
+CDisp::~CDisp()
+{
+}
+
+CDispBasic::~CDispBasic()
+{
+ if (m_pString != m_String) {
+ delete [] m_pString;
+ }
+}
+
+CDisp::CDisp(double d)
+{
+ (void)StringCchPrintf(m_String, NUMELMS(m_String), TEXT("%d.%03d"), (int) d, (int) ((d - (int) d) * 1000));
+}
+
+
+/* If built for debug this will display the media type details. We convert the
+ major and subtypes into strings and also ask the base classes for a string
+ description of the subtype, so MEDIASUBTYPE_RGB565 becomes RGB 565 16 bit
+ We also display the fields in the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure, this should
+ succeed as we do not accept input types unless the format is big enough */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn)
+{
+
+ /* Dump the GUID types and a short description */
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("")));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%s M type %hs S type %hs"), label,
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->majortype],
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->subtype]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Subtype description %s"),GetSubtypeName(&pmtIn->subtype)));
+
+ /* Dump the generic media types */
+
+ if (pmtIn->bTemporalCompression) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Temporally compressed")));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Not temporally compressed")));
+ }
+
+ if (pmtIn->bFixedSizeSamples) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Sample size %d"),pmtIn->lSampleSize));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Variable size samples")));
+ }
+
+ if (pmtIn->formattype == FORMAT_VideoInfo) {
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *)pmtIn->pbFormat;
+
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Source rectangle"),pVideoInfo->rcSource);
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Target rectangle"),pVideoInfo->rcTarget);
+ DisplayBITMAPINFO(HEADER(pmtIn->pbFormat));
+
+ } if (pmtIn->formattype == FORMAT_VideoInfo2) {
+
+ VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pVideoInfo2 = (VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pmtIn->pbFormat;
+
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Source rectangle"),pVideoInfo2->rcSource);
+ DisplayRECT(TEXT("Target rectangle"),pVideoInfo2->rcTarget);
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 5, TEXT("Aspect Ratio: %d:%d"),
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioX,
+ pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioY));
+ DisplayBITMAPINFO(&pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader);
+
+ } else if (pmtIn->majortype == MEDIATYPE_Audio) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Format type %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->formattype]));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Subtype %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->subtype]));
+
+ if ((pmtIn->subtype != MEDIASUBTYPE_MPEG1Packet)
+ && (pmtIn->cbFormat >= sizeof(PCMWAVEFORMAT)))
+ {
+ /* Dump the contents of the WAVEFORMATEX type-specific format structure */
+
+ WAVEFORMATEX *pwfx = (WAVEFORMATEX *) pmtIn->pbFormat;
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("wFormatTag %u"), pwfx->wFormatTag));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nChannels %u"), pwfx->nChannels));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nSamplesPerSec %lu"), pwfx->nSamplesPerSec));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nAvgBytesPerSec %lu"), pwfx->nAvgBytesPerSec));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("nBlockAlign %u"), pwfx->nBlockAlign));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("wBitsPerSample %u"), pwfx->wBitsPerSample));
+
+ /* PCM uses a WAVEFORMAT and does not have the extra size field */
+
+ if (pmtIn->cbFormat >= sizeof(WAVEFORMATEX)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("cbSize %u"), pwfx->cbSize));
+ }
+ } else {
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT(" Format type %hs"),
+ GuidNames[pmtIn->formattype]));
+ }
+}
+
+
+void DisplayBITMAPINFO(const BITMAPINFOHEADER* pbmi)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Size of BITMAPINFO structure %d"),pbmi->biSize));
+ if (pbmi->biCompression < 256) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%dx%dx%d bit (%d)"),
+ pbmi->biWidth, pbmi->biHeight,
+ pbmi->biBitCount, pbmi->biCompression));
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%dx%dx%d bit '%4.4hs'"),
+ pbmi->biWidth, pbmi->biHeight,
+ pbmi->biBitCount, &pbmi->biCompression));
+ }
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Image size %d"),pbmi->biSizeImage));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Planes %d"),pbmi->biPlanes));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("X Pels per metre %d"),pbmi->biXPelsPerMeter));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Y Pels per metre %d"),pbmi->biYPelsPerMeter));
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("Colours used %d"),pbmi->biClrUsed));
+}
+
+
+void DisplayRECT(LPCTSTR szLabel, const RECT& rc)
+{
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT("%s (Left %d Top %d Right %d Bottom %d)"),
+ szLabel,
+ rc.left,
+ rc.top,
+ rc.right,
+ rc.bottom));
+}
+
+
+void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel)
+{
+ if( !pGraph )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ IEnumFilters *pFilters;
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("DumpGraph [%x]"), pGraph));
+
+ if (FAILED(pGraph->EnumFilters(&pFilters))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("EnumFilters failed!")));
+ }
+
+ IBaseFilter *pFilter;
+ ULONG n;
+ while (pFilters->Next(1, &pFilter, &n) == S_OK) {
+ FILTER_INFO info;
+
+ if (FAILED(pFilter->QueryFilterInfo(&info))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Filter [%p] -- failed QueryFilterInfo"), pFilter));
+ } else {
+ QueryFilterInfoReleaseGraph(info);
+
+ // !!! should QueryVendorInfo here!
+
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Filter [%p] '%ls'"), pFilter, info.achName));
+
+ IEnumPins *pins;
+
+ if (FAILED(pFilter->EnumPins(&pins))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT("EnumPins failed!")));
+ } else {
+
+ IPin *pPin;
+ while (pins->Next(1, &pPin, &n) == S_OK) {
+ PIN_INFO pinInfo;
+
+ if (FAILED(pPin->QueryPinInfo(&pinInfo))) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Pin [%x] -- failed QueryPinInfo"), pPin));
+ } else {
+ QueryPinInfoReleaseFilter(pinInfo);
+
+ IPin *pPinConnected = NULL;
+
+ HRESULT hr = pPin->ConnectedTo(&pPinConnected);
+
+ if (pPinConnected) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,TEXT(" Pin [%p] '%ls' [%sput]")
+ TEXT(" Connected to pin [%p]"),
+ pPin, pinInfo.achName,
+ pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_INPUT ? TEXT("In") : TEXT("Out"),
+ pPinConnected));
+
+ pPinConnected->Release();
+
+ // perhaps we should really dump the type both ways as a sanity
+ // check?
+ if (pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {
+ AM_MEDIA_TYPE mt;
+
+ hr = pPin->ConnectionMediaType(&mt);
+
+ if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
+ DisplayType(TEXT("Connection type"), &mt);
+
+ FreeMediaType(mt);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,dwLevel,
+ TEXT(" Pin [%x] '%ls' [%sput]"),
+ pPin, pinInfo.achName,
+ pinInfo.dir == PINDIR_INPUT ? TEXT("In") : TEXT("Out")));
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPin->Release();
+
+ }
+
+ pins->Release();
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ pFilter->Release();
+ }
+
+ pFilters->Release();
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4c69db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxdebug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXDebug.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - provides debugging facilities.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WXDEBUG__
+#define __WXDEBUG__
+
+// This library provides fairly straight forward debugging functionality, this
+// is split into two main sections. The first is assertion handling, there are
+// three types of assertions provided here. The most commonly used one is the
+// ASSERT(condition) macro which will pop up a message box including the file
+// and line number if the condition evaluates to FALSE. Then there is the
+// EXECUTE_ASSERT macro which is the same as ASSERT except the condition will
+// still be executed in NON debug builds. The final type of assertion is the
+// KASSERT macro which is more suitable for pure (perhaps kernel) filters as
+// the condition is printed onto the debugger rather than in a message box.
+//
+// The other part of the debug module facilties is general purpose logging.
+// This is accessed by calling DbgLog(). The function takes a type and level
+// field which define the type of informational string you are presenting and
+// it's relative importance. The type field can be a combination (one or more)
+// of LOG_TIMING, LOG_TRACE, LOG_MEMORY, LOG_LOCKING and LOG_ERROR. The level
+// is a DWORD value where zero defines highest important. Use of zero as the
+// debug logging level is to be encouraged ONLY for major errors or events as
+// they will ALWAYS be displayed on the debugger. Other debug output has it's
+// level matched against the current debug output level stored in the registry
+// for this module and if less than the current setting it will be displayed.
+//
+// Each module or executable has it's own debug output level for each of the
+// five types. These are read in when the DbgInitialise function is called
+// for DLLs linking to STRMBASE.LIB this is done automatically when the DLL
+// is loaded, executables must call it explicitely with the module instance
+// handle given to them through the WINMAIN entry point. An executable must
+// also call DbgTerminate when they have finished to clean up the resources
+// the debug library uses, once again this is done automatically for DLLs
+
+// These are the five different categories of logging information
+
+enum { LOG_TIMING = 0x01, // Timing and performance measurements
+ LOG_TRACE = 0x02, // General step point call tracing
+ LOG_MEMORY = 0x04, // Memory and object allocation/destruction
+ LOG_LOCKING = 0x08, // Locking/unlocking of critical sections
+ LOG_ERROR = 0x10, // Debug error notification
+ LOG_CUSTOM1 = 0x20,
+ LOG_CUSTOM2 = 0x40,
+ LOG_CUSTOM3 = 0x80,
+ LOG_CUSTOM4 = 0x100,
+ LOG_CUSTOM5 = 0x200,
+};
+
+#define LOG_FORCIBLY_SET 0x80000000
+
+enum { CDISP_HEX = 0x01,
+ CDISP_DEC = 0x02};
+
+// For each object created derived from CBaseObject (in debug builds) we
+// create a descriptor that holds it's name (statically allocated memory)
+// and a cookie we assign it. We keep a list of all the active objects
+// we have registered so that we can dump a list of remaining objects
+
+typedef struct tag_ObjectDesc {
+ LPCSTR m_szName;
+ LPCWSTR m_wszName;
+ DWORD m_dwCookie;
+ tag_ObjectDesc *m_pNext;
+} ObjectDesc;
+
+#define DLLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
+#define DLLEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+ #define NAME(x) TEXT(x)
+
+ // These are used internally by the debug library (PRIVATE)
+
+ void WINAPI DbgInitKeyLevels(HKEY hKey, bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitGlobalSettings(bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitModuleSettings(bool fTakeMax);
+ void WINAPI DbgInitModuleName();
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectCreation(
+ LPCSTR szObjectName, LPCWSTR wszObjectName);
+
+ BOOL WINAPI DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(DWORD dwCookie);
+
+ // These are the PUBLIC entry points
+
+ BOOL WINAPI DbgCheckModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetModuleLevel(DWORD Type,DWORD Level);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(bool fAuto);
+
+ // Initialise the library with the module handle
+
+ void WINAPI DbgInitialise(HINSTANCE hInst);
+ void WINAPI DbgTerminate();
+
+ void WINAPI DbgDumpObjectRegister();
+
+ // Display error and logging to the user
+
+ void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine,__format_string LPCTSTR szFormatString,...);
+
+ void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCTSTR pCondition,LPCTSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCTSTR pFormat,...);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ void WINAPI DbgLogInfo(DWORD Type,DWORD Level,__format_string LPCSTR pFormat,...);
+ void WINAPI DbgAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgBreakPoint(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+ void WINAPI DbgKernelAssert(LPCSTR pCondition,LPCSTR pFileName,INT iLine);
+#endif
+ void WINAPI DbgOutString(LPCTSTR psz);
+
+ // Debug infinite wait stuff
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForSingleObject(HANDLE h);
+ DWORD WINAPI DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(DWORD nCount,
+ __in_ecount(nCount) CONST HANDLE *lpHandles,
+ BOOL bWaitAll);
+ void WINAPI DbgSetWaitTimeout(DWORD dwTimeout);
+
+#ifdef __strmif_h__
+ // Display a media type: Terse at level 2, verbose at level 5
+ void WINAPI DisplayType(LPCTSTR label, const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtIn);
+
+ // Dump lots of information about a filter graph
+ void WINAPI DumpGraph(IFilterGraph *pGraph, DWORD dwLevel);
+#endif
+
+ #define KASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \
+ DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ // Break on the debugger without putting up a message box
+ // message goes to debugger instead
+
+ #define KDbgBreak(_x_) \
+ DbgKernelAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ // We chose a common name for our ASSERT macro, MFC also uses this name
+ // So long as the implementation evaluates the condition and handles it
+ // then we will be ok. Rather than override the behaviour expected we
+ // will leave whatever first defines ASSERT as the handler (i.e. MFC)
+ #ifndef ASSERT
+ #define ASSERT(_x_) if (!(_x_)) \
+ DbgAssert(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+ #endif
+
+ #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) ASSERT( ((DWORD_PTR) (_ptr_)) % (_alignment_) == 0)
+
+ // Put up a message box informing the user of a halt
+ // condition in the program
+
+ #define DbgBreak(_x_) \
+ DbgBreakPoint(TEXT(#_x_),TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__)
+
+ #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ASSERT(_x_)
+ #define DbgLog(_x_) DbgLogInfo _x_
+ // MFC style trace macros
+
+ #define NOTE(_x_) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_)))
+ #define NOTE1(_x_,a) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a))
+ #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b))
+ #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c))
+ #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d))
+ #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,5,TEXT(_x_),a,b,c,d,e))
+
+#else
+
+ // Retail builds make public debug functions inert - WARNING the source
+ // files do not define or build any of the entry points in debug builds
+ // (public entry points compile to nothing) so if you go trying to call
+ // any of the private entry points in your source they won't compile
+
+ #define NAME(_x_) ((LPTSTR) NULL)
+
+ #define DbgInitialise(hInst)
+ #define DbgTerminate()
+ #define DbgLog(_x_) 0
+ #define DbgOutString(psz)
+ #define DbgAssertAligned( _ptr_, _alignment_ ) 0
+
+ #define DbgRegisterObjectCreation(pObjectName)
+ #define DbgRegisterObjectDestruction(dwCookie)
+ #define DbgDumpObjectRegister()
+
+ #define DbgCheckModuleLevel(Type,Level)
+ #define DbgSetModuleLevel(Type,Level)
+ #define DbgSetAutoRefreshLevels(fAuto)
+
+ #define DbgWaitForSingleObject(h) WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE)
+ #define DbgWaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll) \
+ WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, lpHandles, bWaitAll, INFINITE)
+ #define DbgSetWaitTimeout(dwTimeout)
+
+ #define KDbgBreak(_x_)
+ #define DbgBreak(_x_)
+
+ #define KASSERT(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #ifndef ASSERT
+ #define ASSERT(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #endif
+ #define EXECUTE_ASSERT(_x_) ((void)(_x_))
+
+ // MFC style trace macros
+
+ #define NOTE(_x_) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE1(_x_,a) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE2(_x_,a,b) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE3(_x_,a,b,c) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE4(_x_,a,b,c,d) ((void)0)
+ #define NOTE5(_x_,a,b,c,d,e) ((void)0)
+
+ #define DisplayType(label, pmtIn) ((void)0)
+ #define DumpGraph(pGraph, label) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+// Checks a pointer which should be non NULL - can be used as follows.
+
+#define CheckPointer(p,ret) {if((p)==NULL) return (ret);}
+
+// HRESULT Foo(VOID *pBar)
+// {
+// CheckPointer(pBar,E_INVALIDARG)
+// }
+//
+// Or if the function returns a boolean
+//
+// BOOL Foo(VOID *pBar)
+// {
+// CheckPointer(pBar,FALSE)
+// }
+
+#define ValidateReadPtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateWritePtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateReadWritePtr(p,cb) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtr(p) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtrA(p) 0
+#define ValidateStringPtrW(p) 0
+
+
+#ifdef _OBJBASE_H_
+
+ // Outputting GUID names. If you want to include the name
+ // associated with a GUID (eg CLSID_...) then
+ //
+ // GuidNames[yourGUID]
+ //
+ // Returns the name defined in uuids.h as a string
+
+ typedef struct {
+ CHAR *szName;
+ GUID guid;
+ } GUID_STRING_ENTRY;
+
+ class CGuidNameList {
+ public:
+ CHAR *operator [] (const GUID& guid);
+ };
+
+ extern CGuidNameList GuidNames;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef REMIND
+ // REMIND macro - generates warning as reminder to complete coding
+ // (eg) usage:
+ //
+ // #pragma message (REMIND("Add automation support"))
+
+
+ #define QUOTE(x) #x
+ #define QQUOTE(y) QUOTE(y)
+ #define REMIND(str) __FILE__ "(" QQUOTE(__LINE__) ") : " str
+#endif
+
+// Method to display objects in a useful format
+//
+// eg If you want to display a LONGLONG ll in a debug string do (eg)
+//
+// DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, n, TEXT("Value is %s"), (LPCTSTR)CDisp(ll, CDISP_HEX)));
+
+
+class CDispBasic
+{
+public:
+ CDispBasic() { m_pString = m_String; };
+ ~CDispBasic();
+protected:
+ PTCHAR m_pString; // normally points to m_String... unless too much data
+ TCHAR m_String[50];
+};
+class CDisp : public CDispBasic
+{
+public:
+ CDisp(LONGLONG ll, int Format = CDISP_HEX); // Display a LONGLONG in CDISP_HEX or CDISP_DEC form
+ CDisp(REFCLSID clsid); // Display a GUID
+ CDisp(double d); // Display a floating point number
+#ifdef __strmif_h__
+#ifdef __STREAMS__
+ CDisp(CRefTime t); // Display a Reference Time
+#endif
+ CDisp(IPin *pPin); // Display a pin as {filter clsid}(pin name)
+ CDisp(IUnknown *pUnk); // Display a filter or pin
+#endif // __strmif_h__
+ ~CDisp();
+
+ // Implement cast to (LPCTSTR) as parameter to logger
+ operator LPCTSTR()
+ {
+ return (LPCTSTR)m_pString;
+ };
+};
+
+
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+class CAutoTrace
+{
+private:
+ LPCTSTR _szBlkName;
+ const int _level;
+ static const TCHAR _szEntering[];
+ static const TCHAR _szLeaving[];
+public:
+ CAutoTrace(LPCTSTR szBlkName, const int level = 15)
+ : _szBlkName(szBlkName), _level(level)
+ {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szEntering, _szBlkName));}
+
+ ~CAutoTrace()
+ {DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, _level, _szLeaving, _szBlkName));}
+};
+
+#if defined (__FUNCTION__)
+
+#define AMTRACEFN() CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__))
+#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace(TEXT(__FUNCTION__))
+
+#else
+
+#define AMTRACE(_x_) CAutoTrace __trace _x_
+#define AMTRACEFN()
+
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#define AMTRACE(_x_)
+#define AMTRACEFN()
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df22839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,896 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXList.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a non-MFC based generic list
+// template class.
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+/* A generic list of pointers to objects.
+ Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and
+ provide a really useful list type.
+
+ The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and
+ delete items in the list concurrently although the application
+ must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably
+ synchronised.
+
+ The list name must not conflict with MFC classes as an
+ application may use both
+
+ The nodes form a doubly linked, NULL terminated chain with an anchor
+ block (the list object per se) holding pointers to the first and last
+ nodes and a count of the nodes.
+ There is a node cache to reduce the allocation and freeing overhead.
+ It optionally (determined at construction time) has an Event which is
+ set whenever the list becomes non-empty and reset whenever it becomes
+ empty.
+ It optionally (determined at construction time) has a Critical Section
+ which is entered during the important part of each operation. (About
+ all you can do outside it is some parameter checking).
+
+ The node cache is a repository of nodes that are NOT in the list to speed
+ up storage allocation. Each list has its own cache to reduce locking and
+ serialising. The list accesses are serialised anyway for a given list - a
+ common cache would mean that we would have to separately serialise access
+ of all lists within the cache. Because the cache only stores nodes that are
+ not in the list, releasing the cache does not release any list nodes. This
+ means that list nodes can be copied or rechained from one list to another
+ without danger of creating a dangling reference if the original cache goes
+ away.
+
+ Questionable design decisions:
+ 1. Retaining the warts for compatibility
+ 2. Keeping an element count -i.e. counting whenever we do anything
+ instead of only when we want the count.
+ 3. Making the chain pointers NULL terminated. If the list object
+ itself looks just like a node and the list is kept as a ring then
+ it reduces the number of special cases. All inserts look the same.
+*/
+
+
+#include <streams.h>
+
+/* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */
+#define INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPositionI() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \
+ )
+
+
+/* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn
+ in reverse order
+*/
+#define INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPositionI() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \
+ )
+
+/* Constructor calls a separate initialisation function that
+ creates a node cache, optionally creates a lock object
+ and optionally creates a signaling object.
+
+ By default we create a locking object, a DEFAULTCACHE sized
+ cache but no event object so the list cannot be used in calls
+ to WaitForSingleObject
+*/
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, // Descriptive list name
+ INT iItems) : // Node cache size
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(iItems)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) : // Descriptive list name
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(DEFAULTCACHE)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, // Descriptive list name
+ INT iItems) : // Node cache size
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(iItems)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+CBaseList::CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName) : // Descriptive list name
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ CBaseObject(pName),
+#endif
+ m_pFirst(NULL),
+ m_pLast(NULL),
+ m_Count(0),
+ m_Cache(DEFAULTCACHE)
+{
+} // constructor
+
+#endif
+
+/* The destructor enumerates all the node objects in the list and
+ in the cache deleting each in turn. We do not do any processing
+ on the objects that the list holds (i.e. points to) so if they
+ represent interfaces for example the creator of the list should
+ ensure that each of them is released before deleting us
+*/
+CBaseList::~CBaseList()
+{
+ /* Delete all our list nodes */
+
+ RemoveAll();
+
+} // destructor
+
+/* Remove all the nodes from the list but don't do anything
+ with the objects that each node looks after (this is the
+ responsibility of the creator).
+ Aa a last act we reset the signalling event
+ (if available) to indicate to clients that the list
+ does not have any entries in it.
+*/
+void CBaseList::RemoveAll()
+{
+ /* Free up all the CNode objects NOTE we don't bother putting the
+ deleted nodes into the cache as this method is only really called
+ in serious times of change such as when we are being deleted at
+ which point the cache will be deleted anway */
+
+ CNode *pn = m_pFirst;
+ while (pn) {
+ CNode *op = pn;
+ pn = pn->Next();
+ delete op;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the object count and the list pointers */
+
+ m_Count = 0;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast = NULL;
+
+} // RemoveAll
+
+
+
+/* Return a position enumerator for the entire list.
+ A position enumerator is a pointer to a node object cast to a
+ transparent type so all we do is return the head/tail node
+ pointer in the list.
+ WARNING because the position is a pointer to a node there is
+ an implicit assumption for users a the list class that after
+ deleting an object from the list that any other position
+ enumerators that you have may be invalid (since the node
+ may be gone).
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::GetHeadPositionI() const
+{
+ return (POSITION) m_pFirst;
+} // GetHeadPosition
+
+
+
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::GetTailPositionI() const
+{
+ return (POSITION) m_pLast;
+} // GetTailPosition
+
+
+
+/* Get the number of objects in the list,
+ Get the lock before accessing the count.
+ Locking may not be entirely necessary but it has the side effect
+ of making sure that all operations are complete before we get it.
+ So for example if a list is being added to this list then that
+ will have completed in full before we continue rather than seeing
+ an intermediate albeit valid state
+*/
+int CBaseList::GetCountI() const
+{
+ return m_Count;
+} // GetCount
+
+
+
+/* Return the object at rp, update rp to the next object from
+ the list or NULL if you have moved over the last object.
+ You may still call this function once we return NULL but
+ we will continue to return a NULL position value
+*/
+__out void *CBaseList::GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const
+{
+ /* have we reached the end of the list */
+
+ if (rp == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Lock the object before continuing */
+
+ void *pObject;
+
+ /* Copy the original position then step on */
+
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) rp;
+ ASSERT(pn != NULL);
+ rp = (POSITION) pn->Next();
+
+ /* Get the object at the original position from the list */
+
+ pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //GetNext
+
+
+
+/* Return the object at p.
+ Asking for the object at NULL ASSERTs then returns NULL
+ The object is NOT locked. The list is not being changed
+ in any way. If another thread is busy deleting the object
+ then locking would only result in a change from one bad
+ behaviour to another.
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const
+{
+ if (p == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ CNode * pn = (CNode *) p;
+ void *pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //Get
+
+__out void *CBaseList::GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const
+{
+ CNode * pn = (CNode *) p;
+ void *pObject = pn->GetData();
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+ return pObject;
+} //Get
+
+
+/* Return the first position in the list which holds the given pointer.
+ Return NULL if it's not found.
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::FindI( __in void * pObj) const
+{
+ POSITION pn;
+ INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(*this, pn){
+ if (GetI(pn)==pObj) {
+ return pn;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+} // Find
+
+
+
+/* Remove the first node in the list (deletes the pointer to its object
+ from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object or NULL if empty
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveHeadI()
+{
+ /* All we do is get the head position and ask for that to be deleted.
+ We could special case this since some of the code path checking
+ in Remove() is redundant as we know there is no previous
+ node for example but it seems to gain little over the
+ added complexity
+ */
+
+ return RemoveI((POSITION)m_pFirst);
+} // RemoveHead
+
+
+
+/* Remove the last node in the list (deletes the pointer to its object
+ from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object or NULL if empty
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveTailI()
+{
+ /* All we do is get the tail position and ask for that to be deleted.
+ We could special case this since some of the code path checking
+ in Remove() is redundant as we know there is no previous
+ node for example but it seems to gain little over the
+ added complexity
+ */
+
+ return RemoveI((POSITION)m_pLast);
+} // RemoveTail
+
+
+
+/* Remove the pointer to the object in this position from the list.
+ Deal with all the chain pointers
+ Return a pointer to the object removed from the list.
+ The node object that is freed as a result
+ of this operation is added to the node cache where
+ it can be used again.
+ Remove(NULL) is a harmless no-op - but probably is a wart.
+*/
+__out_opt void *CBaseList::RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION pos)
+{
+ /* Lock the critical section before continuing */
+
+ // ASSERT (pos!=NULL); // Removing NULL is to be harmless!
+ if (pos==NULL) return NULL;
+
+
+ CNode *pCurrent = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pCurrent != NULL);
+
+ /* Update the previous node */
+
+ CNode *pNode = pCurrent->Prev();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ m_pFirst = pCurrent->Next();
+ } else {
+ pNode->SetNext(pCurrent->Next());
+ }
+
+ /* Update the following node */
+
+ pNode = pCurrent->Next();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ m_pLast = pCurrent->Prev();
+ } else {
+ pNode->SetPrev(pCurrent->Prev());
+ }
+
+ /* Get the object this node was looking after */
+
+ void *pObject = pCurrent->GetData();
+
+ // ASSERT(pObject != NULL); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* Try and add the node object to the cache -
+ a NULL return code from the cache means we ran out of room.
+ The cache size is fixed by a constructor argument when the
+ list is created and defaults to DEFAULTCACHE.
+ This means that the cache will have room for this many
+ node objects. So if you have a list of media samples
+ and you know there will never be more than five active at
+ any given time of them for example then override the default
+ constructor
+ */
+
+ m_Cache.AddToCache(pCurrent);
+
+ /* If the list is empty then reset the list event */
+
+ --m_Count;
+ ASSERT(m_Count >= 0);
+ return pObject;
+} // Remove
+
+
+
+/* Add this object to the tail end of our list
+ Return the new tail position.
+*/
+
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddTailI(__in void *pObject)
+{
+ /* Lock the critical section before continuing */
+
+ CNode *pNode;
+ // ASSERT(pObject); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* If there is a node objects in the cache then use
+ that otherwise we will have to create a new one */
+
+ pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObject);
+ pNode->SetNext(NULL);
+ pNode->SetPrev(m_pLast);
+
+ if (m_pLast == NULL) {
+ m_pFirst = pNode;
+ } else {
+ m_pLast->SetNext(pNode);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new last node pointer and also increment the number
+ of list entries, the critical section is unlocked when we
+ exit the function
+ */
+
+ m_pLast = pNode;
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+} // AddTail(object)
+
+
+
+/* Add this object to the head end of our list
+ Return the new head position.
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddHeadI(__in void *pObject)
+{
+ CNode *pNode;
+ // ASSERT(pObject); // NULL pointers in the list are allowed.
+
+ /* If there is a node objects in the cache then use
+ that otherwise we will have to create a new one */
+
+ pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObject);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(NULL);
+ pNode->SetNext(m_pFirst);
+
+ if (m_pFirst == NULL) {
+ m_pLast = pNode;
+ } else {
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(pNode);
+ }
+ m_pFirst = pNode;
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+} // AddHead(object)
+
+
+
+/* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of this list.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* lock the object before starting then enumerate
+ each entry in the source list and add them one by one to
+ our list (while still holding the object lock)
+ Lock the other list too.
+ */
+ POSITION pos = pList->GetHeadPositionI();
+
+ while (pos) {
+ if (NULL == AddTailI(pList->GetNextI(pos))) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddTail(list)
+
+
+
+/* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of this list.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* lock the object before starting then enumerate
+ each entry in the source list and add them one by one to
+ our list (while still holding the object lock)
+ Lock the other list too.
+
+ To avoid reversing the list, traverse it backwards.
+ */
+
+ POSITION pos;
+
+ INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ if (NULL== AddHeadI(pList->GetValidI(pos))){
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddHead(list)
+
+
+
+/* Add the object after position p
+ p is still valid after the operation.
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - same as AddHead
+ Return the position of the new object, NULL if it failed
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in void * pObj)
+{
+ if (pos==NULL)
+ return AddHeadI(pObj);
+
+ /* As someone else might be furkling with the list -
+ Lock the critical section before continuing
+ */
+ CNode *pAfter = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pAfter != NULL);
+ if (pAfter==m_pLast)
+ return AddTailI(pObj);
+
+ /* set pnode to point to a new node, preferably from the cache */
+
+ CNode *pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObj);
+
+ /* It is to be added to the middle of the list - there is a before
+ and after node. Chain it after pAfter, before pBefore.
+ */
+ CNode * pBefore = pAfter->Next();
+ ASSERT(pBefore != NULL);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(pAfter);
+ pNode->SetNext(pBefore);
+ pBefore->SetPrev(pNode);
+ pAfter->SetNext(pNode);
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+
+} // AddAfter(object)
+
+
+
+BOOL CBaseList::AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ POSITION pos;
+ INTERNALTRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ /* p follows along the elements being added */
+ p = AddAfterI(p, pList->GetValidI(pos));
+ if (p==NULL) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddAfter(list)
+
+
+
+/* Mirror images:
+ Add the element or list after position p.
+ p is still valid after the operation.
+ AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - same as AddTail
+*/
+__out_opt POSITION CBaseList::AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in void * pObj)
+{
+ if (pos==NULL)
+ return AddTailI(pObj);
+
+ /* set pnode to point to a new node, preferably from the cache */
+
+ CNode *pBefore = (CNode *) pos;
+ ASSERT(pBefore != NULL);
+ if (pBefore==m_pFirst)
+ return AddHeadI(pObj);
+
+ CNode * pNode = (CNode *) m_Cache.RemoveFromCache();
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ pNode = new CNode;
+ }
+
+ /* Check we have a valid object */
+
+ if (pNode == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialise all the CNode object
+ just in case it came from the cache
+ */
+
+ pNode->SetData(pObj);
+
+ /* It is to be added to the middle of the list - there is a before
+ and after node. Chain it after pAfter, before pBefore.
+ */
+
+ CNode * pAfter = pBefore->Prev();
+ ASSERT(pAfter != NULL);
+
+ /* chain it in (set four pointers) */
+ pNode->SetPrev(pAfter);
+ pNode->SetNext(pBefore);
+ pBefore->SetPrev(pNode);
+ pAfter->SetNext(pNode);
+
+ ++m_Count;
+
+ return (POSITION) pNode;
+
+} // Addbefore(object)
+
+
+
+BOOL CBaseList::AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ POSITION pos;
+ INTERNALREVERSETRAVERSELIST(*pList, pos) {
+ /* p follows along the elements being added */
+ p = AddBeforeI(p, pList->GetValidI(pos));
+ if (p==NULL) return FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+} // AddBefore(list)
+
+
+
+/* Split *this after position p in *this
+ Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this
+ Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar
+ foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo.
+
+ A better, except excessively long name might be
+ MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::MoveToTail
+ (__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+ /* Algorithm:
+ Note that the elements (including their order) in the concatenation
+ of *pList to the head of *this is invariant.
+ 1. Count elements to be moved
+ 2. Join *pList onto the head of this to make one long chain
+ 3. Set first/Last pointers in *this and *pList
+ 4. Break the chain at the new place
+ 5. Adjust counts
+ 6. Set/Reset any events
+ */
+
+ if (pos==NULL) return TRUE; // no-op. Eliminates special cases later.
+
+
+ /* Make cMove the number of nodes to move */
+ CNode * p = (CNode *)pos;
+ int cMove = 0; // number of nodes to move
+ while(p!=NULL) {
+ p = p->Prev();
+ ++cMove;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Join the two chains together */
+ if (pList->m_pLast!=NULL)
+ pList->m_pLast->SetNext(m_pFirst);
+ if (m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(pList->m_pLast);
+
+
+ /* set first and last pointers */
+ p = (CNode *)pos;
+
+ if (pList->m_pFirst==NULL)
+ pList->m_pFirst = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = p->Next();
+ if (m_pFirst==NULL)
+ m_pLast = NULL;
+ pList->m_pLast = p;
+
+
+ /* Break the chain after p to create the new pieces */
+ if (m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ m_pFirst->SetPrev(NULL);
+ p->SetNext(NULL);
+
+
+ /* Adjust the counts */
+ m_Count -= cMove;
+ pList->m_Count += cMove;
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+} // MoveToTail
+
+
+
+/* Mirror image of MoveToTail:
+ Split *this before position p in *this.
+ Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this
+ Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar
+ foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo.
+*/
+BOOL CBaseList::MoveToHead
+ (__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList)
+{
+
+ /* See the comments on the algorithm in MoveToTail */
+
+ if (pos==NULL) return TRUE; // no-op. Eliminates special cases later.
+
+ /* Make cMove the number of nodes to move */
+ CNode * p = (CNode *)pos;
+ int cMove = 0; // number of nodes to move
+ while(p!=NULL) {
+ p = p->Next();
+ ++cMove;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Join the two chains together */
+ if (pList->m_pFirst!=NULL)
+ pList->m_pFirst->SetPrev(m_pLast);
+ if (m_pLast!=NULL)
+ m_pLast->SetNext(pList->m_pFirst);
+
+
+ /* set first and last pointers */
+ p = (CNode *)pos;
+
+
+ if (pList->m_pLast==NULL)
+ pList->m_pLast = m_pLast;
+
+ m_pLast = p->Prev();
+ if (m_pLast==NULL)
+ m_pFirst = NULL;
+ pList->m_pFirst = p;
+
+
+ /* Break the chain after p to create the new pieces */
+ if (m_pLast!=NULL)
+ m_pLast->SetNext(NULL);
+ p->SetPrev(NULL);
+
+
+ /* Adjust the counts */
+ m_Count -= cMove;
+ pList->m_Count += cMove;
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+} // MoveToHead
+
+
+
+/* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this
+*/
+void CBaseList::Reverse()
+{
+ /* algorithm:
+ The obvious booby trap is that you flip pointers around and lose
+ addressability to the node that you are going to process next.
+ The easy way to avoid this is do do one chain at a time.
+
+ Run along the forward chain,
+ For each node, set the reverse pointer to the one ahead of us.
+ The reverse chain is now a copy of the old forward chain, including
+ the NULL termination.
+
+ Run along the reverse chain (i.e. old forward chain again)
+ For each node set the forward pointer of the node ahead to point back
+ to the one we're standing on.
+ The first node needs special treatment,
+ it's new forward pointer is NULL.
+ Finally set the First/Last pointers
+
+ */
+ CNode * p;
+
+ // Yes we COULD use a traverse, but it would look funny!
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ while (p!=NULL) {
+ CNode * q;
+ q = p->Next();
+ p->SetNext(p->Prev());
+ p->SetPrev(q);
+ p = q;
+ }
+
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast;
+ m_pLast = p;
+
+
+#if 0 // old version
+
+ if (m_pFirst==NULL) return; // empty list
+ if (m_pFirst->Next()==NULL) return; // single node list
+
+
+ /* run along forward chain */
+ for ( p = m_pFirst
+ ; p!=NULL
+ ; p = p->Next()
+ ){
+ p->SetPrev(p->Next());
+ }
+
+
+ /* special case first element */
+ m_pFirst->SetNext(NULL); // fix the old first element
+
+
+ /* run along new reverse chain i.e. old forward chain again */
+ for ( p = m_pFirst // start at the old first element
+ ; p->Prev()!=NULL // while there's a node still to be set
+ ; p = p->Prev() // work in the same direction as before
+ ){
+ p->Prev()->SetNext(p);
+ }
+
+
+ /* fix forward and reverse pointers
+ - the triple XOR swap would work but all the casts look hideous */
+ p = m_pFirst;
+ m_pFirst = m_pLast;
+ m_pLast = p;
+#endif
+
+} // Reverse
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e7123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXList.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a non-MFC generic template list
+// class.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+/* A generic list of pointers to objects.
+ No storage management or copying is done on the objects pointed to.
+ Objectives: avoid using MFC libraries in ndm kernel mode and
+ provide a really useful list type.
+
+ The class is thread safe in that separate threads may add and
+ delete items in the list concurrently although the application
+ must ensure that constructor and destructor access is suitably
+ synchronised. An application can cause deadlock with operations
+ which use two lists by simultaneously calling
+ list1->Operation(list2) and list2->Operation(list1). So don't!
+
+ The names must not conflict with MFC classes as an application
+ may use both.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WXLIST__
+#define __WXLIST__
+
+ /* A POSITION represents (in some fashion that's opaque) a cursor
+ on the list that can be set to identify any element. NULL is
+ a valid value and several operations regard NULL as the position
+ "one step off the end of the list". (In an n element list there
+ are n+1 places to insert and NULL is that "n+1-th" value).
+ The POSITION of an element in the list is only invalidated if
+ that element is deleted. Move operations may mean that what
+ was a valid POSITION in one list is now a valid POSITION in
+ a different list.
+
+ Some operations which at first sight are illegal are allowed as
+ harmless no-ops. For instance RemoveHead is legal on an empty
+ list and it returns NULL. This allows an atomic way to test if
+ there is an element there, and if so, get it. The two operations
+ AddTail and RemoveHead thus implement a MONITOR (See Hoare's paper).
+
+ Single element operations return POSITIONs, non-NULL means it worked.
+ whole list operations return a BOOL. TRUE means it all worked.
+
+ This definition is the same as the POSITION type for MFCs, so we must
+ avoid defining it twice.
+ */
+#ifndef __AFX_H__
+struct __POSITION { int unused; };
+typedef __POSITION* POSITION;
+#endif
+
+const int DEFAULTCACHE = 10; /* Default node object cache size */
+
+/* A class representing one node in a list.
+ Each node knows a pointer to it's adjacent nodes and also a pointer
+ to the object that it looks after.
+ All of these pointers can be retrieved or set through member functions.
+*/
+class CBaseList
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ : public CBaseObject
+#endif
+{
+ /* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing
+ functionally but it allows us to check there are no memory
+ leaks in debug builds.
+ */
+
+public:
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ class CNode : public CBaseObject {
+#else
+ class CNode {
+#endif
+
+ CNode *m_pPrev; /* Previous node in the list */
+ CNode *m_pNext; /* Next node in the list */
+ void *m_pObject; /* Pointer to the object */
+
+ public:
+
+ /* Constructor - initialise the object's pointers */
+ CNode()
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ : CBaseObject(NAME("List node"))
+#endif
+ {
+ };
+
+
+ /* Return the previous node before this one */
+ __out CNode *Prev() const { return m_pPrev; };
+
+
+ /* Return the next node after this one */
+ __out CNode *Next() const { return m_pNext; };
+
+
+ /* Set the previous node before this one */
+ void SetPrev(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pPrev = p; };
+
+
+ /* Set the next node after this one */
+ void SetNext(__in_opt CNode *p) { m_pNext = p; };
+
+
+ /* Get the pointer to the object for this node */
+ __out void *GetData() const { return m_pObject; };
+
+
+ /* Set the pointer to the object for this node */
+ void SetData(__in void *p) { m_pObject = p; };
+ };
+
+ class CNodeCache
+ {
+ public:
+ CNodeCache(INT iCacheSize) : m_iCacheSize(iCacheSize),
+ m_pHead(NULL),
+ m_iUsed(0)
+ {};
+ ~CNodeCache() {
+ CNode *pNode = m_pHead;
+ while (pNode) {
+ CNode *pCurrent = pNode;
+ pNode = pNode->Next();
+ delete pCurrent;
+ }
+ };
+ void AddToCache(__inout CNode *pNode)
+ {
+ if (m_iUsed < m_iCacheSize) {
+ pNode->SetNext(m_pHead);
+ m_pHead = pNode;
+ m_iUsed++;
+ } else {
+ delete pNode;
+ }
+ };
+ CNode *RemoveFromCache()
+ {
+ CNode *pNode = m_pHead;
+ if (pNode != NULL) {
+ m_pHead = pNode->Next();
+ m_iUsed--;
+ ASSERT(m_iUsed >= 0);
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(m_iUsed == 0);
+ }
+ return pNode;
+ };
+ private:
+ INT m_iCacheSize;
+ INT m_iUsed;
+ CNode *m_pHead;
+ };
+
+protected:
+
+ CNode* m_pFirst; /* Pointer to first node in the list */
+ CNode* m_pLast; /* Pointer to the last node in the list */
+ LONG m_Count; /* Number of nodes currently in the list */
+
+private:
+
+ CNodeCache m_Cache; /* Cache of unused node pointers */
+
+private:
+
+ /* These override the default copy constructor and assignment
+ operator for all list classes. They are in the private class
+ declaration section so that anybody trying to pass a list
+ object by value will generate a compile time error of
+ "cannot access the private member function". If these were
+ not here then the compiler will create default constructors
+ and assignment operators which when executed first take a
+ copy of all member variables and then during destruction
+ delete them all. This must not be done for any heap
+ allocated data.
+ */
+ CBaseList(const CBaseList &refList);
+ CBaseList &operator=(const CBaseList &refList);
+
+public:
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ INT iItems);
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,
+ INT iItems);
+
+ CBaseList(__in_opt LPCSTR pName);
+#endif
+ ~CBaseList();
+
+ /* Remove all the nodes from *this i.e. make the list empty */
+ void RemoveAll();
+
+
+ /* Return a cursor which identifies the first element of *this */
+ __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPositionI() const;
+
+
+ /* Return a cursor which identifies the last element of *this */
+ __out_opt POSITION GetTailPositionI() const;
+
+
+ /* Return the number of objects in *this */
+ int GetCountI() const;
+
+protected:
+ /* Return the pointer to the object at rp,
+ Update rp to the next node in *this
+ but make it NULL if it was at the end of *this.
+ This is a wart retained for backwards compatibility.
+ GetPrev is not implemented.
+ Use Next, Prev and Get separately.
+ */
+ __out void *GetNextI(__inout POSITION& rp) const;
+
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the object at p
+ Asking for the object at NULL will return NULL harmlessly.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *GetI(__in_opt POSITION p) const;
+ __out void *GetValidI(__in POSITION p) const;
+
+public:
+ /* return the next / prev position in *this
+ return NULL when going past the end/start.
+ Next(NULL) is same as GetHeadPosition()
+ Prev(NULL) is same as GetTailPosition()
+ An n element list therefore behaves like a n+1 element
+ cycle with NULL at the start/end.
+
+ !!WARNING!! - This handling of NULL is DIFFERENT from GetNext.
+
+ Some reasons are:
+ 1. For a list of n items there are n+1 positions to insert
+ These are conveniently encoded as the n POSITIONs and NULL.
+ 2. If you are keeping a list sorted (fairly common) and you
+ search forward for an element to insert before and don't
+ find it you finish up with NULL as the element before which
+ to insert. You then want that NULL to be a valid POSITION
+ so that you can insert before it and you want that insertion
+ point to mean the (n+1)-th one that doesn't have a POSITION.
+ (symmetrically if you are working backwards through the list).
+ 3. It simplifies the algebra which the methods generate.
+ e.g. AddBefore(p,x) is identical to AddAfter(Prev(p),x)
+ in ALL cases. All the other arguments probably are reflections
+ of the algebraic point.
+ */
+ __out_opt POSITION Next(__in_opt POSITION pos) const
+ {
+ if (pos == NULL) {
+ return (POSITION) m_pFirst;
+ }
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos;
+ return (POSITION) pn->Next();
+ } //Next
+
+ // See Next
+ __out_opt POSITION Prev(__in_opt POSITION pos) const
+ {
+ if (pos == NULL) {
+ return (POSITION) m_pLast;
+ }
+ CNode *pn = (CNode *) pos;
+ return (POSITION) pn->Prev();
+ } //Prev
+
+
+ /* Return the first position in *this which holds the given
+ pointer. Return NULL if the pointer was not not found.
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION FindI( __in void * pObj) const;
+
+ // ??? Should there be (or even should there be only)
+ // ??? POSITION FindNextAfter(void * pObj, POSITION p)
+ // ??? And of course FindPrevBefore too.
+ // ??? List.Find(&Obj) then becomes List.FindNextAfter(&Obj, NULL)
+
+
+ /* Remove the first node in *this (deletes the pointer to its
+ object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object.
+ If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveHeadI();
+
+
+ /* Remove the last node in *this (deletes the pointer to its
+ object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Return the pointer to its object.
+ If *this was already empty it will harmlessly return NULL.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveTailI();
+
+
+ /* Remove the node identified by p from the list (deletes the pointer
+ to its object from the list, does not free the object itself).
+ Asking to Remove the object at NULL will harmlessly return NULL.
+ Return the pointer to the object removed.
+ */
+ __out_opt void *RemoveI(__in_opt POSITION p);
+
+ /* Add single object *pObj to become a new last element of the list.
+ Return the new tail position, NULL if it fails.
+ If you are adding a COM objects, you might want AddRef it first.
+ Other existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+ */
+ __out_opt POSITION AddTailI(__in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+
+ /* Add all the elements in *pList to the tail of *this.
+ This duplicates all the nodes in *pList (i.e. duplicates
+ all its pointers to objects). It does not duplicate the objects.
+ If you are adding a list of pointers to a COM object into the list
+ it's a good idea to AddRef them all it when you AddTail it.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some elements may have been added.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+
+ If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToTail instead.
+ */
+ BOOL AddTail(__in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror images of AddHead: */
+
+ /* Add single object to become a new first element of the list.
+ Return the new head position, NULL if it fails.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are still valid
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddHeadI(__in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+ /* Add all the elements in *pList to the head of *this.
+ Same warnings apply as for AddTail.
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails some of the objects may have been added.
+
+ If you actually want to MOVE the elements, use MoveToHead instead.
+ */
+ BOOL AddHead(__in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Add the object *pObj to *this after position p in *this.
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return the position of the object added, NULL if it failed.
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddAfterI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj);
+public:
+
+ /* Add the list *pList to *this after position p in *this
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails, some of the objects may be added
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror images:
+ Add the object *pObj to this-List after position p in *this.
+ AddBefore(NULL,x) adds x to the end - equivalent to AddTail
+ Return the position of the new object, NULL if it fails
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ protected:
+ __out_opt POSITION AddBeforeI(__in_opt POSITION p, __in void * pObj);
+ public:
+
+ /* Add the list *pList to *this before position p in *this
+ AddAfter(NULL,x) adds x to the start - equivalent to AddHead
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+ If it fails, some of the objects may be added
+ Existing POSITIONs in *this are undisturbed, including p.
+ */
+ BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Note that AddAfter(p,x) is equivalent to AddBefore(Next(p),x)
+ even in cases where p is NULL or Next(p) is NULL.
+ Similarly for mirror images etc.
+ This may make it easier to argue about programs.
+ */
+
+
+
+ /* The following operations do not copy any elements.
+ They move existing blocks of elements around by switching pointers.
+ They are fairly efficient for long lists as for short lists.
+ (Alas, the Count slows things down).
+
+ They split the list into two parts.
+ One part remains as the original list, the other part
+ is appended to the second list. There are eight possible
+ variations:
+ Split the list {after/before} a given element
+ keep the {head/tail} portion in the original list
+ append the rest to the {head/tail} of the new list.
+
+ Since After is strictly equivalent to Before Next
+ we are not in serious need of the Before/After variants.
+ That leaves only four.
+
+ If you are processing a list left to right and dumping
+ the bits that you have processed into another list as
+ you go, the Tail/Tail variant gives the most natural result.
+ If you are processing in reverse order, Head/Head is best.
+
+ By using NULL positions and empty lists judiciously either
+ of the other two can be built up in two operations.
+
+ The definition of NULL (see Next/Prev etc) means that
+ degenerate cases include
+ "move all elements to new list"
+ "Split a list into two lists"
+ "Concatenate two lists"
+ (and quite a few no-ops)
+
+ !!WARNING!! The type checking won't buy you much if you get list
+ positions muddled up - e.g. use a POSITION that's in a different
+ list and see what a mess you get!
+ */
+
+ /* Split *this after position p in *this
+ Retain as *this the tail portion of the original *this
+ Add the head portion to the tail end of *pList
+ Return TRUE if it all worked, FALSE if it didn't.
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetHeadPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the head of foo to the tail of bar
+ foo->MoveToTail(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op, returns NULL
+ foo->MoveToTail(foo->GetTailPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the end of bar and empties foo.
+
+ A better, except excessively long name might be
+ MoveElementsFromHeadThroughPositionToOtherTail
+ */
+ BOOL MoveToTail(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Mirror image:
+ Split *this before position p in *this.
+ Retain in *this the head portion of the original *this
+ Add the tail portion to the start (i.e. head) of *pList
+
+ e.g.
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetTailPosition(), bar);
+ moves one element from the tail of foo to the head of bar
+ foo->MoveToHead(NULL, bar);
+ is a no-op, returns NULL
+ foo->MoveToHead(foo->GetHeadPosition, bar);
+ concatenates foo onto the start of bar and empties foo.
+ */
+ BOOL MoveToHead(__in_opt POSITION pos, __in CBaseList *pList);
+
+
+ /* Reverse the order of the [pointers to] objects in *this
+ */
+ void Reverse();
+
+
+ /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn */
+ #define TRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+ for ( cursor = (list).GetHeadPosition() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Next(cursor) \
+ )
+
+
+ /* set cursor to the position of each element of list in turn
+ in reverse order
+ */
+ #define REVERSETRAVERSELIST(list, cursor) \
+ for ( cursor = (list).GetTailPosition() \
+ ; cursor!=NULL \
+ ; cursor = (list).Prev(cursor) \
+ )
+
+}; // end of class declaration
+
+template<class OBJECT> class CGenericList : public CBaseList
+{
+public:
+ CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,
+ INT iItems,
+ BOOL bLock = TRUE,
+ BOOL bAlert = FALSE) :
+ CBaseList(pName, iItems) {
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bAlert);
+ UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bLock);
+ };
+ CGenericList(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName) :
+ CBaseList(pName) {
+ };
+
+ __out_opt POSITION GetHeadPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pFirst; }
+ __out_opt POSITION GetTailPosition() const { return (POSITION)m_pLast; }
+ int GetCount() const { return m_Count; }
+
+ __out OBJECT *GetNext(__inout POSITION& rp) const { return (OBJECT *) GetNextI(rp); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *Get(__in_opt POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetI(p); }
+ __out OBJECT *GetValid(__in POSITION p) const { return (OBJECT *) GetValidI(p); }
+ __out_opt OBJECT *GetHead() const { return Get(GetHeadPosition()); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveHead() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveHeadI(); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *RemoveTail() { return (OBJECT *) RemoveTailI(); }
+
+ __out_opt OBJECT *Remove(__in_opt POSITION p) { return (OBJECT *) RemoveI(p); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddBeforeI(p, pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddAfterI(p, pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddHead(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddHeadI(pObj); }
+ __out_opt POSITION AddTail(__in OBJECT * pObj) { return AddTailI(pObj); }
+ BOOL AddTail(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddTail((CBaseList *) pList); }
+ BOOL AddHead(__in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddHead((CBaseList *) pList); }
+ BOOL AddAfter(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddAfter(p, (CBaseList *) pList); };
+ BOOL AddBefore(__in_opt POSITION p, __in CGenericList<OBJECT> *pList)
+ { return CBaseList::AddBefore(p, (CBaseList *) pList); };
+ __out_opt POSITION Find( __in OBJECT * pObj) const { return FindI(pObj); }
+}; // end of class declaration
+
+
+
+/* These define the standard list types */
+
+typedef CGenericList<CBaseObject> CBaseObjectList;
+typedef CGenericList<IUnknown> CBaseInterfaceList;
+
+#endif /* __WXLIST__ */
+
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.cpp b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59474ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXUtil.cpp
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements helper classes for building
+// multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include <pjmedia-videodev/config.h>
+
+#if defined(PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW) && PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW != 0
+
+#include <streams.h>
+#define STRSAFE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#include <strsafe.h>
+
+
+// --- CAMEvent -----------------------
+CAMEvent::CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ m_hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, fManualReset, FALSE, NULL);
+ if (NULL == m_hEvent) {
+ if (NULL != phr && SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+CAMEvent::CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+{
+ m_hEvent = CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
+ if (NULL == m_hEvent) {
+ if (NULL != phr && SUCCEEDED(*phr)) {
+ *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+CAMEvent::~CAMEvent()
+{
+ if (m_hEvent) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hEvent));
+ }
+}
+
+
+// --- CAMMsgEvent -----------------------
+// One routine. The rest is handled in CAMEvent
+
+CAMMsgEvent::CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr) : CAMEvent(FALSE, phr)
+{
+}
+
+BOOL CAMMsgEvent::WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout)
+{
+ // wait for the event to be signalled, or for the
+ // timeout (in MS) to expire. allow SENT messages
+ // to be processed while we wait
+ DWORD dwWait;
+ DWORD dwStartTime = 0;
+
+ // set the waiting period.
+ DWORD dwWaitTime = dwTimeout;
+
+ // the timeout will eventually run down as we iterate
+ // processing messages. grab the start time so that
+ // we can calculate elapsed times.
+ if (dwWaitTime != INFINITE) {
+ dwStartTime = timeGetTime();
+ }
+
+ do {
+ dwWait = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(1,&m_hEvent,FALSE, dwWaitTime, QS_SENDMESSAGE);
+ if (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1) {
+ MSG Message;
+ PeekMessage(&Message,NULL,0,0,PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ // If we have an explicit length of time to wait calculate
+ // the next wake up point - which might be now.
+ // If dwTimeout is INFINITE, it stays INFINITE
+ if (dwWaitTime != INFINITE) {
+
+ DWORD dwElapsed = timeGetTime()-dwStartTime;
+
+ dwWaitTime =
+ (dwElapsed >= dwTimeout)
+ ? 0 // wake up with WAIT_TIMEOUT
+ : dwTimeout-dwElapsed;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1);
+
+ // return TRUE if we woke on the event handle,
+ // FALSE if we timed out.
+ return (dwWait == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+}
+
+// --- CAMThread ----------------------
+
+
+CAMThread::CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr)
+ : m_EventSend(TRUE, phr), // must be manual-reset for CheckRequest()
+ m_EventComplete(FALSE, phr)
+{
+ m_hThread = NULL;
+}
+
+CAMThread::~CAMThread() {
+ Close();
+}
+
+
+// when the thread starts, it calls this function. We unwrap the 'this'
+//pointer and call ThreadProc.
+DWORD WINAPI
+CAMThread::InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv)
+{
+ HRESULT hrCoInit = CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper();
+ if(FAILED(hrCoInit)) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CoInitializeEx failed.")));
+ }
+
+ CAMThread * pThread = (CAMThread *) pv;
+
+ HRESULT hr = pThread->ThreadProc();
+
+ if(SUCCEEDED(hrCoInit)) {
+ CoUninitialize();
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+BOOL
+CAMThread::Create()
+{
+ DWORD threadid;
+
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (ThreadExists()) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_hThread = CreateThread(
+ NULL,
+ 0,
+ CAMThread::InitialThreadProc,
+ this,
+ 0,
+ &threadid);
+
+ if (!m_hThread) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+DWORD
+CAMThread::CallWorker(DWORD dwParam)
+{
+ // lock access to the worker thread for scope of this object
+ CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);
+
+ if (!ThreadExists()) {
+ return (DWORD) E_FAIL;
+ }
+
+ // set the parameter
+ m_dwParam = dwParam;
+
+ // signal the worker thread
+ m_EventSend.Set();
+
+ // wait for the completion to be signalled
+ m_EventComplete.Wait();
+
+ // done - this is the thread's return value
+ return m_dwReturnVal;
+}
+
+// Wait for a request from the client
+DWORD
+CAMThread::GetRequest()
+{
+ m_EventSend.Wait();
+ return m_dwParam;
+}
+
+// is there a request?
+BOOL
+CAMThread::CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam)
+{
+ if (!m_EventSend.Check()) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (pParam) {
+ *pParam = m_dwParam;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
+// reply to the request
+void
+CAMThread::Reply(DWORD dw)
+{
+ m_dwReturnVal = dw;
+
+ // The request is now complete so CheckRequest should fail from
+ // now on
+ //
+ // This event should be reset BEFORE we signal the client or
+ // the client may Set it before we reset it and we'll then
+ // reset it (!)
+
+ m_EventSend.Reset();
+
+ // Tell the client we're finished
+
+ m_EventComplete.Set();
+}
+
+HRESULT CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper()
+{
+ // call CoInitializeEx and tell OLE not to create a window (this
+ // thread probably won't dispatch messages and will hang on
+ // broadcast msgs o/w).
+ //
+ // If CoInitEx is not available, threads that don't call CoCreate
+ // aren't affected. Threads that do will have to handle the
+ // failure. Perhaps we should fall back to CoInitialize and risk
+ // hanging?
+ //
+
+ // older versions of ole32.dll don't have CoInitializeEx
+
+ HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
+ HINSTANCE hOle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("ole32.dll"));
+ if(hOle)
+ {
+ typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *PCoInitializeEx)(
+ LPVOID pvReserved, DWORD dwCoInit);
+ PCoInitializeEx pCoInitializeEx =
+ (PCoInitializeEx)(GetProcAddress(hOle, "CoInitializeEx"));
+ if(pCoInitializeEx)
+ {
+ hr = (*pCoInitializeEx)(0, COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // caller must load ole32.dll
+ DbgBreak("couldn't locate ole32.dll");
+ }
+
+ return hr;
+}
+
+
+// destructor for CMsgThread - cleans up any messages left in the
+// queue when the thread exited
+CMsgThread::~CMsgThread()
+{
+ if (m_hThread != NULL) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, INFINITE);
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hThread));
+ }
+
+ POSITION pos = m_ThreadQueue.GetHeadPosition();
+ while (pos) {
+ CMsg * pMsg = m_ThreadQueue.GetNext(pos);
+ delete pMsg;
+ }
+ m_ThreadQueue.RemoveAll();
+
+ if (m_hSem != NULL) {
+ EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));
+ }
+}
+
+BOOL
+CMsgThread::CreateThread(
+ )
+{
+ m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);
+ if (m_hSem == NULL) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ m_hThread = ::CreateThread(NULL, 0, DefaultThreadProc,
+ (LPVOID)this, 0, &m_ThreadId);
+ return m_hThread != NULL;
+}
+
+
+// This is the threads message pump. Here we get and dispatch messages to
+// clients thread proc until the client refuses to process a message.
+// The client returns a non-zero value to stop the message pump, this
+// value becomes the threads exit code.
+
+DWORD WINAPI
+CMsgThread::DefaultThreadProc(
+ __inout LPVOID lpParam
+ )
+{
+ CMsgThread *lpThis = (CMsgThread *)lpParam;
+ CMsg msg;
+ LRESULT lResult;
+
+ // !!!
+ CoInitialize(NULL);
+
+ // allow a derived class to handle thread startup
+ lpThis->OnThreadInit();
+
+ do {
+ lpThis->GetThreadMsg(&msg);
+ lResult = lpThis->ThreadMessageProc(msg.uMsg,msg.dwFlags,
+ msg.lpParam, msg.pEvent);
+ } while (lResult == 0L);
+
+ // !!!
+ CoUninitialize();
+
+ return (DWORD)lResult;
+}
+
+
+// Block until the next message is placed on the list m_ThreadQueue.
+// copies the message to the message pointed to by *pmsg
+void
+CMsgThread::GetThreadMsg(__out CMsg *msg)
+{
+ CMsg * pmsg = NULL;
+
+ // keep trying until a message appears
+ while (TRUE) {
+ {
+ CAutoLock lck(&m_Lock);
+ pmsg = m_ThreadQueue.RemoveHead();
+ if (pmsg == NULL) {
+ m_lWaiting++;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // the semaphore will be signalled when it is non-empty
+ WaitForSingleObject(m_hSem, INFINITE);
+ }
+ // copy fields to caller's CMsg
+ *msg = *pmsg;
+
+ // this CMsg was allocated by the 'new' in PutThreadMsg
+ delete pmsg;
+
+}
+
+// Helper function - convert int to WSTR
+void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr)
+{
+#ifdef UNICODE
+ if (FAILED(StringCchPrintf(wstr, 12, L"%d", i))) {
+ wstr[0] = 0;
+ }
+#else
+ TCHAR temp[12];
+ if (FAILED(StringCchPrintf(temp, NUMELMS(temp), "%d", i))) {
+ wstr[0] = 0;
+ } else {
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, temp, -1, wstr, 12);
+ }
+#endif
+} // IntToWstr
+
+
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT 4
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_LOG2 2
+#define MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_MASK MEMORY_ALIGNMENT - 1
+
+void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void * dst, const void * src, size_t count)
+{
+ void * ret = dst;
+
+#ifdef _X86_
+ if (dst <= src || (char *)dst >= ((char *)src + count)) {
+
+ /*
+ * Non-Overlapping Buffers
+ * copy from lower addresses to higher addresses
+ */
+ _asm {
+ mov esi,src
+ mov edi,dst
+ mov ecx,count
+ cld
+ mov edx,ecx
+ and edx,MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+ shr ecx,MEMORY_ALIGNMENT_LOG2
+ rep movsd
+ or ecx,edx
+ jz memmove_done
+ rep movsb
+memmove_done:
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+
+ /*
+ * Overlapping Buffers
+ * copy from higher addresses to lower addresses
+ */
+ _asm {
+ mov esi,src
+ mov edi,dst
+ mov ecx,count
+ std
+ add esi,ecx
+ add edi,ecx
+ dec esi
+ dec edi
+ rep movsb
+ cld
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ MoveMemory(dst, src, count);
+#endif
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset(
+ __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst,
+ __in size_t dst_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_dst_offset,
+ __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src,
+ __in size_t src_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_src_offset,
+ __in size_t count)
+{
+ // prevent read overruns
+ if( count + cb_src_offset < count || // prevent integer overflow
+ count + cb_src_offset > src_size) // prevent read overrun
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ // prevent write overruns
+ if( count + cb_dst_offset < count || // prevent integer overflow
+ count + cb_dst_offset > dst_size) // prevent write overrun
+ {
+ return E_INVALIDARG;
+ }
+
+ memmoveInternal( (BYTE *)dst+cb_dst_offset, (BYTE *)src+cb_src_offset, count);
+ return S_OK;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+/******************************Public*Routine******************************\
+* Debug CCritSec helpers
+*
+* We provide debug versions of the Constructor, destructor, Lock and Unlock
+* routines. The debug code tracks who owns each critical section by
+* maintaining a depth count.
+*
+* History:
+*
+\**************************************************************************/
+
+CCritSec::CCritSec()
+{
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ m_currentOwner = m_lockCount = 0;
+ m_fTrace = FALSE;
+}
+
+CCritSec::~CCritSec()
+{
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+}
+
+void CCritSec::Lock()
+{
+ UINT tracelevel=3;
+ DWORD us = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ DWORD currentOwner = m_currentOwner;
+ if (currentOwner && (currentOwner != us)) {
+ // already owned, but not by us
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, 2, TEXT("Thread %d about to wait for lock %x owned by %d"),
+ GetCurrentThreadId(), &m_CritSec, currentOwner));
+ tracelevel=2;
+ // if we saw the message about waiting for the critical
+ // section we ensure we see the message when we get the
+ // critical section
+ }
+ }
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ if (0 == m_lockCount++) {
+ // we now own it for the first time. Set owner information
+ m_currentOwner = us;
+
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, tracelevel, TEXT("Thread %d now owns lock %x"), m_currentOwner, &m_CritSec));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void CCritSec::Unlock() {
+ if (0 == --m_lockCount) {
+ // about to be unowned
+ if (m_fTrace) {
+ DbgLog((LOG_LOCKING, 3, TEXT("Thread %d releasing lock %x"), m_currentOwner, &m_CritSec));
+ }
+
+ m_currentOwner = 0;
+ }
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+}
+
+void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace)
+{
+ pcCrit->m_fTrace = fTrace;
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() == pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() == pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() != pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit)
+{
+ return (GetCurrentThreadId() != pcCrit->m_currentOwner);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR *pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc)
+{
+ *pstrDest = SysAllocString( szSrc );
+ if( !(*pstrDest) ) return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr)
+{
+ if( (PVOID)*pstr == NULL ) return S_FALSE;
+ SysFreeString( *pstr );
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL
+// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string
+STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR psz, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn)
+{
+ CheckPointer(ppszReturn, E_POINTER);
+ ValidateReadWritePtr(ppszReturn, sizeof(LPWSTR));
+ *ppszReturn = NULL;
+ size_t nameLen;
+ HRESULT hr = StringCbLengthW(psz, 100000, &nameLen);
+ if (FAILED(hr)) {
+ return hr;
+ }
+ *ppszReturn = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(nameLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
+ if (*ppszReturn == NULL) {
+ return E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+ }
+ CopyMemory(*ppszReturn, psz, nameLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
+ return NOERROR;
+}
+
+// Waits for the HANDLE hObject. While waiting messages sent
+// to windows on our thread by SendMessage will be processed.
+// Using this function to do waits and mutual exclusion
+// avoids some deadlocks in objects with windows.
+// Return codes are the same as for WaitForSingleObject
+DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages(
+ HANDLE hObject,
+ DWORD dwWait,
+ HWND hwnd,
+ UINT uMsg,
+ HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+ BOOL bPeeked = FALSE;
+ DWORD dwResult;
+ DWORD dwStart = 0;
+ DWORD dwThreadPriority = THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST;
+
+ static UINT uMsgId = 0;
+
+ HANDLE hObjects[2] = { hObject, hEvent };
+ if (dwWait != INFINITE && dwWait != 0) {
+ dwStart = GetTickCount();
+ }
+ for (; ; ) {
+ DWORD nCount = NULL != hEvent ? 2 : 1;
+
+ // Minimize the chance of actually dispatching any messages
+ // by seeing if we can lock immediately.
+ dwResult = WaitForMultipleObjects(nCount, hObjects, FALSE, 0);
+ if (dwResult < WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ DWORD dwTimeOut = dwWait;
+ if (dwTimeOut > 10) {
+ dwTimeOut = 10;
+ }
+ dwResult = MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(
+ nCount,
+ hObjects,
+ FALSE,
+ dwTimeOut,
+ hwnd == NULL ? QS_SENDMESSAGE :
+ QS_SENDMESSAGE + QS_POSTMESSAGE);
+ if (dwResult == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount ||
+ dwResult == WAIT_TIMEOUT && dwTimeOut != dwWait) {
+ MSG msg;
+ if (hwnd != NULL) {
+ while (PeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, uMsg, uMsg, PM_REMOVE)) {
+ DispatchMessage(&msg);
+ }
+ }
+ // Do this anyway - the previous peek doesn't flush out the
+ // messages
+ PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
+
+ if (dwWait != INFINITE && dwWait != 0) {
+ DWORD dwNow = GetTickCount();
+
+ // Working with differences handles wrap-around
+ DWORD dwDiff = dwNow - dwStart;
+ if (dwDiff > dwWait) {
+ dwWait = 0;
+ } else {
+ dwWait -= dwDiff;
+ }
+ dwStart = dwNow;
+ }
+ if (!bPeeked) {
+ // Raise our priority to prevent our message queue
+ // building up
+ dwThreadPriority = GetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread());
+ if (dwThreadPriority < THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST) {
+ SetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread(), THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST);
+ }
+ bPeeked = TRUE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (bPeeked) {
+ SetThreadPriority(GetCurrentThread(), dwThreadPriority);
+ if (HIWORD(GetQueueStatus(QS_POSTMESSAGE)) & QS_POSTMESSAGE) {
+ if (uMsgId == 0) {
+ uMsgId = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("AMUnblock"));
+ }
+ if (uMsgId != 0) {
+ MSG msg;
+ // Remove old ones
+ while (PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)-1, uMsgId, uMsgId, PM_REMOVE)) {
+ }
+ }
+ PostThreadMessage(GetCurrentThreadId(), uMsgId, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ return dwResult;
+}
+
+HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult()
+{
+ DWORD dwLastError = GetLastError();
+ if(dwLastError != 0)
+ {
+ return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(dwLastError);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return E_FAIL;
+ }
+}
+
+IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp)
+{
+ if (lp != NULL)
+ lp->AddRef();
+ if (*pp)
+ (*pp)->Release();
+ *pp = lp;
+ return lp;
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************
+
+CompatibleTimeSetEvent
+
+ CompatibleTimeSetEvent() sets the TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag before calling
+timeSetEvent() if the current operating system supports it. TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS
+is supported on Windows XP and later operating systems.
+
+Parameters:
+- The same parameters as timeSetEvent(). See timeSetEvent()'s documentation in
+the Platform SDK for more information.
+
+Return Value:
+- The same return value as timeSetEvent(). See timeSetEvent()'s documentation in
+the Platform SDK for more information.
+
+******************************************************************************/
+MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent )
+{
+ #if WINVER >= 0x0501
+ {
+ static bool fCheckedVersion = false;
+ static bool fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable = false;
+
+ if( !fCheckedVersion ) {
+ fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable = TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable();
+ fCheckedVersion = true;
+ }
+
+ if( fTimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable ) {
+ fuEvent = fuEvent | TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif // WINVER >= 0x0501
+
+ return timeSetEvent( uDelay, uResolution, lpTimeProc, dwUser, fuEvent );
+}
+
+bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void )
+{
+ OSVERSIONINFO osverinfo;
+
+ osverinfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osverinfo);
+
+ if( GetVersionEx( &osverinfo ) ) {
+
+ // Windows XP's major version is 5 and its' minor version is 1.
+ // timeSetEvent() started supporting the TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag
+ // in Windows XP.
+ if( (osverinfo.dwMajorVersion > 5) ||
+ ( (osverinfo.dwMajorVersion == 5) && (osverinfo.dwMinorVersion >= 1) ) ) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* PJMEDIA_VIDEO_DEV_HAS_DSHOW */
diff --git a/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.h b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..305974a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/jni/pjproject-android/third_party/BaseClasses/wxutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: WXUtil.h
+//
+// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines helper classes and functions for
+// building multimedia filters.
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __WXUTIL__
+#define __WXUTIL__
+
+// eliminate spurious "statement has no effect" warnings.
+#pragma warning(disable: 4705)
+
+// wrapper for whatever critical section we have
+class CCritSec {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CCritSec(const CCritSec &refCritSec);
+ CCritSec &operator=(const CCritSec &refCritSec);
+
+ CRITICAL_SECTION m_CritSec;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+public:
+ DWORD m_currentOwner;
+ DWORD m_lockCount;
+ BOOL m_fTrace; // Trace this one
+public:
+ CCritSec();
+ ~CCritSec();
+ void Lock();
+ void Unlock();
+#else
+
+public:
+ CCritSec() {
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ ~CCritSec() {
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ void Lock() {
+ EnterCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+
+ void Unlock() {
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&m_CritSec);
+ };
+#endif
+};
+
+//
+// To make deadlocks easier to track it is useful to insert in the
+// code an assertion that says whether we own a critical section or
+// not. We make the routines that do the checking globals to avoid
+// having different numbers of member functions in the debug and
+// retail class implementations of CCritSec. In addition we provide
+// a routine that allows usage of specific critical sections to be
+// traced. This is NOT on by default - there are far too many.
+//
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckIn(const CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ BOOL WINAPI CritCheckOut(const CCritSec * pcCrit);
+ void WINAPI DbgLockTrace(CCritSec * pcCrit, BOOL fTrace);
+#else
+ #define CritCheckIn(x) TRUE
+ #define CritCheckOut(x) TRUE
+ #define DbgLockTrace(pc, fT)
+#endif
+
+
+// locks a critical section, and unlocks it automatically
+// when the lock goes out of scope
+class CAutoLock {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAutoLock(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock);
+ CAutoLock &operator=(const CAutoLock &refAutoLock);
+
+protected:
+ CCritSec * m_pLock;
+
+public:
+ CAutoLock(CCritSec * plock)
+ {
+ m_pLock = plock;
+ m_pLock->Lock();
+ };
+
+ ~CAutoLock() {
+ m_pLock->Unlock();
+ };
+};
+
+
+
+// wrapper for event objects
+class CAMEvent
+{
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAMEvent(const CAMEvent &refEvent);
+ CAMEvent &operator=(const CAMEvent &refEvent);
+
+protected:
+ HANDLE m_hEvent;
+public:
+ CAMEvent(BOOL fManualReset = FALSE, __inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ CAMEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr);
+ ~CAMEvent();
+
+ // Cast to HANDLE - we don't support this as an lvalue
+ operator HANDLE () const { return m_hEvent; };
+
+ void Set() {EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(m_hEvent));};
+ BOOL Wait(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE) {
+ return (WaitForSingleObject(m_hEvent, dwTimeout) == WAIT_OBJECT_0);
+ };
+ void Reset() { ResetEvent(m_hEvent); };
+ BOOL Check() { return Wait(0); };
+};
+
+
+// wrapper for event objects that do message processing
+// This adds ONE method to the CAMEvent object to allow sent
+// messages to be processed while waiting
+
+class CAMMsgEvent : public CAMEvent
+{
+
+public:
+
+ CAMMsgEvent(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+
+ // Allow SEND messages to be processed while waiting
+ BOOL WaitMsg(DWORD dwTimeout = INFINITE);
+};
+
+// old name supported for the time being
+#define CTimeoutEvent CAMEvent
+
+// support for a worker thread
+
+#ifdef AM_NOVTABLE
+// simple thread class supports creation of worker thread, synchronization
+// and communication. Can be derived to simplify parameter passing
+class AM_NOVTABLE CAMThread {
+
+ // make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible
+
+ CAMThread(const CAMThread &refThread);
+ CAMThread &operator=(const CAMThread &refThread);
+
+ CAMEvent m_EventSend;
+ CAMEvent m_EventComplete;
+
+ DWORD m_dwParam;
+ DWORD m_dwReturnVal;
+
+protected:
+ HANDLE m_hThread;
+
+ // thread will run this function on startup
+ // must be supplied by derived class
+ virtual DWORD ThreadProc() = 0;
+
+public:
+ CAMThread(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);
+ virtual ~CAMThread();
+
+ CCritSec m_AccessLock; // locks access by client threads
+ CCritSec m_WorkerLock; // locks access to shared objects
+
+ // thread initially runs this. param is actually 'this'. function
+ // just gets this and calls ThreadProc
+ static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__inout LPVOID pv);
+
+ // start thread running - error if already running
+ BOOL Create();
+
+ // signal the thread, and block for a response
+ //
+ DWORD CallWorker(DWORD);
+
+ // accessor thread calls this when done with thread (having told thread
+ // to exit)
+ void Close() {
+
+ // Disable warning: Conversion from LONG to PVOID of greater size
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4312)
+ HANDLE hThread = (HANDLE)InterlockedExchangePointer(&m_hThread, 0);
+#pragma warning(pop)
+
+ if (hThread) {
+ WaitForSingleObject(hThread, INFINITE);
+ CloseHandle(hThread);
+ }
+ };
+
+ // ThreadExists
+ // Return TRUE if the thread exists. FALSE otherwise
+ BOOL ThreadExists(void) const
+ {
+ if (m_hThread == 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // wait for the next request
+ DWORD GetRequest();
+
+ // is there a request?
+ BOOL CheckRequest(__out_opt DWORD * pParam);
+
+ // reply to the request
+ void Reply(DWORD);
+
+ // If you want to do WaitForMultipleObjects you'll need to include
+ // this handle in your wait list or you won't be responsive
+ HANDLE GetRequestHandle() const { return m_EventSend; };
+
+ // Find out what the request was
+ DWORD GetRequestParam() const { return m_dwParam; };
+
+ // call CoInitializeEx (COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE) if
+ // available. S_FALSE means it's not available.
+ static HRESULT CoInitializeHelper();
+};
+#endif // AM_NOVTABLE
+
+
+// CQueue
+//
+// Implements a simple Queue ADT. The queue contains a finite number of
+// objects, access to which is controlled by a semaphore. The semaphore
+// is created with an initial count (N). Each time an object is added
+// a call to WaitForSingleObject is made on the semaphore's handle. When
+// this function returns a slot has been reserved in the queue for the new
+// object. If no slots are available the function blocks until one becomes
+// available. Each time an object is removed from the queue ReleaseSemaphore
+// is called on the semaphore's handle, thus freeing a slot in the queue.
+// If no objects are present in the queue the function blocks until an
+// object has been added.
+
+#define DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE 2
+
+template <class T> class CQueue {
+private:
+ HANDLE hSemPut; // Semaphore controlling queue "putting"
+ HANDLE hSemGet; // Semaphore controlling queue "getting"
+ CRITICAL_SECTION CritSect; // Thread seriallization
+ int nMax; // Max objects allowed in queue
+ int iNextPut; // Array index of next "PutMsg"
+ int iNextGet; // Array index of next "GetMsg"
+ T *QueueObjects; // Array of objects (ptr's to void)
+
+ void Initialize(int n) {
+ iNextPut = iNextGet = 0;
+ nMax = n;
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ hSemPut = CreateSemaphore(NULL, n, n, NULL);
+ hSemGet = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, n, NULL);
+ QueueObjects = new T[n];
+ }
+
+
+public:
+ CQueue(int n) {
+ Initialize(n);
+ }
+
+ CQueue() {
+ Initialize(DEFAULT_QUEUESIZE);
+ }
+
+ ~CQueue() {
+ delete [] QueueObjects;
+ DeleteCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ CloseHandle(hSemPut);
+ CloseHandle(hSemGet);
+ }
+
+ T GetQueueObject() {
+ int iSlot;
+ T Object;
+ LONG lPrevious;
+
+ // Wait for someone to put something on our queue, returns straight
+ // away is there is already an object on the queue.
+ //
+ WaitForSingleObject(hSemGet, INFINITE);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ iSlot = iNextGet++ % nMax;
+ Object = QueueObjects[iSlot];
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+
+ // Release anyone waiting to put an object onto our queue as there
+ // is now space available in the queue.
+ //
+ ReleaseSemaphore(hSemPut, 1L, &lPrevious);
+ return Object;
+ }
+
+ void PutQueueObject(T Object) {
+ int iSlot;
+ LONG lPrevious;
+
+ // Wait for someone to get something from our queue, returns straight
+ // away is there is already an empty slot on the queue.
+ //
+ WaitForSingleObject(hSemPut, INFINITE);
+
+ EnterCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+ iSlot = iNextPut++ % nMax;
+ QueueObjects[iSlot] = Object;
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&CritSect);
+
+ // Release anyone waiting to remove an object from our queue as there
+ // is now an object available to be removed.
+ //
+ ReleaseSemaphore(hSemGet, 1L, &lPrevious);
+ }
+};
+
+// Ensures that memory is not read past the length source buffer
+// and that memory is not written past the length of the dst buffer
+// dst - buffer to copy to
+// dst_size - total size of destination buffer
+// cb_dst_offset - offset, first byte copied to dst+cb_dst_offset
+// src - buffer to copy from
+// src_size - total size of source buffer
+// cb_src_offset - offset, first byte copied from src+cb_src_offset
+// count - number of bytes to copy
+//
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_INVALIDARG - values passed would lead to overrun
+HRESULT AMSafeMemMoveOffset(
+ __in_bcount(dst_size) void * dst,
+ __in size_t dst_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_dst_offset,
+ __in_bcount(src_size) const void * src,
+ __in size_t src_size,
+ __in DWORD cb_src_offset,
+ __in size_t count);
+
+extern "C"
+void * __stdcall memmoveInternal(void *, const void *, size_t);
+
+inline void * __cdecl memchrInternal(const void *buf, int chr, size_t cnt)
+{
+#ifdef _X86_
+ void *pRet = NULL;
+
+ _asm {
+ cld // make sure we get the direction right
+ mov ecx, cnt // num of bytes to scan
+ mov edi, buf // pointer byte stream
+ mov eax, chr // byte to scan for
+ repne scasb // look for the byte in the byte stream
+ jnz exit_memchr // Z flag set if byte found
+ dec edi // scasb always increments edi even when it
+ // finds the required byte
+ mov pRet, edi
+exit_memchr:
+ }
+ return pRet;
+
+#else
+ while ( cnt && (*(unsigned char *)buf != (unsigned char)chr) ) {
+ buf = (unsigned char *)buf + 1;
+ cnt--;
+ }
+
+ return(cnt ? (void *)buf : NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+void WINAPI IntToWstr(int i, __out_ecount(12) LPWSTR wstr);
+
+#define WstrToInt(sz) _wtoi(sz)
+#define atoiW(sz) _wtoi(sz)
+#define atoiA(sz) atoi(sz)
+
+// These are available to help managing bitmap VIDEOINFOHEADER media structures
+
+extern const DWORD bits555[3];
+extern const DWORD bits565[3];
+extern const DWORD bits888[3];
+
+// These help convert between VIDEOINFOHEADER and BITMAPINFO structures
+
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetTrueColorType(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader);
+STDAPI_(const GUID) GetBitmapSubtype(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmiHeader);
+STDAPI_(WORD) GetBitCount(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+// strmbase.lib implements this for compatibility with people who
+// managed to link to this directly. we don't want to advertise it.
+//
+// STDAPI_(/* T */ CHAR *) GetSubtypeName(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+STDAPI_(CHAR *) GetSubtypeNameA(const GUID *pSubtype);
+STDAPI_(WCHAR *) GetSubtypeNameW(const GUID *pSubtype);
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameW
+#else
+#define GetSubtypeName GetSubtypeNameA
+#endif
+
+STDAPI_(LONG) GetBitmapFormatSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader);
+STDAPI_(DWORD) GetBitmapSize(const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader);
+
+#ifdef __AMVIDEO__
+STDAPI_(BOOL) ContainsPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo);
+STDAPI_(const RGBQUAD *) GetBitmapPalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo);
+#endif // __AMVIDEO__
+
+
+// Compares two interfaces and returns TRUE if they are on the same object
+BOOL WINAPI IsEqualObject(IUnknown *pFirst, IUnknown *pSecond);
+
+// This is for comparing pins
+#define EqualPins(pPin1, pPin2) IsEqualObject(pPin1, pPin2)
+
+
+// Arithmetic helper functions
+
+// Compute (a * b + rnd) / c
+LONGLONG WINAPI llMulDiv(LONGLONG a, LONGLONG b, LONGLONG c, LONGLONG rnd);
+LONGLONG WINAPI Int64x32Div32(LONGLONG a, LONG b, LONG c, LONG rnd);
+
+
+// Avoids us dyna-linking to SysAllocString to copy BSTR strings
+STDAPI WriteBSTR(__deref_out BSTR * pstrDest, LPCWSTR szSrc);
+STDAPI FreeBSTR(__deref_in BSTR* pstr);
+
+// Return a wide string - allocating memory for it
+// Returns:
+// S_OK - no error
+// E_POINTER - ppszReturn == NULL
+// E_OUTOFMEMORY - can't allocate memory for returned string
+STDAPI AMGetWideString(LPCWSTR pszString, __deref_out LPWSTR *ppszReturn);
+
+// Special wait for objects owning windows
+DWORD WINAPI WaitDispatchingMessages(
+ HANDLE hObject,
+ DWORD dwWait,
+ HWND hwnd = NULL,
+ UINT uMsg = 0,
+ HANDLE hEvent = NULL);
+
+// HRESULT_FROM_WIN32 converts ERROR_SUCCESS to a success code, but in
+// our use of HRESULT_FROM_WIN32, it typically means a function failed
+// to call SetLastError(), and we still want a failure code.
+//
+#define AmHresultFromWin32(x) (MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, x))
+
+// call GetLastError and return an HRESULT value that will fail the
+// SUCCEEDED() macro.
+HRESULT AmGetLastErrorToHResult(void);
+
+// duplicate of ATL's CComPtr to avoid linker conflicts.
+
+IUnknown* QzAtlComPtrAssign(__deref_inout_opt IUnknown** pp, __in_opt IUnknown* lp);
+
+template <class T>
+class QzCComPtr
+{
+public:
+ typedef T _PtrClass;
+ QzCComPtr() {p=NULL;}
+ QzCComPtr(T* lp)
+ {
+ if ((p = lp) != NULL)
+ p->AddRef();
+ }
+ QzCComPtr(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp)
+ {
+ if ((p = lp.p) != NULL)
+ p->AddRef();
+ }
+ ~QzCComPtr() {if (p) p->Release();}
+ void Release() {if (p) p->Release(); p=NULL;}
+ operator T*() {return (T*)p;}
+ T& operator*() {ASSERT(p!=NULL); return *p; }
+ //The assert on operator& usually indicates a bug. If this is really
+ //what is needed, however, take the address of the p member explicitly.
+ T** operator&() { ASSERT(p==NULL); return &p; }
+ T* operator->() { ASSERT(p!=NULL); return p; }
+ T* operator=(T* lp){return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp);}
+ T* operator=(const QzCComPtr<T>& lp)
+ {
+ return (T*)QzAtlComPtrAssign((IUnknown**)&p, lp.p);
+ }
+#if _MSC_VER>1020
+ bool operator!(){return (p == NULL);}
+#else
+ BOOL operator!(){return (p == NULL) ? TRUE : FALSE;}
+#endif
+ T* p;
+};
+
+MMRESULT CompatibleTimeSetEvent( UINT uDelay, UINT uResolution, __in LPTIMECALLBACK lpTimeProc, DWORD_PTR dwUser, UINT fuEvent );
+bool TimeKillSynchronousFlagAvailable( void );
+
+// Helper to replace lstrcpmi
+__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentW(LPCWSTR lpsz1, LPCWSTR lpsz2)
+{
+ return CompareStringW(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL;
+}
+__inline int lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(LPCSTR lpsz1, LPCSTR lpsz2)
+{
+ return CompareStringA(LOCALE_INVARIANT, NORM_IGNORECASE, lpsz1, -1, lpsz2, -1) - CSTR_EQUAL;
+}
+
+#endif /* __WXUTIL__ */